Index: vendor/clang/dist/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp (revision 312958) @@ -1,9497 +1,9498 @@ //===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// // // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure // // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // // This file implements the ASTContext interface. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" #include "CXXABI.h" #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" #include "clang/AST/Comment.h" #include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" #include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h" #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" #include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" #include using namespace clang; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; enum FloatingRank { HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank, Float128Rank }; RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { ExternalSource->ReadComments(); #ifndef NDEBUG ArrayRef RawComments = Comments.getComments(); assert(std::is_sorted(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), BeforeThanCompare(SourceMgr))); #endif CommentsLoaded = true; } assert(D); // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. if (D->isImplicit()) return nullptr; // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return nullptr; } if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return nullptr; } if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return nullptr; } if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = dyn_cast(D)) { TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || TSK == TSK_Undeclared) return nullptr; } if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast(D)) { if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return nullptr; } if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast(D)) { // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) return nullptr; } // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. if (isa(D)) return nullptr; // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template // documentation. if (isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D)) return nullptr; ArrayRef RawComments = Comments.getComments(); // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. if (RawComments.empty()) return nullptr; // Find declaration location. // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration // location". // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". SourceLocation DeclLoc; if (isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D)) DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); else { DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); if (DeclLoc.isMacroID()) { if (isa(D)) { // If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being // declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location as // the "declaration location". DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); } else if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast(D)) { // If location of the tag decl is inside a macro, but the spelling of // the tag name comes from a macro argument, it looks like a special // macro like NS_ENUM is being used to define the tag decl. In that // case, adjust the source location to the expansion loc so that we can // attach the comment to the tag decl. if (SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(DeclLoc) && TD->isCompleteDefinition()) DeclLoc = SourceMgr.getExpansionLoc(DeclLoc); } } } // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we // can't find the comment. if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) return nullptr; // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. ArrayRef::iterator Comment; { // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them // first. RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); BeforeThanCompare Compare(SourceMgr); ArrayRef::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { MaybeBeforeDecl--; Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); } if (Found) { Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); } else { // Slow path. Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); } } // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the // file buffer. std::pair DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); // First check whether we have a trailing comment. if (Comment != RawComments.end() && (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && (isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D))) { std::pair CommentBeginDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { return *Comment; } } // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. // Let's look at the previous comment. if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) return nullptr; --Comment; // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) return nullptr; // Decompose the end of the comment. std::pair CommentEndDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they // aren't related. if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) return nullptr; // Get the corresponding buffer. bool Invalid = false; const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, &Invalid).data(); if (Invalid) return nullptr; // Extract text between the comment and declaration. StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between // comment and declaration. if (Text.find_first_of(";{}#@") != StringRef::npos) return nullptr; return *Comment; } namespace { /// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to /// refer to the actual template. /// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Is this function declaration part of a function template? if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) return FTD; // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return D; // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) return FTD; // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) return MemberDecl; return D; } if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class // template? if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) return MemberDecl; return D; } if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Is this class declaration part of a class template? if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) return CTD; // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial // specialization? if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = dyn_cast(CRD)) { if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) return D; llvm::PointerUnion PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); return PU.is() ? static_cast(PU.get()) : static_cast( PU.get()); } // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); return D; } if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast(D)) { // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) return MemberDecl; return D; } // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? return D; } } // anonymous namespace const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( const Decl *D, const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = RedeclComments.find(D); if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { if (OriginalDecl) *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); return Raw.getRaw(); } } } // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. const RawComment *RC = nullptr; const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = nullptr; for (auto I : D->redecls()) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = RedeclComments.find(I); if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { RC = Raw.getRaw(); OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); break; } } else { RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(I); OriginalDeclForRC = I; RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; if (RC) { // Call order swapped to work around ICE in VS2015 RTM (Release Win32) // https://connect.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/feedback/details/1741530 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); Raw.setRaw(RC); } else Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); Raw.setOriginalDecl(I); RedeclComments[I] = Raw; if (RC) break; } } // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); if (OriginalDecl) *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; Raw.setRaw(RC); Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); for (auto I : D->redecls()) { RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[I]; if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) R = Raw; } return RC; } static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, SmallVectorImpl &Redeclared) { const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast(DC)) { const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); if (!ID) return; // Add redeclared method here. for (const auto *Ext : ID->known_extensions()) { if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); } } } comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, const Decl *D) const { comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; ThisDeclInfo->fill(); ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); if (!ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters) ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters = FC->getDeclInfo()->TemplateParameters; comments::FullComment *CFC = new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), ThisDeclInfo); return CFC; } comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); return RC ? RC->parse(*this, nullptr, D) : nullptr; } comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( const Decl *D, const Preprocessor *PP) const { if (D->isInvalidDecl()) return nullptr; D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = ParsedComments.find(Canonical); if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { if (Canonical != D) { comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); return CFC; } return Pos->second; } const Decl *OriginalDecl; const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); if (!RC) { if (isa(D) || isa(D)) { SmallVector Overridden; const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast(D); if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); if (OMD) addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast(D), Overridden); for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter // does not have one of its own. QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs()) if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast(D)) { while (IC->getSuperClass()) { IC = IC->getSuperClass(); if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) return nullptr; // Check non-virtual bases. for (const auto &I : RD->bases()) { if (I.isVirtual() || (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) continue; QualType Ty = I.getType(); if (Ty.isNull()) continue; if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) continue; if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } } // Check virtual bases. for (const auto &I : RD->vbases()) { if (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) continue; QualType Ty = I.getType(); if (Ty.isNull()) continue; if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) continue; if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) return cloneFullComment(FC, D); } } } return nullptr; } // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be // different across redeclarations. if (D != OriginalDecl) return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; return FC; } void ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), PEnd = Params->end(); P != PEnd; ++P) { if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast(*P)) { ID.AddInteger(0); ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); continue; } if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast(*P)) { ID.AddInteger(1); ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { ID.AddBoolean(true); ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); } } else ID.AddBoolean(false); continue; } TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast(*P); ID.AddInteger(2); Profile(ID, TTP); } } TemplateTemplateParmDecl * ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); void *InsertPos = nullptr; CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (Canonical) return Canonical->getParam(); // Build a canonical template parameter list. TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); SmallVector CanonParams; CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), PEnd = Params->end(); P != PEnd; ++P) { if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast(*P)) CanonParams.push_back( TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), TTP->getIndex(), nullptr, false, TTP->isParameterPack())); else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast(*P)) { QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { SmallVector ExpandedTypes; SmallVector ExpandedTInfos; for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); ExpandedTInfos.push_back( getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); } Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(), NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr, T, TInfo, ExpandedTypes, ExpandedTInfos); } else { Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(), NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr, T, NTTP->isParameterPack(), TInfo); } CanonParams.push_back(Param); } else CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( cast(*P))); } assert(!TTP->getRequiresClause() && "Unexpected requires-clause on template template-parameter"); Expr *const CanonRequiresClause = nullptr; TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), TTP->getPosition(), TTP->isParameterPack(), nullptr, TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), CanonParams, SourceLocation(), CanonRequiresClause)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!Canonical && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)Canonical; // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); return CanonTTP; } CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return nullptr; switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: // Same as Itanium at this level case TargetCXXABI::iOS: case TargetCXXABI::iOS64: case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS: case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS: case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly: return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); } llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); } static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, const LangOptions &LOpts) { if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each // language-specific address space. static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 1, // opencl_global 3, // opencl_local 2, // opencl_constant 4, // opencl_generic 5, // cuda_device 6, // cuda_constant 7 // cuda_shared }; return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; } else { return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); } } static bool isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(const TargetInfo &TI, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { switch (LangOpts.getAddressSpaceMapMangling()) { case LangOptions::ASMM_Target: return TI.useAddressSpaceMapMangling(); case LangOptions::ASMM_On: return true; case LangOptions::ASMM_Off: return false; } llvm_unreachable("getAddressSpaceMapMangling() doesn't cover anything."); } ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions &LOpts, SourceManager &SM, IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, Builtin::Context &builtins) : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(nullptr), Int128Decl(nullptr), UInt128Decl(nullptr), BuiltinVaListDecl(nullptr), BuiltinMSVaListDecl(nullptr), ObjCIdDecl(nullptr), ObjCSelDecl(nullptr), ObjCClassDecl(nullptr), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(nullptr), BOOLDecl(nullptr), CFConstantStringTagDecl(nullptr), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(nullptr), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(nullptr), FILEDecl(nullptr), jmp_bufDecl(nullptr), sigjmp_bufDecl(nullptr), ucontext_tDecl(nullptr), BlockDescriptorType(nullptr), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(nullptr), cudaConfigureCallDecl(nullptr), FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), ExternCContext(nullptr), MakeIntegerSeqDecl(nullptr), TypePackElementDecl(nullptr), SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), SanitizerBL(new SanitizerBlacklist(LangOpts.SanitizerBlacklistFiles, SM)), AddrSpaceMap(nullptr), Target(nullptr), AuxTarget(nullptr), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), BuiltinInfo(builtins), DeclarationNames(*this), ExternalSource(nullptr), Listener(nullptr), Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), LastSDM(nullptr, 0) { TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); } ASTContext::~ASTContext() { ReleaseParentMapEntries(); // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets. for (auto &Pair : Deallocations) (Pair.first)(Pair.second); // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed // because they can contain DenseMaps. for (llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast((I++)->second)) R->Destroy(*this); for (llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast((I++)->second)) R->Destroy(*this); } for (llvm::DenseMap::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); A != AEnd; ++A) A->second->~AttrVec(); for (std::pair &MTVPair : MaterializedTemporaryValues) MTVPair.second->~APValue(); for (const auto &Value : ModuleInitializers) Value.second->~PerModuleInitializers(); } void ASTContext::ReleaseParentMapEntries() { if (!PointerParents) return; for (const auto &Entry : *PointerParents) { if (Entry.second.is()) { delete Entry.second.get(); } else if (Entry.second.is()) { delete Entry.second.get(); } } for (const auto &Entry : *OtherParents) { if (Entry.second.is()) { delete Entry.second.get(); } else if (Entry.second.is()) { delete Entry.second.get(); } } } void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { Deallocations.push_back({Callback, Data}); } void ASTContext::setExternalSource(IntrusiveRefCntPtr Source) { ExternalSource = std::move(Source); } void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; unsigned counts[] = { #define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 0 // Extra }; for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { Type *T = Types[i]; counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; } unsigned Idx = 0; unsigned TotalBytes = 0; #define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ if (counts[Idx]) \ llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ << " types\n"; \ TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ ++Idx; #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; // Implicit special member functions. llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors << " implicit default constructors created\n"; llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitCopyConstructors << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitMoveConstructors << " implicit move constructors created\n"; llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" << NumImplicitDestructors << " implicit destructors created\n"; if (ExternalSource) { llvm::errs() << "\n"; ExternalSource->PrintStats(); } BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); } void ASTContext::mergeDefinitionIntoModule(NamedDecl *ND, Module *M, bool NotifyListeners) { if (NotifyListeners) if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener()) Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(ND, M); if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) MergedDefModules[ND].push_back(M); else ND->setHidden(false); } void ASTContext::deduplicateMergedDefinitonsFor(NamedDecl *ND) { auto It = MergedDefModules.find(ND); if (It == MergedDefModules.end()) return; auto &Merged = It->second; llvm::DenseSet Found; for (Module *&M : Merged) if (!Found.insert(M).second) M = nullptr; Merged.erase(std::remove(Merged.begin(), Merged.end(), nullptr), Merged.end()); } void ASTContext::PerModuleInitializers::resolve(ASTContext &Ctx) { if (LazyInitializers.empty()) return; auto *Source = Ctx.getExternalSource(); assert(Source && "lazy initializers but no external source"); auto LazyInits = std::move(LazyInitializers); LazyInitializers.clear(); for (auto ID : LazyInits) Initializers.push_back(Source->GetExternalDecl(ID)); assert(LazyInitializers.empty() && "GetExternalDecl for lazy module initializer added more inits"); } void ASTContext::addModuleInitializer(Module *M, Decl *D) { // One special case: if we add a module initializer that imports another // module, and that module's only initializer is an ImportDecl, simplify. if (auto *ID = dyn_cast(D)) { auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(ID->getImportedModule()); // Maybe the ImportDecl does nothing at all. (Common case.) if (It == ModuleInitializers.end()) return; // Maybe the ImportDecl only imports another ImportDecl. auto &Imported = *It->second; if (Imported.Initializers.size() + Imported.LazyInitializers.size() == 1) { Imported.resolve(*this); auto *OnlyDecl = Imported.Initializers.front(); if (isa(OnlyDecl)) D = OnlyDecl; } } auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M]; if (!Inits) Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers; Inits->Initializers.push_back(D); } void ASTContext::addLazyModuleInitializers(Module *M, ArrayRef IDs) { auto *&Inits = ModuleInitializers[M]; if (!Inits) Inits = new (*this) PerModuleInitializers; Inits->LazyInitializers.insert(Inits->LazyInitializers.end(), IDs.begin(), IDs.end()); } ArrayRef ASTContext::getModuleInitializers(Module *M) { auto It = ModuleInitializers.find(M); if (It == ModuleInitializers.end()) return None; auto *Inits = It->second; Inits->resolve(*this); return Inits->Initializers; } ExternCContextDecl *ASTContext::getExternCContextDecl() const { if (!ExternCContext) ExternCContext = ExternCContextDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl()); return ExternCContext; } BuiltinTemplateDecl * ASTContext::buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BuiltinTemplateKind BTK, const IdentifierInfo *II) const { auto *BuiltinTemplate = BuiltinTemplateDecl::Create(*this, TUDecl, II, BTK); BuiltinTemplate->setImplicit(); TUDecl->addDecl(BuiltinTemplate); return BuiltinTemplate; } BuiltinTemplateDecl * ASTContext::getMakeIntegerSeqDecl() const { if (!MakeIntegerSeqDecl) MakeIntegerSeqDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__make_integer_seq, getMakeIntegerSeqName()); return MakeIntegerSeqDecl; } BuiltinTemplateDecl * ASTContext::getTypePackElementDecl() const { if (!TypePackElementDecl) TypePackElementDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__type_pack_element, getTypePackElementName()); return TypePackElementDecl; } RecordDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitRecord(StringRef Name, RecordDecl::TagKind TK) const { SourceLocation Loc; RecordDecl *NewDecl; if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) NewDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc, Loc, &Idents.get(Name)); else NewDecl = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc, Loc, &Idents.get(Name)); NewDecl->setImplicit(); NewDecl->addAttr(TypeVisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit( const_cast(*this), TypeVisibilityAttr::Default)); return NewDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitTypedef(QualType T, StringRef Name) const { TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); TypedefDecl *NewDecl = TypedefDecl::Create( const_cast(*this), getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(Name), TInfo); NewDecl->setImplicit(); return NewDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { if (!Int128Decl) Int128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(Int128Ty, "__int128_t"); return Int128Decl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { if (!UInt128Decl) UInt128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(UnsignedInt128Ty, "__uint128_t"); return UInt128Decl; } void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); Types.push_back(Ty); } void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target, const TargetInfo *AuxTarget) { assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && "Incorrect target reinitialization"); assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); this->Target = &Target; this->AuxTarget = AuxTarget; ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); AddrSpaceMapMangling = isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(Target, LangOpts); // C99 6.2.5p19. InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); // C99 6.2.5p2. InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); // C99 6.2.5p3. if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); else InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); // C99 6.2.5p4. InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); // C99 6.2.5p6. InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); // C99 6.2.5p10. InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); // GNU extension, __float128 for IEEE quadruple precision InitBuiltinType(Float128Ty, BuiltinType::Float128); // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); // C++ 3.9.1p5 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) WideCharTy = WCharTy; else { // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); } WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); else // C99 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); else // C99 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent // expressions. InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); // Placeholder type for functions. InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); // Placeholder type for bound members. InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); // Placeholder type for builtin functions. InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); // Placeholder type for OMP array sections. if (LangOpts.OpenMP) InitBuiltinType(OMPArraySectionTy, BuiltinType::OMPArraySection); // C99 6.2.5p11. FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); Float128ComplexTy = getComplexType(Float128Ty); // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ InitBuiltinType(SingletonId, BuiltinType::Id); #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); InitBuiltinType(OCLClkEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); InitBuiltinType(OCLQueueTy, BuiltinType::OCLQueue); InitBuiltinType(OCLNDRangeTy, BuiltinType::OCLNDRange); InitBuiltinType(OCLReserveIDTy, BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); } // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? SignedCharTy : BoolTy); ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); ObjCSuperType = QualType(); // void * type VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. VaListTagDecl = nullptr; } DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); } AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; if (!Result) { void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; } return *Result; } /// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { Pos->second->~AttrVec(); DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); } } // FIXME: Remove ? MemberSpecializationInfo * ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); return getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Var) .dyn_cast(); } ASTContext::TemplateOrSpecializationInfo ASTContext::getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(const VarDecl *Var) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = TemplateOrInstantiation.find(Var); if (Pos == TemplateOrInstantiation.end()) return TemplateOrSpecializationInfo(); return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Inst, new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo( Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation)); } void ASTContext::setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(VarDecl *Inst, TemplateOrSpecializationInfo TSI) { assert(!TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] && "Already noted what the variable was instantiated from"); TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] = TSI; } FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( const FunctionDecl *FD){ assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); llvm::DenseMap::const_iterator Pos = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, FunctionDecl *Pattern) { assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; } NamedDecl * ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *UUD) { auto Pos = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(NamedDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { assert((isa(Pattern) || isa(Pattern) || isa(Pattern)) && "pattern decl is not a using decl"); assert((isa(Inst) || isa(Inst) || isa(Inst)) && "instantiation did not produce a using decl"); assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; } UsingShadowDecl * ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { llvm::DenseMap::const_iterator Pos = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; } FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator Pos = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second; } void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, FieldDecl *Tmpl) { assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; } ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { llvm::DenseMap::const_iterator Pos = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second.begin(); } ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { llvm::DenseMap::const_iterator Pos = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) return nullptr; return Pos->second.end(); } unsigned ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { llvm::DenseMap::const_iterator Pos = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) return 0; return Pos->second.size(); } ASTContext::overridden_method_range ASTContext::overridden_methods(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { return overridden_method_range(overridden_methods_begin(Method), overridden_methods_end(Method)); } void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); } void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( const NamedDecl *D, SmallVectorImpl &Overridden) const { assert(D); if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast(D)) { Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); return; } const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast(D); if (!Method) return; SmallVector OverDecls; Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); } void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); if (!FirstLocalImport) { FirstLocalImport = Import; LastLocalImport = Import; return; } LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; LastLocalImport = Import; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type Sizing and Analysis //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified /// scalar floating point type. const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs(); assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); switch (BT->getKind()) { default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); case BuiltinType::Float128: return Target->getFloat128Format(); } } CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof) const { unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { Align = AlignFromAttr; // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. // // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. if (isa(D)) { UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr() || cast(D)->getParent()->hasAttr(); } else { UseAlignAttrOnly = true; } } else if (isa(D)) UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr() || cast(D)->getParent()->hasAttr(); // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything // else about the declaration and its type. if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { // do nothing } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { QualType T = VD->getType(); if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs()) { if (ForAlignof) T = RT->getPointeeType(); else T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); } QualType BaseT = getBaseElementType(T); if (T->isFunctionType()) Align = getTypeInfoImpl(T.getTypePtr()).Align; else if (!BaseT->isIncompleteType()) { // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the // large-array alignment on the target. if (const ArrayType *arrayType = getAsArrayType(T)) { unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); if (!ForAlignof && MinWidth) { if (isa(arrayType)) Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); else if (isa(arrayType) && MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast(arrayType))) Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); } } Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !ForAlignof) Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); } } // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast(VD)) { const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent(); // We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid. if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) { const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent); // Start with the record's overall alignment. unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex()); if (Offset > 0) { // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1); if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign) FieldAlign = static_cast(LowBitOfOffset); } Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign); } } } return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); } // getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in // chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is // the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type // using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. std::pair ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { std::pair sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs()) { const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); } } return sizeAndAlign; } /// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits /// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. std::pair static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { std::pair EltInfo = Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); assert((Size == 0 || static_cast(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); if (!Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() || Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64) Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align); return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); } std::pair ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast(T)) return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(T); return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Width), toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align)); } std::pair ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); } bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(const Type *T) const { return getTypeInfo(T).AlignIsRequired; } bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(QualType T) const { return isAlignmentRequired(T.getTypePtr()); } unsigned ASTContext::getTypeAlignIfKnown(QualType T) const { // An alignment on a typedef overrides anything else. if (auto *TT = T->getAs()) if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment()) return Align; // If we have an (array of) complete type, we're done. T = getBaseElementType(T); if (!T->isIncompleteType()) return getTypeAlign(T); // If we had an array type, its element type might be a typedef // type with an alignment attribute. if (auto *TT = T->getAs()) if (unsigned Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment()) return Align; // Otherwise, see if the declaration of the type had an attribute. if (auto *TT = T->getAs()) return TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment(); return 0; } TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { TypeInfoMap::iterator I = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); if (I != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) return I->second; // This call can invalidate MemoizedTypeInfo[T], so we need a second lookup. TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfoImpl(T); MemoizedTypeInfo[T] = TI; return TI; } /// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This /// method does not work on incomplete types. /// /// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and /// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this /// should take a QualType, &c. TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { uint64_t Width = 0; unsigned Align = 8; bool AlignIsRequired = false; switch (T->getTypeClass()) { #define TYPE(Class, Base) #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) \ case Type::Class: \ assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here"); \ return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); case Type::FunctionNoProto: case Type::FunctionProto: // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits Width = 0; Align = 32; break; case Type::IncompleteArray: case Type::VariableArray: Width = 0; Align = getTypeAlign(cast(T)->getElementType()); break; case Type::ConstantArray: { const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast(T); TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.Width <= (uint64_t)(-1) / Size) && "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); Width = EltInfo.Width * Size; Align = EltInfo.Align; if (!getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() || getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64) Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align); break; } case Type::ExtVector: case Type::Vector: { const VectorType *VT = cast(T); TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); Width = EltInfo.Width * VT->getNumElements(); Align = Width; // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. if (Align & (Align-1)) { Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align); } // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) Align = TargetVectorAlign; break; } case Type::Builtin: switch (cast(T)->getKind()) { default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); case BuiltinType::Void: // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. Width = 0; Align = 8; break; case BuiltinType::Bool: Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Char_S: case BuiltinType::Char_U: case BuiltinType::UChar: case BuiltinType::SChar: Width = Target->getCharWidth(); Align = Target->getCharAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::WChar_S: case BuiltinType::WChar_U: Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Char16: Width = Target->getChar16Width(); Align = Target->getChar16Align(); break; case BuiltinType::Char32: Width = Target->getChar32Width(); Align = Target->getChar32Align(); break; case BuiltinType::UShort: case BuiltinType::Short: Width = Target->getShortWidth(); Align = Target->getShortAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::UInt: case BuiltinType::Int: Width = Target->getIntWidth(); Align = Target->getIntAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::ULong: case BuiltinType::Long: Width = Target->getLongWidth(); Align = Target->getLongAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::ULongLong: case BuiltinType::LongLong: Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Int128: case BuiltinType::UInt128: Width = 128; Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. break; case BuiltinType::Half: Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Float: Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Double: Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::LongDouble: Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); break; case BuiltinType::Float128: Width = Target->getFloat128Width(); Align = Target->getFloat128Align(); break; case BuiltinType::NullPtr: Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) break; case BuiltinType::ObjCId: case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); break; case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: { auto AS = getTargetAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_constant); Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); break; } case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: case BuiltinType::OCLNDRange: case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); break; #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ case BuiltinType::Id: #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" { auto AS = getTargetAddressSpace(Target->getOpenCLImageAddrSpace()); Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); } } break; case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); break; case Type::BlockPointer: { unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( cast(T)->getPointeeType()); Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); break; } case Type::LValueReference: case Type::RValueReference: { // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go // the pointer route. unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( cast(T)->getPointeeType()); Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); break; } case Type::Pointer: { unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast(T)->getPointeeType()); Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); break; } case Type::MemberPointer: { const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast(T); std::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); break; } case Type::Complex: { // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the // size. TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getElementType()); Width = EltInfo.Width * 2; Align = EltInfo.Align; break; } case Type::ObjCObject: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); case Type::Adjusted: case Type::Decayed: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getAdjustedType().getTypePtr()); case Type::ObjCInterface: { const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast(T); const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); break; } case Type::Record: case Type::Enum: { const TagType *TT = cast(T); if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { Width = 8; Align = 8; break; } if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast(TT)) { const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl(); TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(ED->getIntegerType()->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); if (unsigned AttrAlign = ED->getMaxAlignment()) { Info.Align = AttrAlign; Info.AlignIsRequired = true; } return Info; } const RecordType *RT = cast(TT); const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RD); Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); AlignIsRequired = RD->hasAttr(); break; } case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)-> getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); case Type::Auto: { const AutoType *A = cast(T); assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); } case Type::Paren: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); case Type::ObjCTypeParam: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); case Type::Typedef: { const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast(T)->getDecl(); TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) { Align = AttrAlign; AlignIsRequired = true; } else { Align = Info.Align; AlignIsRequired = Info.AlignIsRequired; } Width = Info.Width; break; } case Type::Elaborated: return getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); case Type::Attributed: return getTypeInfo( cast(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); case Type::Atomic: { // Start with the base type information. TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getValueType()); Width = Info.Width; Align = Info.Align; // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more // favorable to atomic operations: if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { // Round the size up to a power of 2. if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); // Set the alignment equal to the size. Align = static_cast(Width); } } break; case Type::Pipe: { TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(cast(T)->getElementType()); Width = Info.Width; Align = Info.Align; } } assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); return TypeInfo(Width, Align, AlignIsRequired); } unsigned ASTContext::getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const { unsigned SimdAlign = getTargetInfo().getSimdDefaultAlign(); // Target ppc64 with QPX: simd default alignment for pointer to double is 32. if ((getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64 || getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64le) && getTargetInfo().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx" && T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) SimdAlign = 256; return SimdAlign; } /// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); } /// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); } /// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. /// This method does not work on incomplete types. CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; } CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; } /// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in /// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); } CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); } /// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified /// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI /// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign /// a data type. unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfo(T); unsigned ABIAlign = TI.Align; T = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); // The preferred alignment of member pointers is that of a pointer. if (T->isMemberPointerType()) return getPreferredTypeAlign(getPointerDiffType().getTypePtr()); if (!Target->allowsLargerPreferedTypeAlignment()) return ABIAlign; // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs()) T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs()) T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr(); if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) // Don't increase the alignment if an alignment attribute was specified on a // typedef declaration. if (!TI.AlignIsRequired) return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); return ABIAlign; } /// getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned - Return the default alignment /// for __attribute__((aligned)) on this target, to be used if no alignment /// value is specified. unsigned ASTContext::getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned() const { return getTargetInfo().getDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned(); } /// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given /// to a global variable of the specified type. unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); } /// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that /// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); } CharUnits ASTContext::getOffsetOfBaseWithVBPtr(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::Zero(); const ASTRecordLayout *Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(RD); while (const CXXRecordDecl *Base = Layout->getBaseSharingVBPtr()) { Offset += Layout->getBaseClassOffset(Base); Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(Base); } return Offset; } /// DeepCollectObjCIvars - /// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in /// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for /// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class /// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. /// void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, bool leafClass, SmallVectorImpl &Ivars) const { if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); if (!leafClass) { for (const auto *I : OI->ivars()) Ivars.push_back(I); } else { ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast(OI); for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) Ivars.push_back(Iv); } } /// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and /// those inherited by it. void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, llvm::SmallPtrSet &Protocols) { if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast(CDecl)) { // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. for (auto *Proto : OI->all_referenced_protocols()) { CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols); } // Categories of this Interface. for (const auto *Cat : OI->visible_categories()) CollectInheritedProtocols(Cat, Protocols); if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) while (SD) { CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); SD = SD->getSuperClass(); } } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast(CDecl)) { for (auto *Proto : OC->protocols()) { CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols); } } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast(CDecl)) { // Insert the protocol. if (!Protocols.insert( const_cast(OP->getCanonicalDecl())).second) return; for (auto *Proto : OP->protocols()) CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols); } } unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { unsigned count = 0; // Count ivars declared in class extension. for (const auto *Ext : OI->known_extensions()) count += Ext->ivar_size(); // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This // includes synthesized ivars. if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); return count; } bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { if (!E) return false; // nullptr_t is always treated as null. if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) return true; // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. if (isa(E)) return true; return false; } /// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = ObjCImpls.find(D); if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) return cast(I->second); return nullptr; } /// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = ObjCImpls.find(D); if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) return cast(I->second); return nullptr; } /// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; } /// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; } const ObjCMethodDecl * ASTContext::getObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) const { return ObjCMethodRedecls.lookup(MD); } void ASTContext::setObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD, const ObjCMethodDecl *Redecl) { assert(!getObjCMethodRedeclaration(MD) && "MD already has a redeclaration"); ObjCMethodRedecls[MD] = Redecl; } const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( const NamedDecl *ND) const { if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast(ND->getDeclContext())) return ID; if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast(ND->getDeclContext())) return CD->getClassInterface(); if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast(ND->getDeclContext())) return IMD->getClassInterface(); return nullptr; } /// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if /// none exists. Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { assert(VD && "Passed null params"); assert(VD->hasAttr() && "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); llvm::DenseMap::iterator I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast(I->second) : nullptr; } /// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); assert(VD->hasAttr() && "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; } TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, unsigned DataSize) const { if (!DataSize) DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); else assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); return TInfo; } TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, SourceLocation L) const { TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast(*this), L); return DI; } const ASTRecordLayout & ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { return getObjCLayout(D, nullptr); } const ASTRecordLayout & ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type creation/memoization methods //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); quals.removeFastQualifiers(); // Check if we've already instantiated this type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); void *insertPos = nullptr; if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); return QualType(eq, fastQuals); } // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. QualType canon; if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); // Re-find the insert position. (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); } ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); return QualType(eq, fastQuals); } QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) return T; // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together // into one ExtQuals node. QualifierCollector Quals; const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get // another one. assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); } QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) return T; if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs()) { QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); return getPointerType(ResultType); } } // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together // into one ExtQuals node. QualifierCollector Quals; const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get // another one. assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); } const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) return T; QualType Result; if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast(T)) { Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getReturnType(), Info); } else { const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast(T); FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); EPI.ExtInfo = Info; Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); } return cast(Result.getTypePtr()); } void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, QualType ResultType) { FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); while (true) { const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs(); FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) FD = Next; else break; } if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); } /// Get a function type and produce the equivalent function type with the /// specified exception specification. Type sugar that can be present on a /// declaration of a function with an exception specification is permitted /// and preserved. Other type sugar (for instance, typedefs) is not. static QualType getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec( ASTContext &Context, QualType Orig, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { // Might have some parens. if (auto *PT = dyn_cast(Orig)) return Context.getParenType( getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(Context, PT->getInnerType(), ESI)); // Might have a calling-convention attribute. if (auto *AT = dyn_cast(Orig)) return Context.getAttributedType( AT->getAttrKind(), getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(Context, AT->getModifiedType(), ESI), getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(Context, AT->getEquivalentType(), ESI)); // Anything else must be a function type. Rebuild it with the new exception // specification. const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast(Orig); return Context.getFunctionType( Proto->getReturnType(), Proto->getParamTypes(), Proto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(ESI)); } bool ASTContext::hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(QualType T, QualType U) { return hasSameType(T, U) || (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && hasSameType(getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, T, EST_None), getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, U, EST_None))); } void ASTContext::adjustExceptionSpec( FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, bool AsWritten) { // Update the type. QualType Updated = getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, FD->getType(), ESI); FD->setType(Updated); if (!AsWritten) return; // Update the type in the type source information too. if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()) { // If the type and the type-as-written differ, we may need to update // the type-as-written too. if (TSInfo->getType() != FD->getType()) Updated = getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, TSInfo->getType(), ESI); // FIXME: When we get proper type location information for exceptions, // we'll also have to rebuild the TypeSourceInfo. For now, we just patch // up the TypeSourceInfo; assert(TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(Updated) == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(TSInfo->getType()) && "TypeLoc size mismatch from updating exception specification"); TSInfo->overrideType(Updated); } } /// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex /// number with the specified element type. QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(CT, 0); // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, // so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to /// the specified type. QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; PointerType::Profile(ID, T); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(PT, 0); // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, // so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedType(QualType Orig, QualType New) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; AdjustedType::Profile(ID, Orig, New); void *InsertPos = nullptr; AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (AT) return QualType(AT, 0); QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(New); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AdjustedType(Type::Adjusted, Orig, New, Canonical); Types.push_back(AT); AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); return QualType(AT, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const { assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay"); QualType Decayed; // C99 6.7.5.3p7: // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of // the array type derivation. if (T->isArrayType()) Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T); // C99 6.7.5.3p8: // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as // in 6.3.2.1. if (T->isFunctionType()) Decayed = getPointerType(T); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; AdjustedType::Profile(ID, T, Decayed); void *InsertPos = nullptr; AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (AT) return QualType(AT, 0); QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical); Types.push_back(AT); AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); return QualType(AT, 0); } /// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for /// a pointer to the specified block. QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (BlockPointerType *PT = BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(PT, 0); // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical // type either so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. BlockPointerType *NewIP = BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } BlockPointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an /// lvalue reference to the specified type. QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && "Unresolved overloaded function type"); // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (LValueReferenceType *RT = LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(RT, 0); const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs(); // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. LValueReferenceType *NewIP = LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } LValueReferenceType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, SpelledAsLValue); Types.push_back(New); LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an /// rvalue reference to the specified type. QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (RValueReferenceType *RT = RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(RT, 0); const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs(); // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. RValueReferenceType *NewIP = RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } RValueReferenceType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a /// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (MemberPointerType *PT = MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(PT, 0); // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. MemberPointerType *NewIP = MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } MemberPointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an /// array of the specified element type. QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for // the target. llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); ArySize = ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(ATP, 0); // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canon; if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. ConstantArrayType *NewIP = ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be /// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known /// sizes replaced with [*]. QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { // Vastly most common case. if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; QualType result; SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); const Type *ty = split.Ty; switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { #define TYPE(Class, Base) #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); // These types should never be variably-modified. case Type::Builtin: case Type::Complex: case Type::Vector: case Type::ExtVector: case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: case Type::ObjCObject: case Type::ObjCInterface: case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: case Type::Record: case Type::Enum: case Type::UnresolvedUsing: case Type::TypeOfExpr: case Type::TypeOf: case Type::Decltype: case Type::UnaryTransform: case Type::DependentName: case Type::InjectedClassName: case Type::TemplateSpecialization: case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: case Type::TemplateTypeParm: case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: case Type::Auto: case Type::PackExpansion: llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to // further decay. case Type::FunctionNoProto: case Type::FunctionProto: case Type::BlockPointer: case Type::MemberPointer: case Type::Pipe: return type; // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications // preserve structure except as noted by comments. // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op // optimizations available here. case Type::Pointer: result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( cast(ty)->getPointeeType())); break; case Type::LValueReference: { const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast(ty); result = getLValueReferenceType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); break; } case Type::RValueReference: { const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast(ty); result = getRValueReferenceType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); break; } case Type::Atomic: { const AtomicType *at = cast(ty); result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); break; } case Type::ConstantArray: { const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast(ty); result = getConstantArrayType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), cat->getSize(), cat->getSizeModifier(), cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); break; } case Type::DependentSizedArray: { const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast(ty); result = getDependentSizedArrayType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), dat->getSizeExpr(), dat->getSizeModifier(), dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), dat->getBracketsRange()); break; } // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. case Type::IncompleteArray: { const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast(ty); result = getVariableArrayType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), /*size*/ nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), SourceRange()); break; } // Turn VLA types into [*] types. case Type::VariableArray: { const VariableArrayType *vat = cast(ty); result = getVariableArrayType( getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), /*size*/ nullptr, ArrayType::Star, vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), vat->getBracketsRange()); break; } } // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); } /// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a /// variable array of the specified element type. QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, Expr *NumElts, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, unsigned IndexTypeQuals, SourceRange Brackets) const { // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's // that have an expression provided for their size. QualType Canon; // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); } VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to /// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element /// type. QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, Expr *numElements, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, unsigned elementTypeQuals, SourceRange brackets) const { assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || numElements->isValueDependent()) && "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay // because they can't be used in most locations. if (!numElements) { DependentSizedArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we // also build a canonical type. SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); void *insertPos = nullptr; llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); // Look for an existing type with these properties. DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); // If we don't have one, build one. if (!canonTy) { canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); Types.push_back(canonTy); } // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), canonElementType.Quals); // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type or the size // expression, then just use that as our result. if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType && canonTy->getSizeExpr() == numElements) return canon; // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling // of the element type. DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); Types.push_back(sugaredType); return QualType(sugaredType, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); void *insertPos = nullptr; if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) return QualType(iat, 0); // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull // qualifiers off the element type. QualType canon; if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ASM, elementTypeQuals); canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. IncompleteArrayType *existing = IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; } IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } /// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of /// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(VTP, 0); // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, // so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of /// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, VectorType::GenericVector); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(VTP, 0); // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, // so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), SizeExpr); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; if (Canon) { // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as // the canonical type for a newly-built type. New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), SizeExpr, AttrLoc); } else { QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, AttrLoc); DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); (void)CanonCheck; DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); } else { QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, SourceLocation()); New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); } } Types.push_back(New); return QualType(New, 0); } /// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { return T.isCanonical() && (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); } /// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. /// QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(FT, 0); QualType Canonical; if (!isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy)) { Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy), Info); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info); Types.push_back(New); FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalFunctionResultType(QualType ResultType) const { CanQualType CanResultType = getCanonicalType(ResultType); // Canonical result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. if (CanResultType.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { Qualifiers Qs = CanResultType.getQualifiers(); Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe( getQualifiedType(CanResultType.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs)); } return CanResultType; } static bool isCanonicalExceptionSpecification( const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, bool NoexceptInType) { if (ESI.Type == EST_None) return true; if (!NoexceptInType) return false; // C++17 onwards: exception specification is part of the type, as a simple // boolean "can this function type throw". if (ESI.Type == EST_BasicNoexcept) return true; // A dynamic exception specification is canonical if it only contains pack // expansions (so we can't tell whether it's non-throwing) and all its // contained types are canonical. if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { bool AnyPackExpansions = false; for (QualType ET : ESI.Exceptions) { if (!ET.isCanonical()) return false; if (ET->getAs()) AnyPackExpansions = true; } return AnyPackExpansions; } // A noexcept(expr) specification is (possibly) canonical if expr is // value-dependent. if (ESI.Type == EST_ComputedNoexcept) return ESI.NoexceptExpr && ESI.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent(); return false; } QualType ASTContext::getFunctionTypeInternal( QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef ArgArray, const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI, bool OnlyWantCanonical) const { size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, *this, true); QualType Canonical; bool Unique = false; void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (FunctionProtoType *FPT = FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) { QualType Existing = QualType(FPT, 0); // If we find a pre-existing equivalent FunctionProtoType, we can just reuse // it so long as our exception specification doesn't contain a dependent // noexcept expression, or we're just looking for a canonical type. // Otherwise, we're going to need to create a type // sugar node to hold the concrete expression. if (OnlyWantCanonical || EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type != EST_ComputedNoexcept || EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr == FPT->getNoexceptExpr()) return Existing; // We need a new type sugar node for this one, to hold the new noexcept // expression. We do no canonicalization here, but that's OK since we don't // expect to see the same noexcept expression much more than once. Canonical = getCanonicalType(Existing); Unique = true; } bool NoexceptInType = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; bool IsCanonicalExceptionSpec = isCanonicalExceptionSpecification(EPI.ExceptionSpec, NoexceptInType); // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. bool isCanonical = !Unique && IsCanonicalExceptionSpec && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) isCanonical = false; if (OnlyWantCanonical) assert(isCanonical && "given non-canonical parameters constructing canonical type"); // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it if we don't // already have it. The exception spec is only partially part of the // canonical type, and only in C++17 onwards. if (!isCanonical && Canonical.isNull()) { SmallVector CanonicalArgs; CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); llvm::SmallVector ExceptionTypeStorage; FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; if (IsCanonicalExceptionSpec) { // Exception spec is already OK. } else if (NoexceptInType) { switch (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type) { case EST_Unparsed: case EST_Unevaluated: case EST_Uninstantiated: // We don't know yet. It shouldn't matter what we pick here; no-one // should ever look at this. LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; case EST_None: case EST_MSAny: CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None; break; // A dynamic exception specification is almost always "not noexcept", // with the exception that a pack expansion might expand to no types. case EST_Dynamic: { bool AnyPacks = false; for (QualType ET : EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions) { if (ET->getAs()) AnyPacks = true; ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(getCanonicalType(ET)); } if (!AnyPacks) CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None; else { CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage; } break; } case EST_DynamicNone: case EST_BasicNoexcept: CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_BasicNoexcept; break; case EST_ComputedNoexcept: llvm::APSInt Value(1); auto *E = CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr; if (!E || !E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, *this, nullptr, /*IsEvaluated*/false)) { // This noexcept specification is invalid. // FIXME: Should this be able to happen? CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_None; break; } CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = Value.getBoolValue() ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_None; break; } } else { CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec = FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo(); } // Adjust the canonical function result type. CanQualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy); Canonical = getFunctionTypeInternal(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI, true); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. FunctionProtoType *NewIP = FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after // them for three variable size arrays at the end: // - parameter types // - exception types // - extended parameter information // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept // expression, or information used to resolve the exception // specification. size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) { Size += EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions.size() * sizeof(QualType); } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { Size += sizeof(Expr*); } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); } // Put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. if (EPI.ExtParameterInfos) { Size += NumArgs * sizeof(FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo); } FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); Types.push_back(FTP); if (!Unique) FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); return QualType(FTP, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getPipeType(QualType T, bool ReadOnly) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; PipeType::Profile(ID, T, ReadOnly); void *InsertPos = 0; if (PipeType *PT = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(PT, 0); // If the pipe element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getPipeType(getCanonicalType(T), ReadOnly); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. PipeType *NewIP = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } PipeType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PipeType(T, Canonical, ReadOnly); Types.push_back(New); PipeTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getReadPipeType(QualType T) const { return getPipeType(T, true); } QualType ASTContext::getWritePipeType(QualType T) const { return getPipeType(T, false); } #ifndef NDEBUG static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { if (!isa(D)) return false; const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast(D); if (isa(RD)) return true; if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && !isa(RD)) return true; return false; } #endif /// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the /// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, QualType TST) const { assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { assert(isa(Decl->TypeForDecl)); } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; assert(isa(Decl->TypeForDecl)); } else { Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); } return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); } /// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the /// specified type declaration. QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast(Decl)) return getTypedefType(Typedef); assert(!isa(Decl) && "Template type parameter types are always available."); if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast(Decl)) { assert(Record->isFirstDecl() && "struct/union has previous declaration"); assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); return getRecordType(Record); } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast(Decl)) { assert(Enum->isFirstDecl() && "enum has previous declaration"); return getEnumType(Enum); } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = dyn_cast(Decl)) { Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); } else llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); } /// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the /// specified typedef name decl. QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) const { if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); if (Canonical.isNull()) Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; Types.push_back(newType); return QualType(newType, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, QualType modifiedType, QualType equivalentType) { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); void *insertPos = nullptr; AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); if (type) return QualType(type, 0); QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); Types.push_back(type); AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); return QualType(type, 0); } /// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, QualType Replacement) const { assert(Replacement.isCanonical() && "replacement types must always be canonical"); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); void *InsertPos = nullptr; SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!SubstParm) { SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); Types.push_back(SubstParm); SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); } return QualType(SubstParm, 0); } /// \brief Retrieve a QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { #ifndef NDEBUG for (const auto &P : ArgPack.pack_elements()) { assert(P.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); assert(P.getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); } #endif llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(SubstParm, 0); QualType Canon; if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast(Canon), ArgPack); SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, ArgPack); Types.push_back(SubstParm); SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); return QualType(SubstParm, 0); } /// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template /// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) /// name. QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); void *InsertPos = nullptr; TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (TypeParm) return QualType(TypeParm, 0); if (TTPDecl) { QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); (void)TypeCheck; } else TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); Types.push_back(TypeParm); TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); return QualType(TypeParm, 0); } TypeSourceInfo * ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, QualType Underlying) const { assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && "No dependent template names here!"); QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = DI->getTypeLoc().castAs(); TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); return DI; } QualType ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, QualType Underlying) const { assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && "No dependent template names here!"); SmallVector ArgVec; ArgVec.reserve(Args.size()); for (const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg : Args.arguments()) ArgVec.push_back(Arg.getArgument()); return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec, Underlying); } #ifndef NDEBUG static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(ArrayRef Args) { for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args) if (Arg.isPackExpansion()) return true; return true; } #endif QualType ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, ArrayRef Args, QualType Underlying) const { assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && "No dependent template names here!"); // Look through qualified template names. if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); bool IsTypeAlias = Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && isa(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); QualType CanonType; if (!Underlying.isNull()) CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); else { // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args)) && "Caller must compute aliased type"); IsTypeAlias = false; CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args); } // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that // we don't unique and don't want to lose. void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + sizeof(TemplateArgument) * Args.size() + (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), TypeAlignment); TemplateSpecializationType *Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, CanonType, IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); Types.push_back(Spec); return QualType(Spec, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType( TemplateName Template, ArrayRef Args) const { assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && "No dependent template names here!"); // Look through qualified template names. if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); // Build the canonical template specialization type. TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); SmallVector CanonArgs; unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); for (const TemplateArgument &Arg : Args) CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Arg)); // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already // exists. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, CanonArgs, *this); void *InsertPos = nullptr; TemplateSpecializationType *Spec = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!Spec) { // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), TypeAlignment); Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, CanonArgs, QualType(), QualType()); Types.push_back(Spec); TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); } assert(Spec->isDependentType() && "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); return QualType(Spec, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); void *InsertPos = nullptr; ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); QualType Canon = NamedType; if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); (void)CheckT; } T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); Types.push_back(T); ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); void *InsertPos = nullptr; ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); QualType Canon = InnerType; if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); (void)CheckT; } T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); Types.push_back(T); ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType Canon) const { if (Canon.isNull()) { NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); } llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentNameType *T = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); Types.push_back(T); DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } QualType ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name, const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { // TODO: avoid this copy SmallVector ArgCopy; for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, ArgCopy); } QualType ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name, ArrayRef Args) const { assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, Name, Args); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); SmallVector CanonArgs(NumArgs); for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) AnyNonCanonArgs = true; } QualType Canon; if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name, CanonArgs); // Find the insert position again. DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), TypeAlignment); T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Args, Canon); Types.push_back(T); DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } void ASTContext::getInjectedTemplateArgs(const TemplateParameterList *Params, SmallVectorImpl &Args) { Args.reserve(Args.size() + Params->size()); for (NamedDecl *Param : *Params) { TemplateArgument Arg; if (auto *TTP = dyn_cast(Param)) { QualType ArgType = getTypeDeclType(TTP); if (TTP->isParameterPack()) ArgType = getPackExpansionType(ArgType, None); Arg = TemplateArgument(ArgType); } else if (auto *NTTP = dyn_cast(Param)) { Expr *E = new (*this) DeclRefExpr( NTTP, /*enclosing*/false, NTTP->getType().getNonLValueExprType(*this), Expr::getValueKindForType(NTTP->getType()), NTTP->getLocation()); if (NTTP->isParameterPack()) E = new (*this) PackExpansionExpr(DependentTy, E, NTTP->getLocation(), None); Arg = TemplateArgument(E); } else { auto *TTP = cast(Param); if (TTP->isParameterPack()) Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP), Optional()); else Arg = TemplateArgument(TemplateName(TTP)); } if (Param->isTemplateParameterPack()) Arg = TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy(*this, Arg); Args.push_back(Arg); } } QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, Optional NumExpansions) { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); void *InsertPos = nullptr; PackExpansionType *T = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (T) return QualType(T, 0); QualType Canon; if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its // parameters. if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { Canon = getPackExpansionType(Canon, NumExpansions); // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } } T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); Types.push_back(T); PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } /// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols /// alphabetically. static int CmpProtocolNames(ObjCProtocolDecl *const *LHS, ObjCProtocolDecl *const *RHS) { return DeclarationName::compare((*LHS)->getDeclName(), (*RHS)->getDeclName()); } static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ArrayRef Protocols) { if (Protocols.empty()) return true; if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) return false; for (unsigned i = 1; i != Protocols.size(); ++i) if (CmpProtocolNames(&Protocols[i - 1], &Protocols[i]) >= 0 || Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) return false; return true; } static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(SmallVectorImpl &Protocols) { // Sort protocols, keyed by name. llvm::array_pod_sort(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end(), CmpProtocolNames); // Canonicalize. for (ObjCProtocolDecl *&P : Protocols) P = P->getCanonicalDecl(); // Remove duplicates. auto ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end()); Protocols.erase(ProtocolsEnd, Protocols.end()); } QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) const { return getObjCObjectType(BaseType, { }, llvm::makeArrayRef(Protocols, NumProtocols), /*isKindOf=*/false); } QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType( QualType baseType, ArrayRef typeArgs, ArrayRef protocols, bool isKindOf) const { // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols or // type arguments to add, then the interface type will do just fine. if (typeArgs.empty() && protocols.empty() && !isKindOf && isa(baseType)) return baseType; // Look in the folding set for an existing type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, baseType, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(QT, 0); // Determine the type arguments to be used for canonicalization, // which may be explicitly specified here or written on the base // type. ArrayRef effectiveTypeArgs = typeArgs; if (effectiveTypeArgs.empty()) { if (auto baseObject = baseType->getAs()) effectiveTypeArgs = baseObject->getTypeArgs(); } // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and a // sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols and the type arguments // canonicalized. QualType canonical; bool typeArgsAreCanonical = std::all_of(effectiveTypeArgs.begin(), effectiveTypeArgs.end(), [&](QualType type) { return type.isCanonical(); }); bool protocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(protocols); if (!typeArgsAreCanonical || !protocolsSorted || !baseType.isCanonical()) { // Determine the canonical type arguments. ArrayRef canonTypeArgs; SmallVector canonTypeArgsVec; if (!typeArgsAreCanonical) { canonTypeArgsVec.reserve(effectiveTypeArgs.size()); for (auto typeArg : effectiveTypeArgs) canonTypeArgsVec.push_back(getCanonicalType(typeArg)); canonTypeArgs = canonTypeArgsVec; } else { canonTypeArgs = effectiveTypeArgs; } ArrayRef canonProtocols; SmallVector canonProtocolsVec; if (!protocolsSorted) { canonProtocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end()); SortAndUniqueProtocols(canonProtocolsVec); canonProtocols = canonProtocolsVec; } else { canonProtocols = protocols; } canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(baseType), canonTypeArgs, canonProtocols, isKindOf); // Regenerate InsertPos. ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); size += typeArgs.size() * sizeof(QualType); size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment); ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = new (mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(canonical, baseType, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf); Types.push_back(T); ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); return QualType(T, 0); } /// Apply Objective-C protocol qualifiers to the given type. /// If this is for the canonical type of a type parameter, we can apply /// protocol qualifiers on the ObjCObjectPointerType. QualType ASTContext::applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(QualType type, ArrayRef protocols, bool &hasError, bool allowOnPointerType) const { hasError = false; if (const ObjCTypeParamType *objT = dyn_cast(type.getTypePtr())) { return getObjCTypeParamType(objT->getDecl(), protocols); } // Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectPointerType. if (allowOnPointerType) { if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *objPtr = dyn_cast(type.getTypePtr())) { const ObjCObjectType *objT = objPtr->getObjectType(); // Merge protocol lists and construct ObjCObjectType. SmallVector protocolsVec; protocolsVec.append(objT->qual_begin(), objT->qual_end()); protocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end()); ArrayRef protocols = protocolsVec; type = getObjCObjectType( objT->getBaseType(), objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(), protocols, objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(type); } } // Apply protocol qualifiers to ObjCObjectType. if (const ObjCObjectType *objT = dyn_cast(type.getTypePtr())){ // FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already // known to conform. return getObjCObjectType(objT->getBaseType(), objT->getTypeArgsAsWritten(), protocols, objT->isKindOfTypeAsWritten()); } // If the canonical type is ObjCObjectType, ... if (type->isObjCObjectType()) { // Silently overwrite any existing protocol qualifiers. // TODO: determine whether that's the right thing to do. // FIXME: Check for protocols to which the class type is already // known to conform. return getObjCObjectType(type, { }, protocols, false); } // id if (type->isObjCIdType()) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *objPtr = type->castAs(); type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, { }, protocols, objPtr->isKindOfType()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(type); } // Class if (type->isObjCClassType()) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *objPtr = type->castAs(); type = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, { }, protocols, objPtr->isKindOfType()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(type); } hasError = true; return type; } QualType ASTContext::getObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, ArrayRef protocols, QualType Canonical) const { // Look in the folding set for an existing type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ObjCTypeParamType::Profile(ID, Decl, protocols); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ObjCTypeParamType *TypeParam = ObjCTypeParamTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(TypeParam, 0); if (Canonical.isNull()) { // We canonicalize to the underlying type. Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); if (!protocols.empty()) { // Apply the protocol qualifers. bool hasError; Canonical = applyObjCProtocolQualifiers(Canonical, protocols, hasError, true/*allowOnPointerType*/); assert(!hasError && "Error when apply protocol qualifier to bound type"); } } unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCTypeParamType); size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment); ObjCTypeParamType *newType = new (mem) ObjCTypeParamType(Decl, Canonical, protocols); Types.push_back(newType); ObjCTypeParamTypes.InsertNode(newType, InsertPos); return QualType(newType, 0); } /// ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols - Checks that protocols in IC's /// protocol list adopt all protocols in QT's qualified-id protocol /// list. bool ASTContext::ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols(QualType QT, ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC) { if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) return false; if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = QT->getAs()) { // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) { if (!IC->ClassImplementsProtocol(Proto, false)) return false; } return true; } return false; } /// QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols - Checks that protocols in /// QT's qualified-id protocol list adopt all protocols in IDecl's list /// of protocols. bool ASTContext::QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols(QualType QT, ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl) { if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) return false; const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = QT->getAs(); if (!OPT) return false; if (!IDecl->hasDefinition()) return false; llvm::SmallPtrSet InheritedProtocols; CollectInheritedProtocols(IDecl, InheritedProtocols); if (InheritedProtocols.empty()) return false; // Check that if every protocol in list of id conforms to a protcol // of IDecl's, then bridge casting is ok. bool Conforms = false; for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) { Conforms = false; for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(Proto, PI)) { Conforms = true; break; } } if (!Conforms) break; } if (Conforms) return true; for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) { // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. bool Adopts = false; for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) { // return 'true' if 'PI' is in the inheritance hierarchy of Proto if ((Adopts = ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(PI, Proto))) break; } if (!Adopts) return false; } return true; } /// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for /// the given object type. QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(QT, 0); // Find the canonical object type. QualType Canonical; if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); // Regenerate InsertPos. ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); } // No match. void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); Types.push_back(QType); ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); return QualType(QType, 0); } /// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the /// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); if (PrevDecl) { assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); } // Prefer the definition, if there is one. if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) Decl = Def; void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); Decl->TypeForDecl = T; Types.push_back(T); return QualType(T, 0); } /// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get" functions, we can't unique /// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, /// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different /// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates /// on canonical type's (which are always unique). QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { TypeOfExprType *toe; if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (Canon) { // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); } else { // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); toe = Canon; } } else { QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); } Types.push_back(toe); return QualType(toe, 0); } /// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get" functions, we don't unique /// TypeOfType nodes. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be /// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be /// an issue. This doesn't affect the type checker, since it operates /// on canonical types (which are always unique). QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); Types.push_back(tot); return QualType(tot, 0); } /// \brief Unlike many "get" functions, we don't unique DecltypeType /// nodes. This would never be helpful, since each such type has its own /// expression, and would not give a significant memory saving, since there /// is an Expr tree under each such type. QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { DecltypeType *dt; // C++11 [temp.type]p2: // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentDecltypeType *Canon = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!Canon) { // Build a new, canonical decltype(expr) type. Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); } dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, QualType((DecltypeType *)Canon, 0)); } else { dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); } Types.push_back(dt); return QualType(dt, 0); } /// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory /// savings are minimal and these are rare. QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, QualType UnderlyingType, UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) const { UnaryTransformType *ut = nullptr; if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { // Look in the folding set for an existing type. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentUnaryTransformType::Profile(ID, getCanonicalType(BaseType), Kind); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentUnaryTransformType *Canon = DependentUnaryTransformTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!Canon) { // Build a new, canonical __underlying_type(type) type. Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentUnaryTransformType(*this, getCanonicalType(BaseType), Kind); DependentUnaryTransformTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); } ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, QualType(), Kind, QualType(Canon, 0)); } else { QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType); ut = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, Kind, CanonType); } Types.push_back(ut); return QualType(ut, 0); } /// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been /// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the /// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent) const { if (DeducedType.isNull() && Keyword == AutoTypeKeyword::Auto && !IsDependent) return getAutoDeductType(); // Look in the folding set for an existing type. void *InsertPos = nullptr; llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent); if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(AT, 0); AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent); Types.push_back(AT); if (InsertPos) AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); return QualType(AT, 0); } /// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for /// the given value type. QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular // structure. llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); void *InsertPos = nullptr; if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) return QualType(AT, 0); // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type // either, so fill in the canonical type field. QualType Canonical; if (!T.isCanonical()) { Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; } AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); Types.push_back(New); AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); return QualType(New, 0); } /// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) AutoDeductTy = QualType( new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), AutoTypeKeyword::Auto, /*dependent*/false), 0); return AutoDeductTy; } /// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); return AutoRRefDeductTy; } /// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the /// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { assert (Decl); // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting // away const? mutable? return getTypeDeclType(const_cast(Decl)); } /// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result /// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and /// needs to agree with the definition in . CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); } /// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); } /// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); } /// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? return WCharTy; } /// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? return UnsignedIntTy; } QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); } QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); } /// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) /// defined in . Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); } /// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in /// . We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type Operators //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining // qualifiers. T = getCanonicalType(T); T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); QualType Result; if (isa(Ty)) { Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); } else if (isa(Ty)) { Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); } else { Result = QualType(Ty, 0); } return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); } QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, Qualifiers &quals) { SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. // We then have to strip that sugar back off with // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. if (!AT) { quals = splitType.Quals; return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); } // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we // can just use the results in splitType. if (elementType == unqualElementType) { assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call quals = splitType.Quals; return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); } // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then // build the type back up. quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast(AT)) { return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); } if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast(AT)) { return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); } if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast(AT)) { return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, VAT->getSizeExpr(), VAT->getSizeModifier(), VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), VAT->getBracketsRange()); } const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast(AT); return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, SourceRange()); } /// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that /// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that /// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types /// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this /// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level /// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically /// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and /// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs(), *T2PtrType = T2->getAs(); if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); return true; } const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs(), *T2MPType = T2->getAs(); if (T1MPType && T2MPType && hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); return true; } if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs(), *T2OPType = T2->getAs(); if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); return true; } } // FIXME: Block pointers, too? return false; } DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc) const { switch (Name.getKind()) { case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: case TemplateName::Template: // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), NameLoc); case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); } case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); DeclarationName DName; if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); } else { DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); } } case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), NameLoc); } case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), NameLoc); } } llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); } TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { switch (Name.getKind()) { case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: case TemplateName::Template: { TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast(Template)) Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. return TemplateName(cast(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); } case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; } case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); } case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); TemplateArgument canonArgPack = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); } } llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); } bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); } TemplateArgument ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { switch (Arg.getKind()) { case TemplateArgument::Null: return Arg; case TemplateArgument::Expression: return Arg; case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { ValueDecl *D = cast(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.getParamTypeForDecl()); } case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), /*isNullPtr*/true); case TemplateArgument::Template: return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); case TemplateArgument::Integral: return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); case TemplateArgument::Type: return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); case TemplateArgument::Pack: { if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) return Arg; TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; unsigned Idx = 0; for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); return TemplateArgument(llvm::makeArrayRef(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size())); } } // Silence GCC warning llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); } NestedNameSpecifier * ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { if (!NNS) return nullptr; switch (NNS->getKind()) { case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), NNS->getAsIdentifier()); case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with // this namespace and no prefix. return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with // this namespace and no prefix. return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() ->getOriginalNamespace()); case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name // types, e.g., // typedef typename T::type T1; // typedef typename T1::type T2; if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs()) return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), const_cast(DNT->getIdentifier())); // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the // first place? return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, false, const_cast(T.getTypePtr())); } case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: // The global specifier and __super specifer are canonical and unique. return NNS; } llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); } const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { // Handle the common positive case fast. if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(T)) return AT; } // Handle the common negative case fast. if (!isa(T.getCanonicalType())) return nullptr; // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type // we must propagate them down into the element type. SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; // If we have a simple case, just return now. const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast(split.Ty); if (!ATy || qs.empty()) return ATy; // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast(ATy)) return cast(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), CAT->getSizeModifier(), CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast(ATy)) return cast(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(), IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast(ATy)) return cast( getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), DSAT->getSizeModifier(), DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), DSAT->getBracketsRange())); const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast(ATy); return cast(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, VAT->getSizeExpr(), VAT->getSizeModifier(), VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), VAT->getBracketsRange())); } QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) return getDecayedType(T); return T; } QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); return T.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType ASTContext::getExceptionObjectType(QualType T) const { // C++ [except.throw]p3: // A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception // object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level // cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting // the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T" // or "pointer to function returning T", [...] T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) T = getDecayedType(T); return T.getUnqualifiedType(); } /// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the /// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when /// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, /// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. /// /// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present // (C99 6.7.3p8). const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict QualType Result = getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); // int x[_Nullable] -> int * _Nullable if (auto Nullability = Ty->getNullability(*this)) { Result = const_cast(this)->getAttributedType( AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Nullability), Result, Result); } return Result; } QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); } QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { Qualifiers qs; while (true) { SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); if (!array) break; type = array->getElementType(); qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); } return getQualifiedType(type, qs); } /// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. uint64_t ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { uint64_t ElementCount = 1; do { ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); CA = dyn_cast_or_null( CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); } while (CA); return ElementCount; } /// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. /// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs()) return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); assert(T->getAs() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); switch (T->getAs()->getKind()) { default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; case BuiltinType::Float128: return Float128Rank; } } /// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating /// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). /// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. /// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, QualType Domain) const { FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); if (Domain->isComplexType()) { switch (EltRank) { case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; case Float128Rank: return Float128ComplexTy; } } assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); switch (EltRank) { case HalfRank: return HalfTy; case FloatRank: return FloatTy; case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; case Float128Rank: return Float128Ty; } llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); } /// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating /// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == /// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If /// LHS < RHS, return -1. int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); if (LHSR == RHSR) return 0; if (LHSR > RHSR) return 1; return -1; } /// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This /// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, /// or if it is not canonicalized. unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); switch (cast(T)->getKind()) { default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); case BuiltinType::Bool: return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Char_S: case BuiltinType::Char_U: case BuiltinType::SChar: case BuiltinType::UChar: return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Short: case BuiltinType::UShort: return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Int: case BuiltinType::UInt: return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Long: case BuiltinType::ULong: return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::LongLong: case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); case BuiltinType::Int128: case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); } } /// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according /// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). /// /// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no /// promotion occurs. QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return QualType(); // FIXME: We should not do this unless E->refersToBitField() is true. This // matters in C where getSourceBitField() will find bit-fields for various // cases where the source expression is not a bit-field designator. FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? if (!Field) return QualType(); QualType FT = Field->getType(); uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); // C++ [conv.prom]p5: // A prvalue for an integral bit-field can be converted to a prvalue of type // int if int can represent all the values of the bit-field; otherwise, it // can be converted to unsigned int if unsigned int can represent all the // values of the bit-field. If the bit-field is larger yet, no integral // promotion applies to it. // C11 6.3.1.1/2: // [For a bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int:] // If an int can represent all values of the original type (as restricted by // the width, for a bit-field), the value is converted to an int; otherwise, // it is converted to an unsigned int. // // FIXME: C does not permit promotion of a 'long : 3' bitfield to int. // We perform that promotion here to match GCC and C++. if (BitWidth < IntSize) return IntTy; if (BitWidth == IntSize) return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act // like the base type. GCC has some weird bugs in this area that we // deliberately do not follow (GCC follows a pre-standard resolution to // C's DR315 which treats bit-width as being part of the type, and this leaks // into their semantics in some cases). return QualType(); } /// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will /// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable /// integer type. QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { assert(!Promotable.isNull()); assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs()) return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs()) { // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or // unsigned long long int [...] // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); if (FromSize < ToSize || (FromSize == ToSize && FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) return PromoteTypes[Idx]; } llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); } } // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) return IntTy; uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; } /// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable /// type and returns its ownership. Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { while (!T.isNull()) { if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) return T.getObjCLifetime(); if (T->isArrayType()) T = getBaseElementType(T); else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs()) T = PT->getPointeeType(); else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs()) T = RT->getPointeeType(); else break; } return Qualifiers::OCL_None; } static const Type *getIntegerTypeForEnum(const EnumType *ET) { // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped()) return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr(); return nullptr; } /// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: /// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If /// LHS < RHS, return -1. int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); // Unwrap enums to their underlying type. if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast(LHSC)) LHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET); if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast(RHSC)) RHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET); if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; } // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. if (LHSUnsigned) { // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) return 1; // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. return -1; } // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) return -1; // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. return 1; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringDecl() const { if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { assert(!CFConstantStringTagDecl && "tag and typedef should be initialized together"); CFConstantStringTagDecl = buildImplicitRecord("__NSConstantString_tag"); CFConstantStringTagDecl->startDefinition(); QualType FieldTypes[4]; const char *FieldNames[4]; // const int *isa; FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); FieldNames[0] = "isa"; // int flags; FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; FieldNames[1] = "flags"; // const char *str; FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); FieldNames[2] = "str"; // long length; FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; FieldNames[3] = "length"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); CFConstantStringTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } CFConstantStringTagDecl->completeDefinition(); // This type is designed to be compatible with NSConstantString, but cannot // use the same name, since NSConstantString is an interface. auto tagType = getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTagDecl); CFConstantStringTypeDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(tagType, "__NSConstantString"); } return CFConstantStringTypeDecl; } RecordDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringTagDecl() const { if (!CFConstantStringTagDecl) getCFConstantStringDecl(); // Build the tag and the typedef. return CFConstantStringTagDecl; } // getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { return getTypedefType(getCFConstantStringDecl()); } QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = buildImplicitRecord("objc_super"); TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); } return ObjCSuperType; } void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { const TypedefType *TD = T->getAs(); assert(TD && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); CFConstantStringTypeDecl = cast(TD->getDecl()); auto TagType = CFConstantStringTypeDecl->getUnderlyingType()->getAs(); assert(TagType && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); CFConstantStringTagDecl = TagType->getDecl(); } QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { if (BlockDescriptorType) return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); RecordDecl *RD; // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor"); RD->startDefinition(); QualType FieldTypes[] = { UnsignedLongTy, UnsignedLongTy, }; static const char *const FieldNames[] = { "reserved", "Size" }; for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); RD->addDecl(Field); } RD->completeDefinition(); BlockDescriptorType = RD; return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); } QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); RecordDecl *RD; // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"); RD->startDefinition(); QualType FieldTypes[] = { UnsignedLongTy, UnsignedLongTy, getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) }; static const char *const FieldNames[] = { "reserved", "Size", "CopyFuncPtr", "DestroyFuncPtr" }; for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); RD->addDecl(Field); } RD->completeDefinition(); BlockDescriptorExtendedType = RD; return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); } /// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" /// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic /// in buildByrefHelpers. bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, const VarDecl *D) { if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; return true; } if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); // If we have lifetime, that dominates. if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { switch (lifetime) { case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: return false; // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the // byref routines. case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: return true; } llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); } return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); } bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) return false; HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; if (Ty->isRecordType()) { HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; } else if ((LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime())) { // Honor the ARC qualifiers. } else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { // The MRR rule. LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; } else { LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; } return true; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(getObjCIdType(), "instancetype"); return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; } // This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: // typedef BOOL; static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast(T)) if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) return II->isStr("BOOL"); return false; } /// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding /// purpose. CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) return CharUnits::Zero(); CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. else if (type->isArrayType()) sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); return sz; } bool ASTContext::isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(const VarDecl *VD) const { return getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && !VD->getFirstDecl()->isOutOfLine() && VD->getFirstDecl()->hasInit(); } ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind ASTContext::getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(const VarDecl *VD) const { if (!VD->isInline()) return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None; // In almost all cases, it's a weak definition. auto *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); if (!First->isConstexpr() || First->isInlineSpecified() || !VD->isStaticDataMember()) return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak; // If there's a file-context declaration in this translation unit, it's a // non-discardable definition. for (auto *D : VD->redecls()) if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFileContext()) return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong; // If we've not seen one yet, we don't know. return InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown; } static inline std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); } /// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block /// declaration. std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { std::string S; const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); QualType BlockTy = Expr->getType()->getAs()->getPointeeType(); // Encode result type. if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter( Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, BlockTy->getAs()->getReturnType(), S, true /*Extended*/); else getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs()->getReturnType(), S); // Compute size of all parameters. // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! SourceLocation Loc; CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) { QualType PType = PI->getType(); CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); if (sz.isZero()) continue; assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); ParmOffset += sz; } // Size of the argument frame S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); // Block pointer and offset. S += "@?0"; // Argument types. ParmOffset = PtrSize; for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) { QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { // Use array's original type only if it has known number of // elements. if (!isa(AT)) PType = PVDecl->getType(); } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) PType = PVDecl->getType(); if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, S, true /*Extended*/); else getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); } return S; } std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl) const { std::string S; // Encode result type. getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getReturnType(), S); CharUnits ParmOffset; // Compute size of all parameters. for (auto PI : Decl->parameters()) { QualType PType = PI->getType(); CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); if (sz.isZero()) continue; assert(sz.isPositive() && "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); ParmOffset += sz; } S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); // Argument types. for (auto PVDecl : Decl->parameters()) { QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { // Use array's original type only if it has known number of // elements. if (!isa(AT)) PType = PVDecl->getType(); } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) PType = PVDecl->getType(); getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); } return S; } /// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single /// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and /// block object types. void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, QualType T, std::string& S, bool Extended) const { // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); // Encode parameter type. getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr, true /*OutermostType*/, false /*EncodingProperty*/, false /*StructField*/, Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); } /// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method /// declaration. std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, bool Extended) const { // FIXME: This is not very efficient. // Encode return type. std::string S; getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Decl->getReturnType(), S, Extended); // Compute size of all parameters. // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! SourceLocation Loc; CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for // their size. CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); if (sz.isZero()) continue; assert (sz.isPositive() && "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); ParmOffset += sz; } S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); S += "@0:"; S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); // Argument types. ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { // Use array's original type only if it has known number of // elements. if (!isa(AT)) PType = PVDecl->getType(); } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) PType = PVDecl->getType(); getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), PType, S, Extended); S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); } return S; } ObjCPropertyImplDecl * ASTContext::getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl( const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, const Decl *Container) const { if (!Container) return nullptr; if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = dyn_cast(Container)) { for (auto *PID : CID->property_impls()) if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) return PID; } else { const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast(Container); for (auto *PID : OID->property_impls()) if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) return PID; } return nullptr; } /// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this /// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an /// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be /// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. /// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple /// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The /// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are /// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types /// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode /// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: /// @code /// enum PropertyAttributes { /// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. /// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned /// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned /// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic /// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name /// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name /// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name /// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. /// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property /// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able /// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic /// }; /// @endcode std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, const Decl *Container) const { // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). bool Dynamic = false; ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = nullptr; if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropertyImpDecl = getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl(PD, Container)) { if (PropertyImpDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) Dynamic = true; else SynthesizePID = PropertyImpDecl; } // FIXME: This is not very efficient. std::string S = "T"; // Encode result type. // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which // closely resembles encoding of ivars. getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(PD->getType(), S); if (PD->isReadOnly()) { S += ",R"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) S += ",C"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) S += ",&"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) S += ",W"; } else { switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; } } // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties // are "dynamic by default". if (Dynamic) S += ",D"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) S += ",N"; if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { S += ",G"; S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); } if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { S += ",S"; S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); } if (SynthesizePID) { const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); S += ",V"; S += OID->getNameAsString(); } // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong return S; } /// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - /// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as /// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use /// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! /// void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { if (isa(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs()) { if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; else if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) PointeeTy = IntTy; } } } void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, const FieldDecl *Field, QualType *NotEncodedT) const { // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the // same type. getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, true /* outermost type */, false, false, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); } void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(QualType T, std::string& S) const { // Encode result type. // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which // closely resembles encoding of ivars. getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr, true /* outermost type */, true /* encoding property */); } static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, BuiltinType::Kind kind) { switch (kind) { case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; case BuiltinType::Char_U: case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; case BuiltinType::Char16: case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; case BuiltinType::Char32: case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; case BuiltinType::ULong: return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; case BuiltinType::Char_S: case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; case BuiltinType::WChar_S: case BuiltinType::WChar_U: case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; case BuiltinType::Long: return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* case BuiltinType::Float128: case BuiltinType::Half: // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! return ' '; case BuiltinType::ObjCId: case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ case BuiltinType::Id: #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent: case BuiltinType::OCLQueue: case BuiltinType::OCLNDRange: case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID: case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: case BuiltinType::Dependent: #define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ case BuiltinType::KIND: #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); } llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); } static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. if (!Enum->isFixed()) return 'i'; // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs(); return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); } static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); S += 'b'; // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: // // struct // { // int integer; // int flags:2; // }; // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs()) S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); else { const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs(); S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); } } S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); } // FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, bool ExpandPointedToStructures, bool ExpandStructures, const FieldDecl *FD, bool OutermostType, bool EncodingProperty, bool StructField, bool EncodeBlockParameters, bool EncodeClassNames, bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef, QualType *NotEncodedT) const { CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { case Type::Builtin: case Type::Enum: if (FD && FD->isBitField()) return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast(CT)) S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); else S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast(CT)); return; case Type::Complex: { const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs(); S += 'j'; getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, nullptr); return; } case Type::Atomic: { const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs(); S += 'A'; getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, nullptr); return; } // encoding for pointer or reference types. case Type::Pointer: case Type::LValueReference: case Type::RValueReference: { QualType PointeeTy; if (isa(CT)) { const PointerType *PT = T->castAs(); if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { S += ':'; return; } PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); } else { PointeeTy = T->castAs()->getPointeeType(); } bool isReadOnly = false; // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! if (isa(T.getTypePtr())) { if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { isReadOnly = true; S += 'r'; } } else if (OutermostType) { QualType P = PointeeTy; while (P->getAs()) P = P->getAs()->getPointeeType(); if (P.isConstQualified()) { isReadOnly = true; S += 'r'; } } if (isReadOnly) { // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type // combinations need to be rearranged. // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); } if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { S += '*'; return; } } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs()) { // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { S += '#'; return; } // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { S += '@'; return; } // fall through... } S += '^'; getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, nullptr, false, false, false, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); return; } case Type::ConstantArray: case Type::IncompleteArray: case Type::VariableArray: { const ArrayType *AT = cast(CT); if (isa(AT) && !StructField) { // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. S += '^'; getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, false, ExpandStructures, FD); } else { S += '['; if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast(AT)) S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); else { //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. assert((isa(AT) || isa(AT)) && "Unknown array type!"); S += '0'; } getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, false, ExpandStructures, FD, false, false, false, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); S += ']'; } return; } case Type::FunctionNoProto: case Type::FunctionProto: S += '?'; return; case Type::Record: { RecordDecl *RDecl = cast(CT)->getDecl(); S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; // Anonymous structures print as '?' if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { S += II->getName(); if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec = dyn_cast(RDecl)) { const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, TemplateArgs.asArray(), (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); } } else { S += '?'; } if (ExpandStructures) { S += '='; if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD, true, NotEncodedT); } else { for (const auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) { if (FD) { S += '"'; S += Field->getNameAsString(); S += '"'; } // Special case bit-fields. if (Field->isBitField()) { getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); } else { QualType qt = Field->getType(); getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, /*OutermostType*/false, /*EncodingProperty*/false, /*StructField*/true, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); } } } } S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; return; } case Type::BlockPointer: { const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs(); S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". if (EncodeBlockParameters) { const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs(); S += '<'; // Block return type getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl( FT->getReturnType(), S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, FD, false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty, false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames, false, NotEncodedT); // Block self S += "@?"; // Block parameters if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast(FT)) { for (const auto &I : FPT->param_types()) getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl( I, S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, FD, false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty, false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames, false, NotEncodedT); } S += '>'; } return; } case Type::ObjCObject: { // hack to match legacy encoding of *id and *Class QualType Ty = getObjCObjectPointerType(CT); if (Ty->isObjCIdType()) { S += "{objc_object=}"; return; } else if (Ty->isObjCClassType()) { S += "{objc_class=}"; return; } } case Type::ObjCInterface: { // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. // @encode(class_name) ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = T->castAs()->getInterface(); S += '{'; S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); if (ExpandStructures) { S += '='; SmallVector Ivars; DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { const FieldDecl *Field = cast(Ivars[i]); if (Field->isBitField()) getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); else getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, false, false, false, false, false, EncodePointerToObjCTypedef, NotEncodedT); } } S += '}'; return; } case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs(); if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { S += '@'; return; } if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class

'. // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. S += '#'; return; } if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, FD); if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. S += '"'; for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) { S += '<'; S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); S += '>'; } S += '"'; } return; } QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); if (!EncodingProperty && isa(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { // Another historical/compatibility reason. // We encode the underlying type which comes out as // {...}; S += '^'; if (FD && OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { // Prevent recursive encoding of fields in some rare cases. ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OPT->getInterfaceDecl(); SmallVector Ivars; DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { if (cast(Ivars[i]) == FD) { S += '{'; S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); S += '}'; return; } } } getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, nullptr, false, false, false, false, false, /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); return; } S += '@'; if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { S += '"'; S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) { S += '<'; S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString(); S += '>'; } S += '"'; } return; } // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. case Type::MemberPointer: // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is insufficient. //FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. case Type::Vector: case Type::ExtVector: // Until we have a coherent encoding of these three types, issue warning. { if (NotEncodedT) *NotEncodedT = T; return; } // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. // Just ignore it. case Type::Auto: return; case Type::Pipe: #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) #define TYPE(KIND, BASE) #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ case Type::KIND: #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ case Type::KIND: #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ case Type::KIND: #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); } llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); } void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, std::string &S, const FieldDecl *FD, bool includeVBases, QualType *NotEncodedT) const { assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); if (!RDecl->getDefinition() || RDecl->getDefinition()->isInvalidDecl()) return; CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast(RDecl); std::multimap FieldOrBaseOffsets; const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); if (CXXRec) { for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->bases()) { if (!BI.isVirtual()) { CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); if (base->isEmpty()) continue; uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), std::make_pair(offs, base)); } } } unsigned i = 0; for (auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) { uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), std::make_pair(offs, Field)); ++i; } if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->vbases()) { CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); if (base->isEmpty()) continue; uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); if (offs >= uint64_t(toBits(layout.getNonVirtualSize())) && FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), std::make_pair(offs, base)); } } CharUnits size; if (CXXRec) { size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); } else { size = layout.getSize(); } #ifndef NDEBUG uint64_t CurOffs = 0; #endif std::multimap::iterator CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { if (FD) { S += "\"_vptr$"; std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; S += recname; S += '"'; } S += "^^?"; #ifndef NDEBUG CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); #endif } if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { // Mark the end of the structure. uint64_t offs = toBits(size); FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), std::make_pair(offs, nullptr)); } for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { #ifndef NDEBUG assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be // longer then though. CurOffs += padding; } #endif NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; if (!dcl) break; // reached end of structure. if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast(dcl)) { // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false, NotEncodedT); assert(!base->isEmpty()); #ifndef NDEBUG CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); #endif } else { FieldDecl *field = cast(dcl); if (FD) { S += '"'; S += field->getNameAsString(); S += '"'; } if (field->isBitField()) { EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); #ifndef NDEBUG CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); #endif } else { QualType qt = field->getType(); getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, /*OutermostType*/false, /*EncodingProperty*/false, /*StructField*/true, false, false, false, NotEncodedT); #ifndef NDEBUG CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); #endif } } } } void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, std::string& S) const { if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) S += 'n'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) S += 'N'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) S += 'o'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) S += 'O'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) S += 'R'; if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) S += 'V'; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { if (!ObjCIdDecl) { QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, { }, { }); T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); ObjCIdDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "id"); } return ObjCIdDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { if (!ObjCSelDecl) { QualType T = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); ObjCSelDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "SEL"); } return ObjCSelDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { if (!ObjCClassDecl) { QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, { }, { }); T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); ObjCClassDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "Class"); } return ObjCClassDecl; } ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { ObjCProtocolClassDecl = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get("Protocol"), /*typeParamList=*/nullptr, /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, SourceLocation(), true); } return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // __builtin_va_list Construction Functions //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, StringRef Name) { // typedef char* __builtin[_ms]_va_list; QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, Name); } static TypedefDecl *CreateMSVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_ms_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl * CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // struct __va_list RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list"); if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { // namespace std { struct __va_list { NamespaceDecl *NS; NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), /*Inline*/ false, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr); NS->setImplicit(); VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); } VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); const size_t NumFields = 5; QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; // void *__stack; FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; // void *__gr_top; FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; // void *__vr_top; FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; // int __gr_offs; FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; // int __vr_offs; FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), VaListTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); // } __builtin_va_list; return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // typedef struct __va_list_tag { RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag"); VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); const size_t NumFields = 5; QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; // unsigned char gpr; FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; // unsigned char fpr; FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; // unsigned short reserved; FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; // void* overflow_arg_area; FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; // void* reg_save_area; FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); // } __va_list_tag; TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl = Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__va_list_tag"); QualType VaListTagTypedefType = Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); QualType VaListTagArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl * CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // struct __va_list_tag { RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag"); VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); const size_t NumFields = 4; QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; // unsigned gp_offset; FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; // unsigned fp_offset; FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; // void* overflow_arg_area; FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; // void* reg_save_area; FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), VaListTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); // }; // typedef struct __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); QualType VaListTagArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); QualType IntArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(IntArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl * CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // struct __va_list RecordDecl *VaListDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list"); if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { // namespace std { struct __va_list { NamespaceDecl *NS; NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr); NS->setImplicit(); VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); } VaListDecl->startDefinition(); // void * __ap; FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), VaListDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); // }; VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListDecl; // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; QualType T = Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl * CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { // struct __va_list_tag { RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag"); VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); const size_t NumFields = 4; QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; // long __gpr; FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; // long __fpr; FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; // void *__overflow_arg_area; FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; // void *__reg_save_area; FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; // Create fields for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast(*Context), VaListTagDecl, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit); Field->setAccess(AS_public); VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); } VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl; QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); // }; // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); QualType VaListTagArrayType = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list"); } static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { switch (Kind) { case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); } llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) { BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); assert(BuiltinVaListDecl->isImplicit()); } return BuiltinVaListDecl; } Decl *ASTContext::getVaListTagDecl() const { // Force the creation of VaListTagDecl by building the __builtin_va_list // declaration. if (!VaListTagDecl) (void)getBuiltinVaListDecl(); return VaListTagDecl; } TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinMSVaListDecl() const { if (!BuiltinMSVaListDecl) BuiltinMSVaListDecl = CreateMSVaListDecl(this); return BuiltinMSVaListDecl; } void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); } /// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty /// lookup. TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { unsigned size = End - Begin; assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { NamedDecl *D = *I; assert(isa(D) || (isa(D) && isa(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); *Storage++ = D; } return TemplateName(OT); } /// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified /// template name such as \c std::vector. TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool TemplateKeyword, TemplateDecl *Template) const { assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); // FIXME: Canonicalization? llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); void *InsertPos = nullptr; QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!QTN) { QTN = new (*this, alignof(QualifiedTemplateName)) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); } return TemplateName(QTN); } /// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent /// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentTemplateName *QTN = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (QTN) return TemplateName(QTN); NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); if (CanonNNS == NNS) { QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); } else { TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); (void)CheckQTN; } DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); return TemplateName(QTN); } /// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent /// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); void *InsertPos = nullptr; DependentTemplateName *QTN = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (QTN) return TemplateName(QTN); NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); if (CanonNNS == NNS) { QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); } else { TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); QTN = new (*this, alignof(DependentTemplateName)) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); (void)CheckQTN; } DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); return TemplateName(QTN); } TemplateName ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, TemplateName replacement) const { llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); void *insertPos = nullptr; SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); if (!subst) { subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); } return TemplateName(subst); } TemplateName ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { ASTContext &Self = const_cast(*this); llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); void *InsertPos = nullptr; SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); if (!Subst) { Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, ArgPack.pack_size(), ArgPack.pack_begin()); SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); } return TemplateName(Subst); } /// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by /// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type /// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { switch (Type) { case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); case TargetInfo::SignedChar: return SignedCharTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedChar: return UnsignedCharTy; case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; } llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type Predicates. //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's /// garbage collection attribute. /// Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) return Qualifiers::GCNone; assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared // as __strong. if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) return Qualifiers::Strong; else if (Ty->isPointerType()) return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs()->getPointeeType()); } else { // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a // pointer. #ifndef NDEBUG QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast(CT)) CT = AT->getElementType(); assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); #endif } return GCAttrs; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Type Compatibility Testing //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are /// compatible. static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, const VectorType *RHS) { assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); } bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, QualType SecondVec) { assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) return true; // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the // equivalent GCC vector types. const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs(); const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs(); if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) return true; return false; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the /// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) return true; for (auto *PI : rProto->protocols()) if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, PI)) return true; return false; } /// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class and /// Class. bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs(); const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs(); assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) { bool match = false; for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { match = true; break; } } if (!match) return false; } return true; } /// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an /// ObjCQualifiedIDType. bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, bool compare) { // Allow id and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) return true; else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) return true; if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs(); if (!rhsOPT) return false; if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", // make sure we check the class hierarchy. if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) { // when comparing an id

on lhs with a static type on rhs, // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or // through its super class and categories. if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true)) return false; } } // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. return true; } // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) { bool match = false; // when comparing an id

on lhs with a static type on rhs, // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or // through its super class and categories. for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { match = true; break; } } // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString

*", // make sure we check the class hierarchy. if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) { // when comparing an id

on lhs with a static type on rhs, // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or // through its super class and categories. if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true)) { match = true; break; } } } if (!match) return false; } return true; } const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id"); if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. for (auto *lhsProto : lhsOPT->quals()) { bool match = false; // when comparing an id

on rhs with a static type on lhs, // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or // through its super class and categories. // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { match = true; break; } } if (!match) return false; } // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { llvm::SmallPtrSet LHSInheritedProtocols; CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) // assume that it is mismatch. if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) return false; for (auto *lhsProto : LHSInheritedProtocols) { bool match = false; for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) { if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { match = true; break; } } if (!match) return false; } } return true; } return false; } /// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are /// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any /// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. /// bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) return true; // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles // __kindof types. auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool { if (succeeded) return true; if (!RHS->isKindOfType()) return false; // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether // we can assign the other way. return canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this), LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this)); }; if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) { return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), QualType(RHSOPT,0), false)); } if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) { return finish(ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), QualType(RHSOPT,0))); } // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) { return finish(canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)); } return false; } /// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written /// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return /// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where /// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is /// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, bool BlockReturnType) { // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles // __kindof types. auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool { if (succeeded) return true; const ObjCObjectPointerType *Expected = BlockReturnType ? RHSOPT : LHSOPT; if (!Expected->isKindOfType()) return false; // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether // we can assign the other way. return canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this), LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this), BlockReturnType); }; if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) return true; if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { return finish(RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()); } if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), QualType(RHSOPT,0), false)); const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. if (LHS != RHS) { if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) return finish(BlockReturnType); if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) return finish(!BlockReturnType); } else return true; } return false; } /// Comparison routine for Objective-C protocols to be used with /// llvm::array_pod_sort. static int compareObjCProtocolsByName(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *lhs, ObjCProtocolDecl * const *rhs) { return (*lhs)->getName().compare((*rhs)->getName()); } /// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set /// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects with /// the given common base. /// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of /// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. static void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, const ObjCInterfaceDecl *CommonBase, const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, SmallVectorImpl &IntersectionSet) { const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); // Add all of the protocols for the LHS. llvm::SmallPtrSet LHSProtocolSet; // Start with the protocol qualifiers. for (auto proto : LHS->quals()) { Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, LHSProtocolSet); } // Also add the protocols associated with the LHS interface. Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), LHSProtocolSet); // Add all of the protocls for the RHS. llvm::SmallPtrSet RHSProtocolSet; // Start with the protocol qualifiers. for (auto proto : RHS->quals()) { Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, RHSProtocolSet); } // Also add the protocols associated with the RHS interface. Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), RHSProtocolSet); // Compute the intersection of the collected protocol sets. for (auto proto : LHSProtocolSet) { if (RHSProtocolSet.count(proto)) IntersectionSet.push_back(proto); } // Compute the set of protocols that is implied by either the common type or // the protocols within the intersection. llvm::SmallPtrSet ImpliedProtocols; Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(CommonBase, ImpliedProtocols); // Remove any implied protocols from the list of inherited protocols. if (!ImpliedProtocols.empty()) { IntersectionSet.erase( std::remove_if(IntersectionSet.begin(), IntersectionSet.end(), [&](ObjCProtocolDecl *proto) -> bool { return ImpliedProtocols.count(proto) > 0; }), IntersectionSet.end()); } // Sort the remaining protocols by name. llvm::array_pod_sort(IntersectionSet.begin(), IntersectionSet.end(), compareObjCProtocolsByName); } /// Determine whether the first type is a subtype of the second. static bool canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ASTContext &ctx, QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { // Common case: two object pointers. const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = lhs->getAs(); const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs(); if (lhsOPT && rhsOPT) return ctx.canAssignObjCInterfaces(lhsOPT, rhsOPT); // Two block pointers. const BlockPointerType *lhsBlock = lhs->getAs(); const BlockPointerType *rhsBlock = rhs->getAs(); if (lhsBlock && rhsBlock) return ctx.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhs, rhs); // If either is an unqualified 'id' and the other is a block, it's // acceptable. if ((lhsOPT && lhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && rhsBlock) || (rhsOPT && rhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && lhsBlock)) return true; return false; } // Check that the given Objective-C type argument lists are equivalent. static bool sameObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, const ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface, ArrayRef lhsArgs, ArrayRef rhsArgs, bool stripKindOf) { if (lhsArgs.size() != rhsArgs.size()) return false; ObjCTypeParamList *typeParams = iface->getTypeParamList(); for (unsigned i = 0, n = lhsArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) { if (ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i])) continue; switch (typeParams->begin()[i]->getVariance()) { case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant: if (!stripKindOf || !ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx), rhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx))) { return false; } break; case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant: if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i])) return false; break; case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Contravariant: if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, rhsArgs[i], lhsArgs[i])) return false; break; } } return true; } QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); if (!LDecl || !RDecl) return QualType(); // When either LHS or RHS is a kindof type, we should return a kindof type. // For example, for common base of kindof(ASub1) and kindof(ASub2), we return // kindof(A). bool anyKindOf = LHS->isKindOfType() || RHS->isKindOfType(); // Follow the left-hand side up the class hierarchy until we either hit a // root or find the RHS. Record the ancestors in case we don't find it. llvm::SmallDenseMap LHSAncestors; while (true) { // Record this ancestor. We'll need this if the common type isn't in the // path from the LHS to the root. LHSAncestors[LHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl()] = LHS; if (declaresSameEntity(LHS->getInterface(), RDecl)) { // Get the type arguments. ArrayRef LHSTypeArgs = LHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); bool anyChanges = false; if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) { // Both have type arguments, compare them. if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(), LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(), /*stripKindOf=*/true)) return QualType(); } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) { // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type // arguments. LHSTypeArgs = { }; anyChanges = true; } // Compute the intersection of protocols. SmallVector Protocols; getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, LHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); if (!Protocols.empty()) anyChanges = true; // If anything in the LHS will have changed, build a new result type. // If we need to return a kindof type but LHS is not a kindof type, we // build a new result type. if (anyChanges || LHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) { QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(LHS->getInterface()); Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, LHSTypeArgs, Protocols, anyKindOf || LHS->isKindOfType()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); } return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(LHS, 0)); } // Find the superclass. QualType LHSSuperType = LHS->getSuperClassType(); if (LHSSuperType.isNull()) break; LHS = LHSSuperType->castAs(); } // We didn't find anything by following the LHS to its root; now check // the RHS against the cached set of ancestors. while (true) { auto KnownLHS = LHSAncestors.find(RHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl()); if (KnownLHS != LHSAncestors.end()) { LHS = KnownLHS->second; // Get the type arguments. ArrayRef RHSTypeArgs = RHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); bool anyChanges = false; if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) { // Both have type arguments, compare them. if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(), LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(), /*stripKindOf=*/true)) return QualType(); } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) { // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type // arguments. RHSTypeArgs = { }; anyChanges = true; } // Compute the intersection of protocols. SmallVector Protocols; getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, RHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); if (!Protocols.empty()) anyChanges = true; // If we need to return a kindof type but RHS is not a kindof type, we // build a new result type. if (anyChanges || RHS->isKindOfType() != anyKindOf) { QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(RHS->getInterface()); Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, RHSTypeArgs, Protocols, anyKindOf || RHS->isKindOfType()); return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); } return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(RHS, 0)); } // Find the superclass of the RHS. QualType RHSSuperType = RHS->getSuperClassType(); if (RHSSuperType.isNull()) break; RHS = RHSSuperType->castAs(); } return QualType(); } bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of // the LHS. ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSInterface = LHS->getInterface(); bool IsSuperClass = LHSInterface->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); if (!IsSuperClass) return false; // If the LHS has protocol qualifiers, determine whether all of them are // satisfied by the RHS (i.e., the RHS has a superset of the protocols in the // LHS). if (LHS->getNumProtocols() > 0) { // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj = lhs is ok. // But not SuperObj = lhs. llvm::SmallPtrSet SuperClassInheritedProtocols; CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); // Also, if RHS has explicit quelifiers, include them for comparing with LHS's // qualifiers. for (auto *RHSPI : RHS->quals()) CollectInheritedProtocols(RHSPI, SuperClassInheritedProtocols); // If there is no protocols associated with RHS, it is not a match. if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) return false; for (const auto *LHSProto : LHS->quals()) { bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; for (auto *SuperClassProto : SuperClassInheritedProtocols) if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { SuperImplementsProtocol = true; break; } if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) return false; } } // If the LHS is specialized, we may need to check type arguments. if (LHS->isSpecialized()) { // Follow the superclass chain until we've matched the LHS class in the // hierarchy. This substitutes type arguments through. const ObjCObjectType *RHSSuper = RHS; while (!declaresSameEntity(RHSSuper->getInterface(), LHSInterface)) RHSSuper = RHSSuper->getSuperClassType()->castAs(); // If the RHS is specializd, compare type arguments. if (RHSSuper->isSpecialized() && !sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(), LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHSSuper->getTypeArgs(), /*stripKindOf=*/true)) { return false; } } return true; } bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { // get the "pointed to" types const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs(); const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs(); if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) return false; return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); } bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { return canAssignObjCInterfaces( getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs(), getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs()); } /// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, /// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. /// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the /// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, bool CompareUnqualified) { if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); } bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); } bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); } /// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member /// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return /// QualType() QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, bool OfBlockPointer, bool Unqualified) { if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); if (UD->hasAttr()) { for (const auto *I : UD->fields()) { QualType ET = I->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (!MT.isNull()) return MT; } } } return QualType(); } /// mergeFunctionParameterTypes - merge two types which appear as function /// parameter types QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionParameterTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, bool OfBlockPointer, bool Unqualified) { // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other // type is compatible with a union member QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (!lmerge.isNull()) return lmerge; QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (!rmerge.isNull()) return rmerge; return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); } QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, bool OfBlockPointer, bool Unqualified) { const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs(); const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs(); const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast(lbase); const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast(rbase); bool allLTypes = true; bool allRTypes = true; // Check return type QualType retType; if (OfBlockPointer) { QualType RHS = rbase->getReturnType(); QualType LHS = lbase->getReturnType(); bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; if (!UnqualifiedResult) UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); } else retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getReturnType(), rbase->getReturnType(), false, Unqualified); if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (Unqualified) retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getReturnType()); CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getReturnType()); if (Unqualified) { LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); } if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) allLTypes = false; if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) allRTypes = false; // FIXME: double check this // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions if (lbaseInfo.getCC() != rbaseInfo.getCC()) return QualType(); // Regparm is part of the calling convention. if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) return QualType(); if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) return QualType(); if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) return QualType(); // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) allLTypes = false; if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) allRTypes = false; FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); // Compatible functions must have the same number of parameters if (lproto->getNumParams() != rproto->getNumParams()) return QualType(); // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) return QualType(); if (!doFunctionTypesMatchOnExtParameterInfos(rproto, lproto)) return QualType(); // Check parameter type compatibility SmallVector types; for (unsigned i = 0, n = lproto->getNumParams(); i < n; i++) { QualType lParamType = lproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); QualType rParamType = rproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); QualType paramType = mergeFunctionParameterTypes( lParamType, rParamType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (paramType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (Unqualified) paramType = paramType.getUnqualifiedType(); types.push_back(paramType); if (Unqualified) { lParamType = lParamType.getUnqualifiedType(); rParamType = rParamType.getUnqualifiedType(); } if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(lParamType)) allLTypes = false; if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(rParamType)) allRTypes = false; } if (allLTypes) return lhs; if (allRTypes) return rhs; FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); } if (lproto) allRTypes = false; if (rproto) allLTypes = false; const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; if (proto) { assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); // Check that the types are compatible with the types that // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). // The only types actually affected are promotable integer // types and floats, which would be passed as a different // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. for (unsigned i = 0, n = proto->getNumParams(); i < n; ++i) { QualType paramTy = proto->getParamType(i); // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used // to pass enum values. if (const EnumType *Enum = paramTy->getAs()) { paramTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); if (paramTy.isNull()) return QualType(); } if (paramTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || getCanonicalType(paramTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) return QualType(); } if (allLTypes) return lhs; if (allRTypes) return rhs; FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getParamTypes(), EPI); } if (allLTypes) return lhs; if (allRTypes) return rhs; return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); } /// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion // type. QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) return other; // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any // integral type of the same size. if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) return other; return QualType(); } QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, bool OfBlockPointer, bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). assert(!LHS->getAs() && "LHS is a reference type?"); assert(!RHS->getAs() && "RHS is a reference type?"); if (Unqualified) { LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); // If two types are identical, they are compatible. if (LHSCan == RHSCan) return LHS; // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); if (LQuals != RQuals) { if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { if (LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType() != RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType() || LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers()) return QualType(); if (LQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(RQuals)) return LHS; if (RQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LQuals)) return RHS; } // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type // mismatch. if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) return QualType(); // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually // qualified __strong. Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) return QualType(); if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); } if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); } return QualType(); } // Okay, qualifiers are equal. Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these // comparisons, just force one to the other. if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; // Same as above for arrays if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; // If the canonical type classes don't match. if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs()) { return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); } if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs()) { return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); } // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) return LHS; if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) return RHS; } return QualType(); } // The canonical type classes match. switch (LHSClass) { #define TYPE(Class, Base) #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); case Type::Auto: case Type::LValueReference: case Type::RValueReference: case Type::MemberPointer: llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); case Type::ObjCInterface: case Type::IncompleteArray: case Type::VariableArray: case Type::FunctionProto: case Type::ExtVector: llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); case Type::Pointer: { // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); if (Unqualified) { LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, Unqualified); if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; return getPointerType(ResultType); } case Type::BlockPointer: { // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); if (Unqualified) { LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); } case Type::Atomic: { // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs()->getValueType(); QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs()->getValueType(); if (Unqualified) { LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, Unqualified); if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; return getAtomicType(ResultType); } case Type::ConstantArray: { const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) return QualType(); QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); if (Unqualified) { LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); } QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; if (LVAT) { // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type // has to be different. return LHS; } if (RVAT) { // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type // has to be different. return RHS; } if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); } case Type::FunctionNoProto: return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); case Type::Record: case Type::Enum: return QualType(); case Type::Builtin: // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. return QualType(); case Type::Complex: // Distinct complex types are incompatible. return QualType(); case Type::Vector: // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs(), RHSCan->getAs())) return LHS; return QualType(); case Type::ObjCObject: { // Check if the types are assignment compatible. // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs(); const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs(); if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) return LHS; return QualType(); } case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { if (OfBlockPointer) { if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( LHS->getAs(), RHS->getAs(), BlockReturnType)) return LHS; return QualType(); } if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs(), RHS->getAs())) return LHS; return QualType(); } case Type::Pipe: { assert(LHS != RHS && "Equivalent pipe types should have already been handled!"); return QualType(); } } llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); } bool ASTContext::doFunctionTypesMatchOnExtParameterInfos( const FunctionProtoType *firstFnType, const FunctionProtoType *secondFnType) { // Fast path: if the first type doesn't have ext parameter infos, // we match if and only if they second type also doesn't have them. if (!firstFnType->hasExtParameterInfos()) return !secondFnType->hasExtParameterInfos(); // Otherwise, we can only match if the second type has them. if (!secondFnType->hasExtParameterInfos()) return false; auto firstEPI = firstFnType->getExtParameterInfos(); auto secondEPI = secondFnType->getExtParameterInfos(); assert(firstEPI.size() == secondEPI.size()); for (size_t i = 0, n = firstEPI.size(); i != n; ++i) { if (firstEPI[i] != secondEPI[i]) return false; } return true; } void ASTContext::ResetObjCLayout(const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) { ObjCLayouts[CD] = nullptr; } /// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and /// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function /// return types. QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); // If two types are identical, they are compatible. if (LHSCan == RHSCan) return LHS; if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) return QualType(); QualType OldReturnType = cast(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType(); QualType NewReturnType = cast(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType(); QualType ResReturnType = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); if (ResReturnType.isNull()) return QualType(); if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs(); if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast(F)) { FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); QualType ResultType = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); return ResultType; } } return QualType(); } // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); if (LQuals != RQuals) { // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) return QualType(); // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually // qualified __strong. Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) return QualType(); if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) return LHS; if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) return RHS; return QualType(); } if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs()->getPointeeType(); QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) return LHS; if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) return RHS; } return QualType(); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Integer Predicates //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs()) T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); if (T->isBooleanType()) return 1; // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); } QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs()) return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs()) T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs(); assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); switch (BTy->getKind()) { case BuiltinType::Char_S: case BuiltinType::SChar: return UnsignedCharTy; case BuiltinType::Short: return UnsignedShortTy; case BuiltinType::Int: return UnsignedIntTy; case BuiltinType::Long: return UnsignedLongTy; case BuiltinType::LongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; case BuiltinType::Int128: return UnsignedInt128Ty; default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); } } ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, QualType ReturnType) {} //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Builtin Type Computation //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the /// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If /// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic /// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of /// a vector of "i*". /// /// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required /// to be an Integer Constant Expression. static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, bool &RequiresICE, bool AllowTypeModifiers) { // Modifiers. int HowLong = 0; bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; RequiresICE = false; // Read the prefixed modifiers first. bool Done = false; while (!Done) { switch (*Str++) { default: Done = true; --Str; break; case 'I': RequiresICE = true; break; case 'S': assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); Signed = true; break; case 'U': assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'U' modifier multiple times!"); Unsigned = true; break; case 'L': assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); ++HowLong; break; case 'W': // This modifier represents int64 type. assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'W' modifiers!"); switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type()) { default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected integer type"); case TargetInfo::SignedLong: HowLong = 1; break; case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: HowLong = 2; break; } } } QualType Type; // Read the base type. switch (*Str++) { default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); case 'v': assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); Type = Context.VoidTy; break; case 'h': assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers used with 'h'!"); Type = Context.HalfTy; break; case 'f': assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); Type = Context.FloatTy; break; case 'd': assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); if (HowLong) Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; else Type = Context.DoubleTy; break; case 's': assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); if (Unsigned) Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; else Type = Context.ShortTy; break; case 'i': if (HowLong == 3) Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; else if (HowLong == 2) Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; else if (HowLong == 1) Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; else Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; break; case 'c': assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); if (Signed) Type = Context.SignedCharTy; else if (Unsigned) Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; else Type = Context.CharTy; break; case 'b': // boolean assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); Type = Context.BoolTy; break; case 'z': // size_t. assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); Type = Context.getSizeType(); break; case 'w': // wchar_t. assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'w'!"); Type = Context.getWideCharType(); break; case 'F': Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); break; case 'G': Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); break; case 'H': Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); break; case 'M': Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); break; case 'a': Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); break; case 'A': // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want // it to be a __va_list_tag*. Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); if (Type->isArrayType()) Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); else Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); break; case 'V': { char *End; unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); Str = End; QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, false); assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, VectorType::GenericVector); break; } case 'E': { char *End; unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); Str = End; QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, false); Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); break; } case 'X': { QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, false); assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); break; } case 'Y' : { Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); break; } case 'P': Type = Context.getFILEType(); if (Type.isNull()) { Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; return QualType(); } break; case 'J': if (Signed) Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); else Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); if (Type.isNull()) { Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; return QualType(); } break; case 'K': assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); if (Type.isNull()) { Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; return QualType(); } break; case 'p': Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); break; } // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; while (!Done) { switch (char c = *Str++) { default: Done = true; --Str; break; case '*': case '&': { // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types // qualified with an address space. char *End; unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); Str = End; } if (c == '*') Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); else Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); break; } // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. case 'C': Type = Type.withConst(); break; case 'D': Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); break; case 'R': Type = Type.withRestrict(); break; } } assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); return Type; } /// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.getTypeString(Id); SmallVector ArgTypes; bool RequiresICE = false; Error = GE_None; QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); if (Error != GE_None) return QualType(); assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); if (Error != GE_None) return QualType(); // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. if (Ty->isArrayType()) Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); } if (Id == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo) return QualType(); assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); FunctionType::ExtInfo EI(CC_C); if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here. if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; EPI.ExtInfo = EI; EPI.Variadic = Variadic; if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(Id)) EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); } static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForFunction(const ASTContext &Context, const FunctionDecl *FD) { if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) return GVA_Internal; GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { case TSK_Undeclared: case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: External = GVA_StrongExternal; break; case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: return GVA_StrongODR; // C++11 [temp.explicit]p10: // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: return GVA_AvailableExternally; case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: External = GVA_DiscardableODR; break; } if (!FD->isInlined()) return External; if ((!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && !FD->hasAttr()) || FD->hasAttr()) { // FIXME: This doesn't match gcc's behavior for dllexport inline functions. // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be // externally visible. if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) return External; // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. return GVA_AvailableExternally; } // Functions specified with extern and inline in -fms-compatibility mode // forcibly get emitted. While the body of the function cannot be later // replaced, the function definition cannot be discarded. if (FD->isMSExternInline()) return GVA_StrongODR; return GVA_DiscardableODR; } static GVALinkage adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(const ASTContext &Context, GVALinkage L, const Decl *D) { // See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xa0d9ste.aspx // dllexport/dllimport on inline functions. if (D->hasAttr()) { if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_StrongODR) return GVA_AvailableExternally; } else if (D->hasAttr()) { if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR) return GVA_StrongODR; } else if (Context.getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && D->hasAttr()) { // Device-side functions with __global__ attribute must always be // visible externally so they can be launched from host. if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_Internal) return GVA_StrongODR; } return L; } GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) const { return adjustGVALinkageForAttributes( *this, basicGVALinkageForFunction(*this, FD), FD); } static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForVariable(const ASTContext &Context, const VarDecl *VD) { if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) return GVA_Internal; if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { GVALinkage StaticLocalLinkage = GVA_DiscardableODR; const DeclContext *LexicalContext = VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod(); while (LexicalContext && !isa(LexicalContext)) LexicalContext = LexicalContext->getLexicalParent(); // Let the static local variable inherit its linkage from the nearest // enclosing function. if (LexicalContext) StaticLocalLinkage = Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(cast(LexicalContext)); // GVA_StrongODR function linkage is stronger than what we need, // downgrade to GVA_DiscardableODR. // This allows us to discard the variable if we never end up needing it. return StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_StrongODR ? GVA_DiscardableODR : StaticLocalLinkage; } // MSVC treats in-class initialized static data members as definitions. // By giving them non-strong linkage, out-of-line definitions won't // cause link errors. if (Context.isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD)) return GVA_DiscardableODR; // Most non-template variables have strong linkage; inline variables are // linkonce_odr or (occasionally, for compatibility) weak_odr. GVALinkage StrongLinkage; switch (Context.getInlineVariableDefinitionKind(VD)) { case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::None: StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongExternal; break; case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Weak: case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::WeakUnknown: StrongLinkage = GVA_DiscardableODR; break; case ASTContext::InlineVariableDefinitionKind::Strong: StrongLinkage = GVA_StrongODR; break; } switch (VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { case TSK_Undeclared: return StrongLinkage; case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: return Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && VD->isStaticDataMember() ? GVA_StrongODR : StrongLinkage; case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: return GVA_StrongODR; case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: return GVA_AvailableExternally; case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: return GVA_DiscardableODR; } llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); } GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { return adjustGVALinkageForAttributes( *this, basicGVALinkageForVariable(*this, VD), VD); } bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) return false; // Global named register variables (GNU extension) are never emitted. if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register) return false; if (VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() || isa(VD)) return false; } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) return false; } else if (isa(D)) return true; else if (isa(D) || D->hasAttr()) return true; else if (isa(D)) return true; else if (isa(D)) return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext(); else if (isa(D)) return !D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext(); else if (isa(D)) return true; else return false; // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) return false; // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. if (D->hasAttr()) return false; // Aliases and used decls are required. if (D->hasAttr() || D->hasAttr()) return true; if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { // Forward declarations aren't required. if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); // Constructors and destructors are required. if (FD->hasAttr() || FD->hasAttr()) return true; // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast(FD)) { const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) return true; } } } // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. return !isDiscardableGVALinkage(GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD)); } const VarDecl *VD = cast(D); assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && !isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD)) return false; // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. if (!isDiscardableGVALinkage(GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD))) return true; // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) return true; // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this) && - !VD->evaluateValue()) + // We can get a value-dependent initializer during error recovery. + (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) return true; // Likewise, variables with tuple-like bindings are required if their // bindings have side-effects. if (auto *DD = dyn_cast(VD)) for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) if (auto *BindingVD = BD->getHoldingVar()) if (DeclMustBeEmitted(BindingVD)) return true; return false; } CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCallingConvention(bool IsVariadic, bool IsCXXMethod) const { // Pass through to the C++ ABI object if (IsCXXMethod) return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(IsVariadic); switch (LangOpts.getDefaultCallingConv()) { case LangOptions::DCC_None: break; case LangOptions::DCC_CDecl: return CC_C; case LangOptions::DCC_FastCall: if (getTargetInfo().hasFeature("sse2")) return CC_X86FastCall; break; case LangOptions::DCC_StdCall: if (!IsVariadic) return CC_X86StdCall; break; case LangOptions::DCC_VectorCall: // __vectorcall cannot be applied to variadic functions. if (!IsVariadic) return CC_X86VectorCall; break; } return Target->getDefaultCallingConv(TargetInfo::CCMT_Unknown); } bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { // Pass through to the C++ ABI object return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); } VTableContextBase *ASTContext::getVTableContext() { if (!VTContext.get()) { if (Target->getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) VTContext.reset(new MicrosoftVTableContext(*this)); else VTContext.reset(new ItaniumVTableContext(*this)); } return VTContext.get(); } MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS: case TargetCXXABI::iOS: case TargetCXXABI::iOS64: case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly: case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS: return ItaniumMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics()); case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: return MicrosoftMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics()); } llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); } CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(TemplateOrInstantiation) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); } /// getIntTypeForBitwidth - /// sets integer QualTy according to specified details: /// bitwidth, signed/unsigned. /// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types. QualType ASTContext::getIntTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth, unsigned Signed) const { TargetInfo::IntType Ty = getTargetInfo().getIntTypeByWidth(DestWidth, Signed); CanQualType QualTy = getFromTargetType(Ty); if (!QualTy && DestWidth == 128) return Signed ? Int128Ty : UnsignedInt128Ty; return QualTy; } /// getRealTypeForBitwidth - /// sets floating point QualTy according to specified bitwidth. /// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types. QualType ASTContext::getRealTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth) const { TargetInfo::RealType Ty = getTargetInfo().getRealTypeByWidth(DestWidth); switch (Ty) { case TargetInfo::Float: return FloatTy; case TargetInfo::Double: return DoubleTy; case TargetInfo::LongDouble: return LongDoubleTy; case TargetInfo::Float128: return Float128Ty; case TargetInfo::NoFloat: return QualType(); } llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::RealType value"); } void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) { if (Number > 1) MangleNumbers[ND] = Number; } unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const { auto I = MangleNumbers.find(ND); return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; } void ASTContext::setStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD, unsigned Number) { if (Number > 1) StaticLocalNumbers[VD] = Number; } unsigned ASTContext::getStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD) const { auto I = StaticLocalNumbers.find(VD); return I != StaticLocalNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; } MangleNumberingContext & ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) { assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus); // We don't need mangling numbers for plain C. std::unique_ptr &MCtx = MangleNumberingContexts[DC]; if (!MCtx) MCtx = createMangleNumberingContext(); return *MCtx; } std::unique_ptr ASTContext::createMangleNumberingContext() const { return ABI->createMangleNumberingContext(); } const CXXConstructorDecl * ASTContext::getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD) { return ABI->getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject( cast(RD->getFirstDecl())); } void ASTContext::addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD, CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { return ABI->addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject( cast(RD->getFirstDecl()), cast(CD->getFirstDecl())); } void ASTContext::addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD, TypedefNameDecl *DD) { return ABI->addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD); } TypedefNameDecl * ASTContext::getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) { return ABI->getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD); } void ASTContext::addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD, DeclaratorDecl *DD) { return ABI->addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD); } DeclaratorDecl *ASTContext::getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) { return ABI->getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD); } void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { ParamIndices[D] = index; } unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); return I->second; } APValue * ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E, bool MayCreate) { assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary"); if (MayCreate) { APValue *&MTVI = MaterializedTemporaryValues[E]; if (!MTVI) MTVI = new (*this) APValue; return MTVI; } return MaterializedTemporaryValues.lookup(E); } bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); if (!T.isOSDarwin()) return false; if (!(T.isiOS() && T.isOSVersionLT(7)) && !(T.isMacOSX() && T.isOSVersionLT(10, 9))) return false; QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); } namespace { ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap( ASTContext::ParentMapPointers::mapped_type U) { if (const auto *D = U.dyn_cast()) return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*D); if (const auto *S = U.dyn_cast()) return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*S); return *U.get(); } /// Template specializations to abstract away from pointers and TypeLocs. /// @{ template ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const T &Node) { return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node); } template <> ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const TypeLoc &Node) { return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node); } template <> ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const NestedNameSpecifierLoc &Node) { return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node); } /// @} /// \brief A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their /// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor. /// /// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST /// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context) /// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers. /// /// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes. class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor { public: /// \brief Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map. /// /// The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap. static std::pair buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) { ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ASTContext::ParentMapPointers, new ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes); Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU); return std::make_pair(Visitor.Parents, Visitor.OtherParents); } private: typedef RecursiveASTVisitor VisitorBase; ParentMapASTVisitor(ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *Parents, ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *OtherParents) : Parents(Parents), OtherParents(OtherParents) {} bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { return true; } bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { return true; } template bool TraverseNode(T Node, MapNodeTy MapNode, BaseTraverseFn BaseTraverse, MapTy *Parents) { if (!Node) return true; if (ParentStack.size() > 0) { // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, but only // when no memoization data is available for the type. // For example when we visit all subexpressions of template // instantiations; this is suboptimal, but benign: the only way to // visit those is with hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create // new matches. // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions / // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that // do not have pointer identity. auto &NodeOrVector = (*Parents)[MapNode]; if (NodeOrVector.isNull()) { if (const auto *D = ParentStack.back().get()) NodeOrVector = D; else if (const auto *S = ParentStack.back().get()) NodeOrVector = S; else NodeOrVector = new ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode(ParentStack.back()); } else { if (!NodeOrVector.template is()) { auto *Vector = new ASTContext::ParentVector( 1, getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(NodeOrVector)); if (auto *Node = NodeOrVector .template dyn_cast()) delete Node; NodeOrVector = Vector; } auto *Vector = NodeOrVector.template get(); // Skip duplicates for types that have memoization data. // We must check that the type has memoization data before calling // std::find() because DynTypedNode::operator== can't compare all // types. bool Found = ParentStack.back().getMemoizationData() && std::find(Vector->begin(), Vector->end(), ParentStack.back()) != Vector->end(); if (!Found) Vector->push_back(ParentStack.back()); } } ParentStack.push_back(createDynTypedNode(Node)); bool Result = BaseTraverse(); ParentStack.pop_back(); return Result; } bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) { return TraverseNode(DeclNode, DeclNode, [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseDecl(DeclNode); }, Parents); } bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) { return TraverseNode(StmtNode, StmtNode, [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseStmt(StmtNode); }, Parents); } bool TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLoc TypeLocNode) { return TraverseNode( TypeLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(TypeLocNode), [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLocNode); }, OtherParents); } bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLocNode) { return TraverseNode( NNSLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(NNSLocNode), [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSLocNode); }, OtherParents); } ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *Parents; ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *OtherParents; llvm::SmallVector ParentStack; friend class RecursiveASTVisitor; }; } // anonymous namespace template static ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList getDynNodeFromMap(const NodeTy &Node, const MapTy &Map) { auto I = Map.find(Node); if (I == Map.end()) { return llvm::ArrayRef(); } if (auto *V = I->second.template dyn_cast()) { return llvm::makeArrayRef(*V); } return getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(I->second); } ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) { if (!PointerParents) { // We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as // hasAncestor can escape any subtree. auto Maps = ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl()); PointerParents.reset(Maps.first); OtherParents.reset(Maps.second); } if (Node.getNodeKind().hasPointerIdentity()) return getDynNodeFromMap(Node.getMemoizationData(), *PointerParents); return getDynNodeFromMap(Node, *OtherParents); } bool ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) { // No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod. if (MethodDecl->hasAttr() || MethodDecl->hasAttr()) return false; if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() != MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier()) return false; if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getReturnType(), MethodImpl->getReturnType())) return false; if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size()) return false; for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(), IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(), EF = MethodDecl->param_end(); IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF); const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM); if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier()) return false; if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType())) return false; } return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic()); } uint64_t ASTContext::getTargetNullPointerValue(QualType QT) const { unsigned AS; if (QT->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()->isNullPtrType()) AS = 0; else AS = QT->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); return getTargetInfo().getNullPointerValue(AS); } // Explicitly instantiate this in case a Redeclarable is used from a TU that // doesn't include ASTContext.h template clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr< const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::ValueType clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr< const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::makeValue( const clang::ASTContext &Ctx, Decl *Value); Index: vendor/clang/dist/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.cpp =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.cpp (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.cpp (revision 312958) @@ -1,2123 +1,2122 @@ //===--- CodeGenFunction.cpp - Emit LLVM Code from ASTs for a Function ----===// // // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure // // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // // This coordinates the per-function state used while generating code. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// #include "CodeGenFunction.h" #include "CGBlocks.h" #include "CGCleanup.h" #include "CGCUDARuntime.h" #include "CGCXXABI.h" #include "CGDebugInfo.h" #include "CGOpenMPRuntime.h" #include "CodeGenModule.h" #include "CodeGenPGO.h" #include "TargetInfo.h" #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h" #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" #include "clang/Sema/SemaDiagnostic.h" #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h" #include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h" #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h" using namespace clang; using namespace CodeGen; /// shouldEmitLifetimeMarkers - Decide whether we need emit the life-time /// markers. static bool shouldEmitLifetimeMarkers(const CodeGenOptions &CGOpts, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { if (CGOpts.DisableLifetimeMarkers) return false; // Asan uses markers for use-after-scope checks. if (CGOpts.SanitizeAddressUseAfterScope) return true; // Disable lifetime markers in msan builds. // FIXME: Remove this when msan works with lifetime markers. if (LangOpts.Sanitize.has(SanitizerKind::Memory)) return false; // For now, only in optimized builds. return CGOpts.OptimizationLevel != 0; } CodeGenFunction::CodeGenFunction(CodeGenModule &cgm, bool suppressNewContext) : CodeGenTypeCache(cgm), CGM(cgm), Target(cgm.getTarget()), Builder(cgm, cgm.getModule().getContext(), llvm::ConstantFolder(), CGBuilderInserterTy(this)), CurFn(nullptr), ReturnValue(Address::invalid()), CapturedStmtInfo(nullptr), SanOpts(CGM.getLangOpts().Sanitize), IsSanitizerScope(false), CurFuncIsThunk(false), AutoreleaseResult(false), SawAsmBlock(false), IsOutlinedSEHHelper(false), BlockInfo(nullptr), BlockPointer(nullptr), LambdaThisCaptureField(nullptr), NormalCleanupDest(nullptr), NextCleanupDestIndex(1), FirstBlockInfo(nullptr), EHResumeBlock(nullptr), ExceptionSlot(nullptr), EHSelectorSlot(nullptr), DebugInfo(CGM.getModuleDebugInfo()), DisableDebugInfo(false), DidCallStackSave(false), IndirectBranch(nullptr), PGO(cgm), SwitchInsn(nullptr), SwitchWeights(nullptr), CaseRangeBlock(nullptr), UnreachableBlock(nullptr), NumReturnExprs(0), NumSimpleReturnExprs(0), CXXABIThisDecl(nullptr), CXXABIThisValue(nullptr), CXXThisValue(nullptr), CXXStructorImplicitParamDecl(nullptr), CXXStructorImplicitParamValue(nullptr), OutermostConditional(nullptr), CurLexicalScope(nullptr), TerminateLandingPad(nullptr), TerminateHandler(nullptr), TrapBB(nullptr), ShouldEmitLifetimeMarkers( shouldEmitLifetimeMarkers(CGM.getCodeGenOpts(), CGM.getLangOpts())) { if (!suppressNewContext) CGM.getCXXABI().getMangleContext().startNewFunction(); llvm::FastMathFlags FMF; if (CGM.getLangOpts().FastMath) FMF.setUnsafeAlgebra(); if (CGM.getLangOpts().FiniteMathOnly) { FMF.setNoNaNs(); FMF.setNoInfs(); } if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().NoNaNsFPMath) { FMF.setNoNaNs(); } if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().NoSignedZeros) { FMF.setNoSignedZeros(); } if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().ReciprocalMath) { FMF.setAllowReciprocal(); } Builder.setFastMathFlags(FMF); } CodeGenFunction::~CodeGenFunction() { assert(LifetimeExtendedCleanupStack.empty() && "failed to emit a cleanup"); // If there are any unclaimed block infos, go ahead and destroy them // now. This can happen if IR-gen gets clever and skips evaluating // something. if (FirstBlockInfo) destroyBlockInfos(FirstBlockInfo); - if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) { + if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && CurFn) CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().functionFinished(*this); - } } CharUnits CodeGenFunction::getNaturalPointeeTypeAlignment(QualType T, AlignmentSource *Source) { return getNaturalTypeAlignment(T->getPointeeType(), Source, /*forPointee*/ true); } CharUnits CodeGenFunction::getNaturalTypeAlignment(QualType T, AlignmentSource *Source, bool forPointeeType) { // Honor alignment typedef attributes even on incomplete types. // We also honor them straight for C++ class types, even as pointees; // there's an expressivity gap here. if (auto TT = T->getAs()) { if (auto Align = TT->getDecl()->getMaxAlignment()) { if (Source) *Source = AlignmentSource::AttributedType; return getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); } } if (Source) *Source = AlignmentSource::Type; CharUnits Alignment; if (T->isIncompleteType()) { Alignment = CharUnits::One(); // Shouldn't be used, but pessimistic is best. } else { // For C++ class pointees, we don't know whether we're pointing at a // base or a complete object, so we generally need to use the // non-virtual alignment. const CXXRecordDecl *RD; if (forPointeeType && (RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())) { Alignment = CGM.getClassPointerAlignment(RD); } else { Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(T); } // Cap to the global maximum type alignment unless the alignment // was somehow explicit on the type. if (unsigned MaxAlign = getLangOpts().MaxTypeAlign) { if (Alignment.getQuantity() > MaxAlign && !getContext().isAlignmentRequired(T)) Alignment = CharUnits::fromQuantity(MaxAlign); } } return Alignment; } LValue CodeGenFunction::MakeNaturalAlignAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T) { AlignmentSource AlignSource; CharUnits Alignment = getNaturalTypeAlignment(T, &AlignSource); return LValue::MakeAddr(Address(V, Alignment), T, getContext(), AlignSource, CGM.getTBAAInfo(T)); } /// Given a value of type T* that may not be to a complete object, /// construct an l-value with the natural pointee alignment of T. LValue CodeGenFunction::MakeNaturalAlignPointeeAddrLValue(llvm::Value *V, QualType T) { AlignmentSource AlignSource; CharUnits Align = getNaturalTypeAlignment(T, &AlignSource, /*pointee*/ true); return MakeAddrLValue(Address(V, Align), T, AlignSource); } llvm::Type *CodeGenFunction::ConvertTypeForMem(QualType T) { return CGM.getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(T); } llvm::Type *CodeGenFunction::ConvertType(QualType T) { return CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(T); } TypeEvaluationKind CodeGenFunction::getEvaluationKind(QualType type) { type = type.getCanonicalType(); while (true) { switch (type->getTypeClass()) { #define TYPE(name, parent) #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(name, parent) #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(name, parent) case Type::name: #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(name, parent) case Type::name: #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(name, parent) case Type::name: #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("non-canonical or dependent type in IR-generation"); case Type::Auto: llvm_unreachable("undeduced auto type in IR-generation"); // Various scalar types. case Type::Builtin: case Type::Pointer: case Type::BlockPointer: case Type::LValueReference: case Type::RValueReference: case Type::MemberPointer: case Type::Vector: case Type::ExtVector: case Type::FunctionProto: case Type::FunctionNoProto: case Type::Enum: case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: case Type::Pipe: return TEK_Scalar; // Complexes. case Type::Complex: return TEK_Complex; // Arrays, records, and Objective-C objects. case Type::ConstantArray: case Type::IncompleteArray: case Type::VariableArray: case Type::Record: case Type::ObjCObject: case Type::ObjCInterface: return TEK_Aggregate; // We operate on atomic values according to their underlying type. case Type::Atomic: type = cast(type)->getValueType(); continue; } llvm_unreachable("unknown type kind!"); } } llvm::DebugLoc CodeGenFunction::EmitReturnBlock() { // For cleanliness, we try to avoid emitting the return block for // simple cases. llvm::BasicBlock *CurBB = Builder.GetInsertBlock(); if (CurBB) { assert(!CurBB->getTerminator() && "Unexpected terminated block."); // We have a valid insert point, reuse it if it is empty or there are no // explicit jumps to the return block. if (CurBB->empty() || ReturnBlock.getBlock()->use_empty()) { ReturnBlock.getBlock()->replaceAllUsesWith(CurBB); delete ReturnBlock.getBlock(); } else EmitBlock(ReturnBlock.getBlock()); return llvm::DebugLoc(); } // Otherwise, if the return block is the target of a single direct // branch then we can just put the code in that block instead. This // cleans up functions which started with a unified return block. if (ReturnBlock.getBlock()->hasOneUse()) { llvm::BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast(*ReturnBlock.getBlock()->user_begin()); if (BI && BI->isUnconditional() && BI->getSuccessor(0) == ReturnBlock.getBlock()) { // Record/return the DebugLoc of the simple 'return' expression to be used // later by the actual 'ret' instruction. llvm::DebugLoc Loc = BI->getDebugLoc(); Builder.SetInsertPoint(BI->getParent()); BI->eraseFromParent(); delete ReturnBlock.getBlock(); return Loc; } } // FIXME: We are at an unreachable point, there is no reason to emit the block // unless it has uses. However, we still need a place to put the debug // region.end for now. EmitBlock(ReturnBlock.getBlock()); return llvm::DebugLoc(); } static void EmitIfUsed(CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::BasicBlock *BB) { if (!BB) return; if (!BB->use_empty()) return CGF.CurFn->getBasicBlockList().push_back(BB); delete BB; } void CodeGenFunction::FinishFunction(SourceLocation EndLoc) { assert(BreakContinueStack.empty() && "mismatched push/pop in break/continue stack!"); bool OnlySimpleReturnStmts = NumSimpleReturnExprs > 0 && NumSimpleReturnExprs == NumReturnExprs && ReturnBlock.getBlock()->use_empty(); // Usually the return expression is evaluated before the cleanup // code. If the function contains only a simple return statement, // such as a constant, the location before the cleanup code becomes // the last useful breakpoint in the function, because the simple // return expression will be evaluated after the cleanup code. To be // safe, set the debug location for cleanup code to the location of // the return statement. Otherwise the cleanup code should be at the // end of the function's lexical scope. // // If there are multiple branches to the return block, the branch // instructions will get the location of the return statements and // all will be fine. if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getDebugInfo()) { if (OnlySimpleReturnStmts) DI->EmitLocation(Builder, LastStopPoint); else DI->EmitLocation(Builder, EndLoc); } // Pop any cleanups that might have been associated with the // parameters. Do this in whatever block we're currently in; it's // important to do this before we enter the return block or return // edges will be *really* confused. bool HasCleanups = EHStack.stable_begin() != PrologueCleanupDepth; bool HasOnlyLifetimeMarkers = HasCleanups && EHStack.containsOnlyLifetimeMarkers(PrologueCleanupDepth); bool EmitRetDbgLoc = !HasCleanups || HasOnlyLifetimeMarkers; if (HasCleanups) { // Make sure the line table doesn't jump back into the body for // the ret after it's been at EndLoc. if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getDebugInfo()) if (OnlySimpleReturnStmts) DI->EmitLocation(Builder, EndLoc); PopCleanupBlocks(PrologueCleanupDepth); } // Emit function epilog (to return). llvm::DebugLoc Loc = EmitReturnBlock(); if (ShouldInstrumentFunction()) EmitFunctionInstrumentation("__cyg_profile_func_exit"); // Emit debug descriptor for function end. if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getDebugInfo()) DI->EmitFunctionEnd(Builder); // Reset the debug location to that of the simple 'return' expression, if any // rather than that of the end of the function's scope '}'. ApplyDebugLocation AL(*this, Loc); EmitFunctionEpilog(*CurFnInfo, EmitRetDbgLoc, EndLoc); EmitEndEHSpec(CurCodeDecl); assert(EHStack.empty() && "did not remove all scopes from cleanup stack!"); // If someone did an indirect goto, emit the indirect goto block at the end of // the function. if (IndirectBranch) { EmitBlock(IndirectBranch->getParent()); Builder.ClearInsertionPoint(); } // If some of our locals escaped, insert a call to llvm.localescape in the // entry block. if (!EscapedLocals.empty()) { // Invert the map from local to index into a simple vector. There should be // no holes. SmallVector EscapeArgs; EscapeArgs.resize(EscapedLocals.size()); for (auto &Pair : EscapedLocals) EscapeArgs[Pair.second] = Pair.first; llvm::Function *FrameEscapeFn = llvm::Intrinsic::getDeclaration( &CGM.getModule(), llvm::Intrinsic::localescape); CGBuilderTy(*this, AllocaInsertPt).CreateCall(FrameEscapeFn, EscapeArgs); } // Remove the AllocaInsertPt instruction, which is just a convenience for us. llvm::Instruction *Ptr = AllocaInsertPt; AllocaInsertPt = nullptr; Ptr->eraseFromParent(); // If someone took the address of a label but never did an indirect goto, we // made a zero entry PHI node, which is illegal, zap it now. if (IndirectBranch) { llvm::PHINode *PN = cast(IndirectBranch->getAddress()); if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 0) { PN->replaceAllUsesWith(llvm::UndefValue::get(PN->getType())); PN->eraseFromParent(); } } EmitIfUsed(*this, EHResumeBlock); EmitIfUsed(*this, TerminateLandingPad); EmitIfUsed(*this, TerminateHandler); EmitIfUsed(*this, UnreachableBlock); if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().EmitDeclMetadata) EmitDeclMetadata(); for (SmallVectorImpl >::iterator I = DeferredReplacements.begin(), E = DeferredReplacements.end(); I != E; ++I) { I->first->replaceAllUsesWith(I->second); I->first->eraseFromParent(); } } /// ShouldInstrumentFunction - Return true if the current function should be /// instrumented with __cyg_profile_func_* calls bool CodeGenFunction::ShouldInstrumentFunction() { if (!CGM.getCodeGenOpts().InstrumentFunctions) return false; if (!CurFuncDecl || CurFuncDecl->hasAttr()) return false; return true; } /// ShouldXRayInstrument - Return true if the current function should be /// instrumented with XRay nop sleds. bool CodeGenFunction::ShouldXRayInstrumentFunction() const { return CGM.getCodeGenOpts().XRayInstrumentFunctions; } /// EmitFunctionInstrumentation - Emit LLVM code to call the specified /// instrumentation function with the current function and the call site, if /// function instrumentation is enabled. void CodeGenFunction::EmitFunctionInstrumentation(const char *Fn) { auto NL = ApplyDebugLocation::CreateArtificial(*this); // void __cyg_profile_func_{enter,exit} (void *this_fn, void *call_site); llvm::PointerType *PointerTy = Int8PtrTy; llvm::Type *ProfileFuncArgs[] = { PointerTy, PointerTy }; llvm::FunctionType *FunctionTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, ProfileFuncArgs, false); llvm::Constant *F = CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FunctionTy, Fn); llvm::CallInst *CallSite = Builder.CreateCall( CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::returnaddress), llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, 0), "callsite"); llvm::Value *args[] = { llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(CurFn, PointerTy), CallSite }; EmitNounwindRuntimeCall(F, args); } static void removeImageAccessQualifier(std::string& TyName) { std::string ReadOnlyQual("__read_only"); std::string::size_type ReadOnlyPos = TyName.find(ReadOnlyQual); if (ReadOnlyPos != std::string::npos) // "+ 1" for the space after access qualifier. TyName.erase(ReadOnlyPos, ReadOnlyQual.size() + 1); else { std::string WriteOnlyQual("__write_only"); std::string::size_type WriteOnlyPos = TyName.find(WriteOnlyQual); if (WriteOnlyPos != std::string::npos) TyName.erase(WriteOnlyPos, WriteOnlyQual.size() + 1); else { std::string ReadWriteQual("__read_write"); std::string::size_type ReadWritePos = TyName.find(ReadWriteQual); if (ReadWritePos != std::string::npos) TyName.erase(ReadWritePos, ReadWriteQual.size() + 1); } } } // Returns the address space id that should be produced to the // kernel_arg_addr_space metadata. This is always fixed to the ids // as specified in the SPIR 2.0 specification in order to differentiate // for example in clGetKernelArgInfo() implementation between the address // spaces with targets without unique mapping to the OpenCL address spaces // (basically all single AS CPUs). static unsigned ArgInfoAddressSpace(unsigned LangAS) { switch (LangAS) { case LangAS::opencl_global: return 1; case LangAS::opencl_constant: return 2; case LangAS::opencl_local: return 3; case LangAS::opencl_generic: return 4; // Not in SPIR 2.0 specs. default: return 0; // Assume private. } } // OpenCL v1.2 s5.6.4.6 allows the compiler to store kernel argument // information in the program executable. The argument information stored // includes the argument name, its type, the address and access qualifiers used. static void GenOpenCLArgMetadata(const FunctionDecl *FD, llvm::Function *Fn, CodeGenModule &CGM, llvm::LLVMContext &Context, CGBuilderTy &Builder, ASTContext &ASTCtx) { // Create MDNodes that represent the kernel arg metadata. // Each MDNode is a list in the form of "key", N number of values which is // the same number of values as their are kernel arguments. const PrintingPolicy &Policy = ASTCtx.getPrintingPolicy(); // MDNode for the kernel argument address space qualifiers. SmallVector addressQuals; // MDNode for the kernel argument access qualifiers (images only). SmallVector accessQuals; // MDNode for the kernel argument type names. SmallVector argTypeNames; // MDNode for the kernel argument base type names. SmallVector argBaseTypeNames; // MDNode for the kernel argument type qualifiers. SmallVector argTypeQuals; // MDNode for the kernel argument names. SmallVector argNames; for (unsigned i = 0, e = FD->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { const ParmVarDecl *parm = FD->getParamDecl(i); QualType ty = parm->getType(); std::string typeQuals; if (ty->isPointerType()) { QualType pointeeTy = ty->getPointeeType(); // Get address qualifier. addressQuals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32( ArgInfoAddressSpace(pointeeTy.getAddressSpace())))); // Get argument type name. std::string typeName = pointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString(Policy) + "*"; // Turn "unsigned type" to "utype" std::string::size_type pos = typeName.find("unsigned"); if (pointeeTy.isCanonical() && pos != std::string::npos) typeName.erase(pos+1, 8); argTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, typeName)); std::string baseTypeName = pointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType().getCanonicalType().getAsString( Policy) + "*"; // Turn "unsigned type" to "utype" pos = baseTypeName.find("unsigned"); if (pos != std::string::npos) baseTypeName.erase(pos+1, 8); argBaseTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, baseTypeName)); // Get argument type qualifiers: if (ty.isRestrictQualified()) typeQuals = "restrict"; if (pointeeTy.isConstQualified() || (pointeeTy.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)) typeQuals += typeQuals.empty() ? "const" : " const"; if (pointeeTy.isVolatileQualified()) typeQuals += typeQuals.empty() ? "volatile" : " volatile"; } else { uint32_t AddrSpc = 0; bool isPipe = ty->isPipeType(); if (ty->isImageType() || isPipe) AddrSpc = ArgInfoAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global); addressQuals.push_back( llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(AddrSpc))); // Get argument type name. std::string typeName; if (isPipe) typeName = ty.getCanonicalType()->getAs()->getElementType() .getAsString(Policy); else typeName = ty.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString(Policy); // Turn "unsigned type" to "utype" std::string::size_type pos = typeName.find("unsigned"); if (ty.isCanonical() && pos != std::string::npos) typeName.erase(pos+1, 8); std::string baseTypeName; if (isPipe) baseTypeName = ty.getCanonicalType()->getAs() ->getElementType().getCanonicalType() .getAsString(Policy); else baseTypeName = ty.getUnqualifiedType().getCanonicalType().getAsString(Policy); // Remove access qualifiers on images // (as they are inseparable from type in clang implementation, // but OpenCL spec provides a special query to get access qualifier // via clGetKernelArgInfo with CL_KERNEL_ARG_ACCESS_QUALIFIER): if (ty->isImageType()) { removeImageAccessQualifier(typeName); removeImageAccessQualifier(baseTypeName); } argTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, typeName)); // Turn "unsigned type" to "utype" pos = baseTypeName.find("unsigned"); if (pos != std::string::npos) baseTypeName.erase(pos+1, 8); argBaseTypeNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, baseTypeName)); // Get argument type qualifiers: if (ty.isConstQualified()) typeQuals = "const"; if (ty.isVolatileQualified()) typeQuals += typeQuals.empty() ? "volatile" : " volatile"; if (isPipe) typeQuals = "pipe"; } argTypeQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, typeQuals)); // Get image and pipe access qualifier: if (ty->isImageType()|| ty->isPipeType()) { const OpenCLAccessAttr *A = parm->getAttr(); if (A && A->isWriteOnly()) accessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, "write_only")); else if (A && A->isReadWrite()) accessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, "read_write")); else accessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, "read_only")); } else accessQuals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, "none")); // Get argument name. argNames.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Context, parm->getName())); } Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_addr_space", llvm::MDNode::get(Context, addressQuals)); Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_access_qual", llvm::MDNode::get(Context, accessQuals)); Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_type", llvm::MDNode::get(Context, argTypeNames)); Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_base_type", llvm::MDNode::get(Context, argBaseTypeNames)); Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_type_qual", llvm::MDNode::get(Context, argTypeQuals)); if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().EmitOpenCLArgMetadata) Fn->setMetadata("kernel_arg_name", llvm::MDNode::get(Context, argNames)); } void CodeGenFunction::EmitOpenCLKernelMetadata(const FunctionDecl *FD, llvm::Function *Fn) { if (!FD->hasAttr()) return; llvm::LLVMContext &Context = getLLVMContext(); GenOpenCLArgMetadata(FD, Fn, CGM, Context, Builder, getContext()); if (const VecTypeHintAttr *A = FD->getAttr()) { QualType hintQTy = A->getTypeHint(); const ExtVectorType *hintEltQTy = hintQTy->getAs(); bool isSignedInteger = hintQTy->isSignedIntegerType() || (hintEltQTy && hintEltQTy->getElementType()->isSignedIntegerType()); llvm::Metadata *attrMDArgs[] = { llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::UndefValue::get( CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(A->getTypeHint()))), llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::get( llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, 32), llvm::APInt(32, (uint64_t)(isSignedInteger ? 1 : 0))))}; Fn->setMetadata("vec_type_hint", llvm::MDNode::get(Context, attrMDArgs)); } if (const WorkGroupSizeHintAttr *A = FD->getAttr()) { llvm::Metadata *attrMDArgs[] = { llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(A->getXDim())), llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(A->getYDim())), llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(A->getZDim()))}; Fn->setMetadata("work_group_size_hint", llvm::MDNode::get(Context, attrMDArgs)); } if (const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *A = FD->getAttr()) { llvm::Metadata *attrMDArgs[] = { llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(A->getXDim())), llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(A->getYDim())), llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(Builder.getInt32(A->getZDim()))}; Fn->setMetadata("reqd_work_group_size", llvm::MDNode::get(Context, attrMDArgs)); } } /// Determine whether the function F ends with a return stmt. static bool endsWithReturn(const Decl* F) { const Stmt *Body = nullptr; if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null(F)) Body = FD->getBody(); else if (auto *OMD = dyn_cast_or_null(F)) Body = OMD->getBody(); if (auto *CS = dyn_cast_or_null(Body)) { auto LastStmt = CS->body_rbegin(); if (LastStmt != CS->body_rend()) return isa(*LastStmt); } return false; } void CodeGenFunction::StartFunction(GlobalDecl GD, QualType RetTy, llvm::Function *Fn, const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo, const FunctionArgList &Args, SourceLocation Loc, SourceLocation StartLoc) { assert(!CurFn && "Do not use a CodeGenFunction object for more than one function"); const Decl *D = GD.getDecl(); DidCallStackSave = false; CurCodeDecl = D; if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null(D)) if (FD->usesSEHTry()) CurSEHParent = FD; CurFuncDecl = (D ? D->getNonClosureContext() : nullptr); FnRetTy = RetTy; CurFn = Fn; CurFnInfo = &FnInfo; assert(CurFn->isDeclaration() && "Function already has body?"); if (CGM.isInSanitizerBlacklist(Fn, Loc)) SanOpts.clear(); if (D) { // Apply the no_sanitize* attributes to SanOpts. for (auto Attr : D->specific_attrs()) SanOpts.Mask &= ~Attr->getMask(); } // Apply sanitizer attributes to the function. if (SanOpts.hasOneOf(SanitizerKind::Address | SanitizerKind::KernelAddress)) Fn->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::SanitizeAddress); if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Thread)) Fn->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::SanitizeThread); if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Memory)) Fn->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::SanitizeMemory); if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::SafeStack)) Fn->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::SafeStack); // Ignore TSan memory acesses from within ObjC/ObjC++ dealloc, initialize, // .cxx_destruct and all of their calees at run time. if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Thread)) { if (const auto *OMD = dyn_cast_or_null(D)) { IdentifierInfo *II = OMD->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0); if (OMD->getMethodFamily() == OMF_dealloc || OMD->getMethodFamily() == OMF_initialize || (OMD->getSelector().isUnarySelector() && II->isStr(".cxx_destruct"))) { Fn->addFnAttr("sanitize_thread_no_checking_at_run_time"); Fn->removeFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::SanitizeThread); } } } // Apply xray attributes to the function (as a string, for now) if (D && ShouldXRayInstrumentFunction()) { if (const auto *XRayAttr = D->getAttr()) { if (XRayAttr->alwaysXRayInstrument()) Fn->addFnAttr("function-instrument", "xray-always"); if (XRayAttr->neverXRayInstrument()) Fn->addFnAttr("function-instrument", "xray-never"); } else { Fn->addFnAttr( "xray-instruction-threshold", llvm::itostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().XRayInstructionThreshold)); } } if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null(D)) if (CGM.getLangOpts().OpenMP && FD->hasAttr()) CGM.getOpenMPRuntime().emitDeclareSimdFunction(FD, Fn); // Add no-jump-tables value. Fn->addFnAttr("no-jump-tables", llvm::toStringRef(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().NoUseJumpTables)); if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { // Add metadata for a kernel function. if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null(D)) EmitOpenCLKernelMetadata(FD, Fn); } // If we are checking function types, emit a function type signature as // prologue data. if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Function)) { if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null(D)) { if (llvm::Constant *PrologueSig = CGM.getTargetCodeGenInfo().getUBSanFunctionSignature(CGM)) { llvm::Constant *FTRTTIConst = CGM.GetAddrOfRTTIDescriptor(FD->getType(), /*ForEH=*/true); llvm::Constant *PrologueStructElems[] = { PrologueSig, FTRTTIConst }; llvm::Constant *PrologueStructConst = llvm::ConstantStruct::getAnon(PrologueStructElems, /*Packed=*/true); Fn->setPrologueData(PrologueStructConst); } } } // If we're in C++ mode and the function name is "main", it is guaranteed // to be norecurse by the standard (3.6.1.3 "The function main shall not be // used within a program"). if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null(D)) if (FD->isMain()) Fn->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoRecurse); llvm::BasicBlock *EntryBB = createBasicBlock("entry", CurFn); // Create a marker to make it easy to insert allocas into the entryblock // later. Don't create this with the builder, because we don't want it // folded. llvm::Value *Undef = llvm::UndefValue::get(Int32Ty); AllocaInsertPt = new llvm::BitCastInst(Undef, Int32Ty, "allocapt", EntryBB); ReturnBlock = getJumpDestInCurrentScope("return"); Builder.SetInsertPoint(EntryBB); // Emit subprogram debug descriptor. if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getDebugInfo()) { // Reconstruct the type from the argument list so that implicit parameters, // such as 'this' and 'vtt', show up in the debug info. Preserve the calling // convention. CallingConv CC = CallingConv::CC_C; if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null(D)) if (const auto *SrcFnTy = FD->getType()->getAs()) CC = SrcFnTy->getCallConv(); SmallVector ArgTypes; for (const VarDecl *VD : Args) ArgTypes.push_back(VD->getType()); QualType FnType = getContext().getFunctionType( RetTy, ArgTypes, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo(CC)); DI->EmitFunctionStart(GD, Loc, StartLoc, FnType, CurFn, Builder); } if (ShouldInstrumentFunction()) EmitFunctionInstrumentation("__cyg_profile_func_enter"); // Since emitting the mcount call here impacts optimizations such as function // inlining, we just add an attribute to insert a mcount call in backend. // The attribute "counting-function" is set to mcount function name which is // architecture dependent. if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().InstrumentForProfiling) Fn->addFnAttr("counting-function", getTarget().getMCountName()); if (RetTy->isVoidType()) { // Void type; nothing to return. ReturnValue = Address::invalid(); // Count the implicit return. if (!endsWithReturn(D)) ++NumReturnExprs; } else if (CurFnInfo->getReturnInfo().getKind() == ABIArgInfo::Indirect && !hasScalarEvaluationKind(CurFnInfo->getReturnType())) { // Indirect aggregate return; emit returned value directly into sret slot. // This reduces code size, and affects correctness in C++. auto AI = CurFn->arg_begin(); if (CurFnInfo->getReturnInfo().isSRetAfterThis()) ++AI; ReturnValue = Address(&*AI, CurFnInfo->getReturnInfo().getIndirectAlign()); } else if (CurFnInfo->getReturnInfo().getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca && !hasScalarEvaluationKind(CurFnInfo->getReturnType())) { // Load the sret pointer from the argument struct and return into that. unsigned Idx = CurFnInfo->getReturnInfo().getInAllocaFieldIndex(); llvm::Function::arg_iterator EI = CurFn->arg_end(); --EI; llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(nullptr, &*EI, Idx); Addr = Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(Addr, getPointerAlign(), "agg.result"); ReturnValue = Address(Addr, getNaturalTypeAlignment(RetTy)); } else { ReturnValue = CreateIRTemp(RetTy, "retval"); // Tell the epilog emitter to autorelease the result. We do this // now so that various specialized functions can suppress it // during their IR-generation. if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && !CurFnInfo->isReturnsRetained() && RetTy->isObjCRetainableType()) AutoreleaseResult = true; } EmitStartEHSpec(CurCodeDecl); PrologueCleanupDepth = EHStack.stable_begin(); EmitFunctionProlog(*CurFnInfo, CurFn, Args); if (D && isa(D) && cast(D)->isInstance()) { CGM.getCXXABI().EmitInstanceFunctionProlog(*this); const CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast(D); if (MD->getParent()->isLambda() && MD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Call) { // We're in a lambda; figure out the captures. MD->getParent()->getCaptureFields(LambdaCaptureFields, LambdaThisCaptureField); if (LambdaThisCaptureField) { // If the lambda captures the object referred to by '*this' - either by // value or by reference, make sure CXXThisValue points to the correct // object. // Get the lvalue for the field (which is a copy of the enclosing object // or contains the address of the enclosing object). LValue ThisFieldLValue = EmitLValueForLambdaField(LambdaThisCaptureField); if (!LambdaThisCaptureField->getType()->isPointerType()) { // If the enclosing object was captured by value, just use its address. CXXThisValue = ThisFieldLValue.getAddress().getPointer(); } else { // Load the lvalue pointed to by the field, since '*this' was captured // by reference. CXXThisValue = EmitLoadOfLValue(ThisFieldLValue, SourceLocation()).getScalarVal(); } } for (auto *FD : MD->getParent()->fields()) { if (FD->hasCapturedVLAType()) { auto *ExprArg = EmitLoadOfLValue(EmitLValueForLambdaField(FD), SourceLocation()).getScalarVal(); auto VAT = FD->getCapturedVLAType(); VLASizeMap[VAT->getSizeExpr()] = ExprArg; } } } else { // Not in a lambda; just use 'this' from the method. // FIXME: Should we generate a new load for each use of 'this'? The // fast register allocator would be happier... CXXThisValue = CXXABIThisValue; } } // If any of the arguments have a variably modified type, make sure to // emit the type size. for (FunctionArgList::const_iterator i = Args.begin(), e = Args.end(); i != e; ++i) { const VarDecl *VD = *i; // Dig out the type as written from ParmVarDecls; it's unclear whether // the standard (C99 6.9.1p10) requires this, but we're following the // precedent set by gcc. QualType Ty; if (const ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast(VD)) Ty = PVD->getOriginalType(); else Ty = VD->getType(); if (Ty->isVariablyModifiedType()) EmitVariablyModifiedType(Ty); } // Emit a location at the end of the prologue. if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getDebugInfo()) DI->EmitLocation(Builder, StartLoc); } void CodeGenFunction::EmitFunctionBody(FunctionArgList &Args, const Stmt *Body) { incrementProfileCounter(Body); if (const CompoundStmt *S = dyn_cast(Body)) EmitCompoundStmtWithoutScope(*S); else EmitStmt(Body); } /// When instrumenting to collect profile data, the counts for some blocks /// such as switch cases need to not include the fall-through counts, so /// emit a branch around the instrumentation code. When not instrumenting, /// this just calls EmitBlock(). void CodeGenFunction::EmitBlockWithFallThrough(llvm::BasicBlock *BB, const Stmt *S) { llvm::BasicBlock *SkipCountBB = nullptr; if (HaveInsertPoint() && CGM.getCodeGenOpts().hasProfileClangInstr()) { // When instrumenting for profiling, the fallthrough to certain // statements needs to skip over the instrumentation code so that we // get an accurate count. SkipCountBB = createBasicBlock("skipcount"); EmitBranch(SkipCountBB); } EmitBlock(BB); uint64_t CurrentCount = getCurrentProfileCount(); incrementProfileCounter(S); setCurrentProfileCount(getCurrentProfileCount() + CurrentCount); if (SkipCountBB) EmitBlock(SkipCountBB); } /// Tries to mark the given function nounwind based on the /// non-existence of any throwing calls within it. We believe this is /// lightweight enough to do at -O0. static void TryMarkNoThrow(llvm::Function *F) { // LLVM treats 'nounwind' on a function as part of the type, so we // can't do this on functions that can be overwritten. if (F->isInterposable()) return; for (llvm::BasicBlock &BB : *F) for (llvm::Instruction &I : BB) if (I.mayThrow()) return; F->setDoesNotThrow(); } QualType CodeGenFunction::BuildFunctionArgList(GlobalDecl GD, FunctionArgList &Args) { const FunctionDecl *FD = cast(GD.getDecl()); QualType ResTy = FD->getReturnType(); const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast(FD); if (MD && MD->isInstance()) { if (CGM.getCXXABI().HasThisReturn(GD)) ResTy = MD->getThisType(getContext()); else if (CGM.getCXXABI().hasMostDerivedReturn(GD)) ResTy = CGM.getContext().VoidPtrTy; CGM.getCXXABI().buildThisParam(*this, Args); } // The base version of an inheriting constructor whose constructed base is a // virtual base is not passed any arguments (because it doesn't actually call // the inherited constructor). bool PassedParams = true; if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast(FD)) if (auto Inherited = CD->getInheritedConstructor()) PassedParams = getTypes().inheritingCtorHasParams(Inherited, GD.getCtorType()); if (PassedParams) { for (auto *Param : FD->parameters()) { Args.push_back(Param); if (!Param->hasAttr()) continue; IdentifierInfo *NoID = nullptr; auto *Implicit = ImplicitParamDecl::Create( getContext(), Param->getDeclContext(), Param->getLocation(), NoID, getContext().getSizeType()); SizeArguments[Param] = Implicit; Args.push_back(Implicit); } } if (MD && (isa(MD) || isa(MD))) CGM.getCXXABI().addImplicitStructorParams(*this, ResTy, Args); return ResTy; } static bool shouldUseUndefinedBehaviorReturnOptimization(const FunctionDecl *FD, const ASTContext &Context) { QualType T = FD->getReturnType(); // Avoid the optimization for functions that return a record type with a // trivial destructor or another trivially copyable type. if (const RecordType *RT = T.getCanonicalType()->getAs()) { if (const auto *ClassDecl = dyn_cast(RT->getDecl())) return !ClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor(); } return !T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context); } void CodeGenFunction::GenerateCode(GlobalDecl GD, llvm::Function *Fn, const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo) { const FunctionDecl *FD = cast(GD.getDecl()); CurGD = GD; FunctionArgList Args; QualType ResTy = BuildFunctionArgList(GD, Args); // Check if we should generate debug info for this function. if (FD->hasAttr()) DebugInfo = nullptr; // disable debug info indefinitely for this function SourceRange BodyRange; if (Stmt *Body = FD->getBody()) BodyRange = Body->getSourceRange(); CurEHLocation = BodyRange.getEnd(); // Use the location of the start of the function to determine where // the function definition is located. By default use the location // of the declaration as the location for the subprogram. A function // may lack a declaration in the source code if it is created by code // gen. (examples: _GLOBAL__I_a, __cxx_global_array_dtor, thunk). SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); // If this is a function specialization then use the pattern body // as the location for the function. if (const FunctionDecl *SpecDecl = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) if (SpecDecl->hasBody(SpecDecl)) Loc = SpecDecl->getLocation(); Stmt *Body = FD->getBody(); // Initialize helper which will detect jumps which can cause invalid lifetime // markers. if (Body && ShouldEmitLifetimeMarkers) Bypasses.Init(Body); // Emit the standard function prologue. StartFunction(GD, ResTy, Fn, FnInfo, Args, Loc, BodyRange.getBegin()); // Generate the body of the function. PGO.assignRegionCounters(GD, CurFn); if (isa(FD)) EmitDestructorBody(Args); else if (isa(FD)) EmitConstructorBody(Args); else if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && FD->hasAttr()) CGM.getCUDARuntime().emitDeviceStub(*this, Args); else if (isa(FD) && cast(FD)->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion()) { // The lambda conversion to block pointer is special; the semantics can't be // expressed in the AST, so IRGen needs to special-case it. EmitLambdaToBlockPointerBody(Args); } else if (isa(FD) && cast(FD)->isLambdaStaticInvoker()) { // The lambda static invoker function is special, because it forwards or // clones the body of the function call operator (but is actually static). EmitLambdaStaticInvokeFunction(cast(FD)); } else if (FD->isDefaulted() && isa(FD) && (cast(FD)->isCopyAssignmentOperator() || cast(FD)->isMoveAssignmentOperator())) { // Implicit copy-assignment gets the same special treatment as implicit // copy-constructors. emitImplicitAssignmentOperatorBody(Args); } else if (Body) { EmitFunctionBody(Args, Body); } else llvm_unreachable("no definition for emitted function"); // C++11 [stmt.return]p2: // Flowing off the end of a function [...] results in undefined behavior in // a value-returning function. // C11 6.9.1p12: // If the '}' that terminates a function is reached, and the value of the // function call is used by the caller, the behavior is undefined. if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() && !SawAsmBlock && !FD->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && Builder.GetInsertBlock()) { bool ShouldEmitUnreachable = CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StrictReturn || shouldUseUndefinedBehaviorReturnOptimization(FD, getContext()); if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Return)) { SanitizerScope SanScope(this); llvm::Value *IsFalse = Builder.getFalse(); EmitCheck(std::make_pair(IsFalse, SanitizerKind::Return), SanitizerHandler::MissingReturn, EmitCheckSourceLocation(FD->getLocation()), None); } else if (ShouldEmitUnreachable) { if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().OptimizationLevel == 0) EmitTrapCall(llvm::Intrinsic::trap); } if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::Return) || ShouldEmitUnreachable) { Builder.CreateUnreachable(); Builder.ClearInsertionPoint(); } } // Emit the standard function epilogue. FinishFunction(BodyRange.getEnd()); // If we haven't marked the function nothrow through other means, do // a quick pass now to see if we can. if (!CurFn->doesNotThrow()) TryMarkNoThrow(CurFn); } /// ContainsLabel - Return true if the statement contains a label in it. If /// this statement is not executed normally, it not containing a label means /// that we can just remove the code. bool CodeGenFunction::ContainsLabel(const Stmt *S, bool IgnoreCaseStmts) { // Null statement, not a label! if (!S) return false; // If this is a label, we have to emit the code, consider something like: // if (0) { ... foo: bar(); } goto foo; // // TODO: If anyone cared, we could track __label__'s, since we know that you // can't jump to one from outside their declared region. if (isa(S)) return true; // If this is a case/default statement, and we haven't seen a switch, we have // to emit the code. if (isa(S) && !IgnoreCaseStmts) return true; // If this is a switch statement, we want to ignore cases below it. if (isa(S)) IgnoreCaseStmts = true; // Scan subexpressions for verboten labels. for (const Stmt *SubStmt : S->children()) if (ContainsLabel(SubStmt, IgnoreCaseStmts)) return true; return false; } /// containsBreak - Return true if the statement contains a break out of it. /// If the statement (recursively) contains a switch or loop with a break /// inside of it, this is fine. bool CodeGenFunction::containsBreak(const Stmt *S) { // Null statement, not a label! if (!S) return false; // If this is a switch or loop that defines its own break scope, then we can // include it and anything inside of it. if (isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S)) return false; if (isa(S)) return true; // Scan subexpressions for verboten breaks. for (const Stmt *SubStmt : S->children()) if (containsBreak(SubStmt)) return true; return false; } bool CodeGenFunction::mightAddDeclToScope(const Stmt *S) { if (!S) return false; // Some statement kinds add a scope and thus never add a decl to the current // scope. Note, this list is longer than the list of statements that might // have an unscoped decl nested within them, but this way is conservatively // correct even if more statement kinds are added. if (isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S) || isa(S)) return false; if (isa(S)) return true; for (const Stmt *SubStmt : S->children()) if (mightAddDeclToScope(SubStmt)) return true; return false; } /// ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger - If the specified expression does not fold /// to a constant, or if it does but contains a label, return false. If it /// constant folds return true and set the boolean result in Result. bool CodeGenFunction::ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(const Expr *Cond, bool &ResultBool, bool AllowLabels) { llvm::APSInt ResultInt; if (!ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(Cond, ResultInt, AllowLabels)) return false; ResultBool = ResultInt.getBoolValue(); return true; } /// ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger - If the specified expression does not fold /// to a constant, or if it does but contains a label, return false. If it /// constant folds return true and set the folded value. bool CodeGenFunction::ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(const Expr *Cond, llvm::APSInt &ResultInt, bool AllowLabels) { // FIXME: Rename and handle conversion of other evaluatable things // to bool. llvm::APSInt Int; if (!Cond->EvaluateAsInt(Int, getContext())) return false; // Not foldable, not integer or not fully evaluatable. if (!AllowLabels && CodeGenFunction::ContainsLabel(Cond)) return false; // Contains a label. ResultInt = Int; return true; } /// EmitBranchOnBoolExpr - Emit a branch on a boolean condition (e.g. for an if /// statement) to the specified blocks. Based on the condition, this might try /// to simplify the codegen of the conditional based on the branch. /// void CodeGenFunction::EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(const Expr *Cond, llvm::BasicBlock *TrueBlock, llvm::BasicBlock *FalseBlock, uint64_t TrueCount) { Cond = Cond->IgnoreParens(); if (const BinaryOperator *CondBOp = dyn_cast(Cond)) { // Handle X && Y in a condition. if (CondBOp->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { // If we have "1 && X", simplify the code. "0 && X" would have constant // folded if the case was simple enough. bool ConstantBool = false; if (ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(CondBOp->getLHS(), ConstantBool) && ConstantBool) { // br(1 && X) -> br(X). incrementProfileCounter(CondBOp); return EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondBOp->getRHS(), TrueBlock, FalseBlock, TrueCount); } // If we have "X && 1", simplify the code to use an uncond branch. // "X && 0" would have been constant folded to 0. if (ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(CondBOp->getRHS(), ConstantBool) && ConstantBool) { // br(X && 1) -> br(X). return EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondBOp->getLHS(), TrueBlock, FalseBlock, TrueCount); } // Emit the LHS as a conditional. If the LHS conditional is false, we // want to jump to the FalseBlock. llvm::BasicBlock *LHSTrue = createBasicBlock("land.lhs.true"); // The counter tells us how often we evaluate RHS, and all of TrueCount // can be propagated to that branch. uint64_t RHSCount = getProfileCount(CondBOp->getRHS()); ConditionalEvaluation eval(*this); { ApplyDebugLocation DL(*this, Cond); EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondBOp->getLHS(), LHSTrue, FalseBlock, RHSCount); EmitBlock(LHSTrue); } incrementProfileCounter(CondBOp); setCurrentProfileCount(getProfileCount(CondBOp->getRHS())); // Any temporaries created here are conditional. eval.begin(*this); EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondBOp->getRHS(), TrueBlock, FalseBlock, TrueCount); eval.end(*this); return; } if (CondBOp->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) { // If we have "0 || X", simplify the code. "1 || X" would have constant // folded if the case was simple enough. bool ConstantBool = false; if (ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(CondBOp->getLHS(), ConstantBool) && !ConstantBool) { // br(0 || X) -> br(X). incrementProfileCounter(CondBOp); return EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondBOp->getRHS(), TrueBlock, FalseBlock, TrueCount); } // If we have "X || 0", simplify the code to use an uncond branch. // "X || 1" would have been constant folded to 1. if (ConstantFoldsToSimpleInteger(CondBOp->getRHS(), ConstantBool) && !ConstantBool) { // br(X || 0) -> br(X). return EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondBOp->getLHS(), TrueBlock, FalseBlock, TrueCount); } // Emit the LHS as a conditional. If the LHS conditional is true, we // want to jump to the TrueBlock. llvm::BasicBlock *LHSFalse = createBasicBlock("lor.lhs.false"); // We have the count for entry to the RHS and for the whole expression // being true, so we can divy up True count between the short circuit and // the RHS. uint64_t LHSCount = getCurrentProfileCount() - getProfileCount(CondBOp->getRHS()); uint64_t RHSCount = TrueCount - LHSCount; ConditionalEvaluation eval(*this); { ApplyDebugLocation DL(*this, Cond); EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondBOp->getLHS(), TrueBlock, LHSFalse, LHSCount); EmitBlock(LHSFalse); } incrementProfileCounter(CondBOp); setCurrentProfileCount(getProfileCount(CondBOp->getRHS())); // Any temporaries created here are conditional. eval.begin(*this); EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondBOp->getRHS(), TrueBlock, FalseBlock, RHSCount); eval.end(*this); return; } } if (const UnaryOperator *CondUOp = dyn_cast(Cond)) { // br(!x, t, f) -> br(x, f, t) if (CondUOp->getOpcode() == UO_LNot) { // Negate the count. uint64_t FalseCount = getCurrentProfileCount() - TrueCount; // Negate the condition and swap the destination blocks. return EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondUOp->getSubExpr(), FalseBlock, TrueBlock, FalseCount); } } if (const ConditionalOperator *CondOp = dyn_cast(Cond)) { // br(c ? x : y, t, f) -> br(c, br(x, t, f), br(y, t, f)) llvm::BasicBlock *LHSBlock = createBasicBlock("cond.true"); llvm::BasicBlock *RHSBlock = createBasicBlock("cond.false"); ConditionalEvaluation cond(*this); EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondOp->getCond(), LHSBlock, RHSBlock, getProfileCount(CondOp)); // When computing PGO branch weights, we only know the overall count for // the true block. This code is essentially doing tail duplication of the // naive code-gen, introducing new edges for which counts are not // available. Divide the counts proportionally between the LHS and RHS of // the conditional operator. uint64_t LHSScaledTrueCount = 0; if (TrueCount) { double LHSRatio = getProfileCount(CondOp) / (double)getCurrentProfileCount(); LHSScaledTrueCount = TrueCount * LHSRatio; } cond.begin(*this); EmitBlock(LHSBlock); incrementProfileCounter(CondOp); { ApplyDebugLocation DL(*this, Cond); EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondOp->getLHS(), TrueBlock, FalseBlock, LHSScaledTrueCount); } cond.end(*this); cond.begin(*this); EmitBlock(RHSBlock); EmitBranchOnBoolExpr(CondOp->getRHS(), TrueBlock, FalseBlock, TrueCount - LHSScaledTrueCount); cond.end(*this); return; } if (const CXXThrowExpr *Throw = dyn_cast(Cond)) { // Conditional operator handling can give us a throw expression as a // condition for a case like: // br(c ? throw x : y, t, f) -> br(c, br(throw x, t, f), br(y, t, f) // Fold this to: // br(c, throw x, br(y, t, f)) EmitCXXThrowExpr(Throw, /*KeepInsertionPoint*/false); return; } // If the branch has a condition wrapped by __builtin_unpredictable, // create metadata that specifies that the branch is unpredictable. // Don't bother if not optimizing because that metadata would not be used. llvm::MDNode *Unpredictable = nullptr; auto *Call = dyn_cast(Cond); if (Call && CGM.getCodeGenOpts().OptimizationLevel != 0) { auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null(Call->getCalleeDecl()); if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__builtin_unpredictable) { llvm::MDBuilder MDHelper(getLLVMContext()); Unpredictable = MDHelper.createUnpredictable(); } } // Create branch weights based on the number of times we get here and the // number of times the condition should be true. uint64_t CurrentCount = std::max(getCurrentProfileCount(), TrueCount); llvm::MDNode *Weights = createProfileWeights(TrueCount, CurrentCount - TrueCount); // Emit the code with the fully general case. llvm::Value *CondV; { ApplyDebugLocation DL(*this, Cond); CondV = EvaluateExprAsBool(Cond); } Builder.CreateCondBr(CondV, TrueBlock, FalseBlock, Weights, Unpredictable); } /// ErrorUnsupported - Print out an error that codegen doesn't support the /// specified stmt yet. void CodeGenFunction::ErrorUnsupported(const Stmt *S, const char *Type) { CGM.ErrorUnsupported(S, Type); } /// emitNonZeroVLAInit - Emit the "zero" initialization of a /// variable-length array whose elements have a non-zero bit-pattern. /// /// \param baseType the inner-most element type of the array /// \param src - a char* pointing to the bit-pattern for a single /// base element of the array /// \param sizeInChars - the total size of the VLA, in chars static void emitNonZeroVLAInit(CodeGenFunction &CGF, QualType baseType, Address dest, Address src, llvm::Value *sizeInChars) { CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; CharUnits baseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(baseType); llvm::Value *baseSizeInChars = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, baseSize.getQuantity()); Address begin = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(dest, CGF.Int8Ty, "vla.begin"); llvm::Value *end = Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(begin.getPointer(), sizeInChars, "vla.end"); llvm::BasicBlock *originBB = CGF.Builder.GetInsertBlock(); llvm::BasicBlock *loopBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("vla-init.loop"); llvm::BasicBlock *contBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("vla-init.cont"); // Make a loop over the VLA. C99 guarantees that the VLA element // count must be nonzero. CGF.EmitBlock(loopBB); llvm::PHINode *cur = Builder.CreatePHI(begin.getType(), 2, "vla.cur"); cur->addIncoming(begin.getPointer(), originBB); CharUnits curAlign = dest.getAlignment().alignmentOfArrayElement(baseSize); // memcpy the individual element bit-pattern. Builder.CreateMemCpy(Address(cur, curAlign), src, baseSizeInChars, /*volatile*/ false); // Go to the next element. llvm::Value *next = Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(CGF.Int8Ty, cur, baseSizeInChars, "vla.next"); // Leave if that's the end of the VLA. llvm::Value *done = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(next, end, "vla-init.isdone"); Builder.CreateCondBr(done, contBB, loopBB); cur->addIncoming(next, loopBB); CGF.EmitBlock(contBB); } void CodeGenFunction::EmitNullInitialization(Address DestPtr, QualType Ty) { // Ignore empty classes in C++. if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs()) { if (cast(RT->getDecl())->isEmpty()) return; } } // Cast the dest ptr to the appropriate i8 pointer type. if (DestPtr.getElementType() != Int8Ty) DestPtr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(DestPtr, Int8Ty); // Get size and alignment info for this aggregate. CharUnits size = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); llvm::Value *SizeVal; const VariableArrayType *vla; // Don't bother emitting a zero-byte memset. if (size.isZero()) { // But note that getTypeInfo returns 0 for a VLA. if (const VariableArrayType *vlaType = dyn_cast_or_null( getContext().getAsArrayType(Ty))) { QualType eltType; llvm::Value *numElts; std::tie(numElts, eltType) = getVLASize(vlaType); SizeVal = numElts; CharUnits eltSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(eltType); if (!eltSize.isOne()) SizeVal = Builder.CreateNUWMul(SizeVal, CGM.getSize(eltSize)); vla = vlaType; } else { return; } } else { SizeVal = CGM.getSize(size); vla = nullptr; } // If the type contains a pointer to data member we can't memset it to zero. // Instead, create a null constant and copy it to the destination. // TODO: there are other patterns besides zero that we can usefully memset, // like -1, which happens to be the pattern used by member-pointers. if (!CGM.getTypes().isZeroInitializable(Ty)) { // For a VLA, emit a single element, then splat that over the VLA. if (vla) Ty = getContext().getBaseElementType(vla); llvm::Constant *NullConstant = CGM.EmitNullConstant(Ty); llvm::GlobalVariable *NullVariable = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), NullConstant->getType(), /*isConstant=*/true, llvm::GlobalVariable::PrivateLinkage, NullConstant, Twine()); CharUnits NullAlign = DestPtr.getAlignment(); NullVariable->setAlignment(NullAlign.getQuantity()); Address SrcPtr(Builder.CreateBitCast(NullVariable, Builder.getInt8PtrTy()), NullAlign); if (vla) return emitNonZeroVLAInit(*this, Ty, DestPtr, SrcPtr, SizeVal); // Get and call the appropriate llvm.memcpy overload. Builder.CreateMemCpy(DestPtr, SrcPtr, SizeVal, false); return; } // Otherwise, just memset the whole thing to zero. This is legal // because in LLVM, all default initializers (other than the ones we just // handled above) are guaranteed to have a bit pattern of all zeros. Builder.CreateMemSet(DestPtr, Builder.getInt8(0), SizeVal, false); } llvm::BlockAddress *CodeGenFunction::GetAddrOfLabel(const LabelDecl *L) { // Make sure that there is a block for the indirect goto. if (!IndirectBranch) GetIndirectGotoBlock(); llvm::BasicBlock *BB = getJumpDestForLabel(L).getBlock(); // Make sure the indirect branch includes all of the address-taken blocks. IndirectBranch->addDestination(BB); return llvm::BlockAddress::get(CurFn, BB); } llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::GetIndirectGotoBlock() { // If we already made the indirect branch for indirect goto, return its block. if (IndirectBranch) return IndirectBranch->getParent(); CGBuilderTy TmpBuilder(*this, createBasicBlock("indirectgoto")); // Create the PHI node that indirect gotos will add entries to. llvm::Value *DestVal = TmpBuilder.CreatePHI(Int8PtrTy, 0, "indirect.goto.dest"); // Create the indirect branch instruction. IndirectBranch = TmpBuilder.CreateIndirectBr(DestVal); return IndirectBranch->getParent(); } /// Computes the length of an array in elements, as well as the base /// element type and a properly-typed first element pointer. llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::emitArrayLength(const ArrayType *origArrayType, QualType &baseType, Address &addr) { const ArrayType *arrayType = origArrayType; // If it's a VLA, we have to load the stored size. Note that // this is the size of the VLA in bytes, not its size in elements. llvm::Value *numVLAElements = nullptr; if (isa(arrayType)) { numVLAElements = getVLASize(cast(arrayType)).first; // Walk into all VLAs. This doesn't require changes to addr, // which has type T* where T is the first non-VLA element type. do { QualType elementType = arrayType->getElementType(); arrayType = getContext().getAsArrayType(elementType); // If we only have VLA components, 'addr' requires no adjustment. if (!arrayType) { baseType = elementType; return numVLAElements; } } while (isa(arrayType)); // We get out here only if we find a constant array type // inside the VLA. } // We have some number of constant-length arrays, so addr should // have LLVM type [M x [N x [...]]]*. Build a GEP that walks // down to the first element of addr. SmallVector gepIndices; // GEP down to the array type. llvm::ConstantInt *zero = Builder.getInt32(0); gepIndices.push_back(zero); uint64_t countFromCLAs = 1; QualType eltType; llvm::ArrayType *llvmArrayType = dyn_cast(addr.getElementType()); while (llvmArrayType) { assert(isa(arrayType)); assert(cast(arrayType)->getSize().getZExtValue() == llvmArrayType->getNumElements()); gepIndices.push_back(zero); countFromCLAs *= llvmArrayType->getNumElements(); eltType = arrayType->getElementType(); llvmArrayType = dyn_cast(llvmArrayType->getElementType()); arrayType = getContext().getAsArrayType(arrayType->getElementType()); assert((!llvmArrayType || arrayType) && "LLVM and Clang types are out-of-synch"); } if (arrayType) { // From this point onwards, the Clang array type has been emitted // as some other type (probably a packed struct). Compute the array // size, and just emit the 'begin' expression as a bitcast. while (arrayType) { countFromCLAs *= cast(arrayType)->getSize().getZExtValue(); eltType = arrayType->getElementType(); arrayType = getContext().getAsArrayType(eltType); } llvm::Type *baseType = ConvertType(eltType); addr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(addr, baseType, "array.begin"); } else { // Create the actual GEP. addr = Address(Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(addr.getPointer(), gepIndices, "array.begin"), addr.getAlignment()); } baseType = eltType; llvm::Value *numElements = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, countFromCLAs); // If we had any VLA dimensions, factor them in. if (numVLAElements) numElements = Builder.CreateNUWMul(numVLAElements, numElements); return numElements; } std::pair CodeGenFunction::getVLASize(QualType type) { const VariableArrayType *vla = getContext().getAsVariableArrayType(type); assert(vla && "type was not a variable array type!"); return getVLASize(vla); } std::pair CodeGenFunction::getVLASize(const VariableArrayType *type) { // The number of elements so far; always size_t. llvm::Value *numElements = nullptr; QualType elementType; do { elementType = type->getElementType(); llvm::Value *vlaSize = VLASizeMap[type->getSizeExpr()]; assert(vlaSize && "no size for VLA!"); assert(vlaSize->getType() == SizeTy); if (!numElements) { numElements = vlaSize; } else { // It's undefined behavior if this wraps around, so mark it that way. // FIXME: Teach -fsanitize=undefined to trap this. numElements = Builder.CreateNUWMul(numElements, vlaSize); } } while ((type = getContext().getAsVariableArrayType(elementType))); return std::pair(numElements, elementType); } void CodeGenFunction::EmitVariablyModifiedType(QualType type) { assert(type->isVariablyModifiedType() && "Must pass variably modified type to EmitVLASizes!"); EnsureInsertPoint(); // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA // expressions. do { assert(type->isVariablyModifiedType()); const Type *ty = type.getTypePtr(); switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { #define TYPE(Class, Base) #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" llvm_unreachable("unexpected dependent type!"); // These types are never variably-modified. case Type::Builtin: case Type::Complex: case Type::Vector: case Type::ExtVector: case Type::Record: case Type::Enum: case Type::Elaborated: case Type::TemplateSpecialization: case Type::ObjCTypeParam: case Type::ObjCObject: case Type::ObjCInterface: case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!"); case Type::Adjusted: type = cast(ty)->getAdjustedType(); break; case Type::Decayed: type = cast(ty)->getPointeeType(); break; case Type::Pointer: type = cast(ty)->getPointeeType(); break; case Type::BlockPointer: type = cast(ty)->getPointeeType(); break; case Type::LValueReference: case Type::RValueReference: type = cast(ty)->getPointeeType(); break; case Type::MemberPointer: type = cast(ty)->getPointeeType(); break; case Type::ConstantArray: case Type::IncompleteArray: // Losing element qualification here is fine. type = cast(ty)->getElementType(); break; case Type::VariableArray: { // Losing element qualification here is fine. const VariableArrayType *vat = cast(ty); // Unknown size indication requires no size computation. // Otherwise, evaluate and record it. if (const Expr *size = vat->getSizeExpr()) { // It's possible that we might have emitted this already, // e.g. with a typedef and a pointer to it. llvm::Value *&entry = VLASizeMap[size]; if (!entry) { llvm::Value *Size = EmitScalarExpr(size); // C11 6.7.6.2p5: // If the size is an expression that is not an integer constant // expression [...] each time it is evaluated it shall have a value // greater than zero. if (SanOpts.has(SanitizerKind::VLABound) && size->getType()->isSignedIntegerType()) { SanitizerScope SanScope(this); llvm::Value *Zero = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(Size->getType()); llvm::Constant *StaticArgs[] = { EmitCheckSourceLocation(size->getLocStart()), EmitCheckTypeDescriptor(size->getType()) }; EmitCheck(std::make_pair(Builder.CreateICmpSGT(Size, Zero), SanitizerKind::VLABound), SanitizerHandler::VLABoundNotPositive, StaticArgs, Size); } // Always zexting here would be wrong if it weren't // undefined behavior to have a negative bound. entry = Builder.CreateIntCast(Size, SizeTy, /*signed*/ false); } } type = vat->getElementType(); break; } case Type::FunctionProto: case Type::FunctionNoProto: type = cast(ty)->getReturnType(); break; case Type::Paren: case Type::TypeOf: case Type::UnaryTransform: case Type::Attributed: case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: case Type::PackExpansion: // Keep walking after single level desugaring. type = type.getSingleStepDesugaredType(getContext()); break; case Type::Typedef: case Type::Decltype: case Type::Auto: // Stop walking: nothing to do. return; case Type::TypeOfExpr: // Stop walking: emit typeof expression. EmitIgnoredExpr(cast(ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()); return; case Type::Atomic: type = cast(ty)->getValueType(); break; case Type::Pipe: type = cast(ty)->getElementType(); break; } } while (type->isVariablyModifiedType()); } Address CodeGenFunction::EmitVAListRef(const Expr* E) { if (getContext().getBuiltinVaListType()->isArrayType()) return EmitPointerWithAlignment(E); return EmitLValue(E).getAddress(); } Address CodeGenFunction::EmitMSVAListRef(const Expr *E) { return EmitLValue(E).getAddress(); } void CodeGenFunction::EmitDeclRefExprDbgValue(const DeclRefExpr *E, const APValue &Init) { assert(!Init.isUninit() && "Invalid DeclRefExpr initializer!"); if (CGDebugInfo *Dbg = getDebugInfo()) if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().getDebugInfo() >= codegenoptions::LimitedDebugInfo) Dbg->EmitGlobalVariable(E->getDecl(), Init); } CodeGenFunction::PeepholeProtection CodeGenFunction::protectFromPeepholes(RValue rvalue) { // At the moment, the only aggressive peephole we do in IR gen // is trunc(zext) folding, but if we add more, we can easily // extend this protection. if (!rvalue.isScalar()) return PeepholeProtection(); llvm::Value *value = rvalue.getScalarVal(); if (!isa(value)) return PeepholeProtection(); // Just make an extra bitcast. assert(HaveInsertPoint()); llvm::Instruction *inst = new llvm::BitCastInst(value, value->getType(), "", Builder.GetInsertBlock()); PeepholeProtection protection; protection.Inst = inst; return protection; } void CodeGenFunction::unprotectFromPeepholes(PeepholeProtection protection) { if (!protection.Inst) return; // In theory, we could try to duplicate the peepholes now, but whatever. protection.Inst->eraseFromParent(); } llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitAnnotationCall(llvm::Value *AnnotationFn, llvm::Value *AnnotatedVal, StringRef AnnotationStr, SourceLocation Location) { llvm::Value *Args[4] = { AnnotatedVal, Builder.CreateBitCast(CGM.EmitAnnotationString(AnnotationStr), Int8PtrTy), Builder.CreateBitCast(CGM.EmitAnnotationUnit(Location), Int8PtrTy), CGM.EmitAnnotationLineNo(Location) }; return Builder.CreateCall(AnnotationFn, Args); } void CodeGenFunction::EmitVarAnnotations(const VarDecl *D, llvm::Value *V) { assert(D->hasAttr() && "no annotate attribute"); // FIXME We create a new bitcast for every annotation because that's what // llvm-gcc was doing. for (const auto *I : D->specific_attrs()) EmitAnnotationCall(CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::var_annotation), Builder.CreateBitCast(V, CGM.Int8PtrTy, V->getName()), I->getAnnotation(), D->getLocation()); } Address CodeGenFunction::EmitFieldAnnotations(const FieldDecl *D, Address Addr) { assert(D->hasAttr() && "no annotate attribute"); llvm::Value *V = Addr.getPointer(); llvm::Type *VTy = V->getType(); llvm::Value *F = CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::ptr_annotation, CGM.Int8PtrTy); for (const auto *I : D->specific_attrs()) { // FIXME Always emit the cast inst so we can differentiate between // annotation on the first field of a struct and annotation on the struct // itself. if (VTy != CGM.Int8PtrTy) V = Builder.Insert(new llvm::BitCastInst(V, CGM.Int8PtrTy)); V = EmitAnnotationCall(F, V, I->getAnnotation(), D->getLocation()); V = Builder.CreateBitCast(V, VTy); } return Address(V, Addr.getAlignment()); } CodeGenFunction::CGCapturedStmtInfo::~CGCapturedStmtInfo() { } CodeGenFunction::SanitizerScope::SanitizerScope(CodeGenFunction *CGF) : CGF(CGF) { assert(!CGF->IsSanitizerScope); CGF->IsSanitizerScope = true; } CodeGenFunction::SanitizerScope::~SanitizerScope() { CGF->IsSanitizerScope = false; } void CodeGenFunction::InsertHelper(llvm::Instruction *I, const llvm::Twine &Name, llvm::BasicBlock *BB, llvm::BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const { LoopStack.InsertHelper(I); if (IsSanitizerScope) CGM.getSanitizerMetadata()->disableSanitizerForInstruction(I); } void CGBuilderInserter::InsertHelper( llvm::Instruction *I, const llvm::Twine &Name, llvm::BasicBlock *BB, llvm::BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const { llvm::IRBuilderDefaultInserter::InsertHelper(I, Name, BB, InsertPt); if (CGF) CGF->InsertHelper(I, Name, BB, InsertPt); } static bool hasRequiredFeatures(const SmallVectorImpl &ReqFeatures, CodeGenModule &CGM, const FunctionDecl *FD, std::string &FirstMissing) { // If there aren't any required features listed then go ahead and return. if (ReqFeatures.empty()) return false; // Now build up the set of caller features and verify that all the required // features are there. llvm::StringMap CallerFeatureMap; CGM.getFunctionFeatureMap(CallerFeatureMap, FD); // If we have at least one of the features in the feature list return // true, otherwise return false. return std::all_of( ReqFeatures.begin(), ReqFeatures.end(), [&](StringRef Feature) { SmallVector OrFeatures; Feature.split(OrFeatures, "|"); return std::any_of(OrFeatures.begin(), OrFeatures.end(), [&](StringRef Feature) { if (!CallerFeatureMap.lookup(Feature)) { FirstMissing = Feature.str(); return false; } return true; }); }); } // Emits an error if we don't have a valid set of target features for the // called function. void CodeGenFunction::checkTargetFeatures(const CallExpr *E, const FunctionDecl *TargetDecl) { // Early exit if this is an indirect call. if (!TargetDecl) return; // Get the current enclosing function if it exists. If it doesn't // we can't check the target features anyhow. const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null(CurFuncDecl); if (!FD) return; // Grab the required features for the call. For a builtin this is listed in // the td file with the default cpu, for an always_inline function this is any // listed cpu and any listed features. unsigned BuiltinID = TargetDecl->getBuiltinID(); std::string MissingFeature; if (BuiltinID) { SmallVector ReqFeatures; const char *FeatureList = CGM.getContext().BuiltinInfo.getRequiredFeatures(BuiltinID); // Return if the builtin doesn't have any required features. if (!FeatureList || StringRef(FeatureList) == "") return; StringRef(FeatureList).split(ReqFeatures, ","); if (!hasRequiredFeatures(ReqFeatures, CGM, FD, MissingFeature)) CGM.getDiags().Report(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_needs_feature) << TargetDecl->getDeclName() << CGM.getContext().BuiltinInfo.getRequiredFeatures(BuiltinID); } else if (TargetDecl->hasAttr()) { // Get the required features for the callee. SmallVector ReqFeatures; llvm::StringMap CalleeFeatureMap; CGM.getFunctionFeatureMap(CalleeFeatureMap, TargetDecl); for (const auto &F : CalleeFeatureMap) { // Only positive features are "required". if (F.getValue()) ReqFeatures.push_back(F.getKey()); } if (!hasRequiredFeatures(ReqFeatures, CGM, FD, MissingFeature)) CGM.getDiags().Report(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_function_needs_feature) << FD->getDeclName() << TargetDecl->getDeclName() << MissingFeature; } } void CodeGenFunction::EmitSanitizerStatReport(llvm::SanitizerStatKind SSK) { if (!CGM.getCodeGenOpts().SanitizeStats) return; llvm::IRBuilder<> IRB(Builder.GetInsertBlock(), Builder.GetInsertPoint()); IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(Builder.getCurrentDebugLocation()); CGM.getSanStats().create(IRB, SSK); } llvm::DebugLoc CodeGenFunction::SourceLocToDebugLoc(SourceLocation Location) { if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getDebugInfo()) return DI->SourceLocToDebugLoc(Location); return llvm::DebugLoc(); } Index: vendor/clang/dist/lib/Index/IndexDecl.cpp =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/lib/Index/IndexDecl.cpp (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/lib/Index/IndexDecl.cpp (revision 312958) @@ -1,492 +1,498 @@ //===- IndexDecl.cpp - Indexing declarations ------------------------------===// // // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure // // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// #include "IndexingContext.h" #include "clang/Index/IndexDataConsumer.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclVisitor.h" using namespace clang; using namespace index; #define TRY_TO(CALL_EXPR) \ do { \ if (!CALL_EXPR) \ return false; \ } while (0) namespace { class IndexingDeclVisitor : public ConstDeclVisitor { IndexingContext &IndexCtx; public: explicit IndexingDeclVisitor(IndexingContext &indexCtx) : IndexCtx(indexCtx) { } bool Handled = true; bool VisitDecl(const Decl *D) { Handled = false; return true; } /// \brief Returns true if the given method has been defined explicitly by the /// user. static bool hasUserDefined(const ObjCMethodDecl *D, const ObjCImplDecl *Container) { const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = Container->getMethod(D->getSelector(), D->isInstanceMethod()); return MD && !MD->isImplicit() && MD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); } void handleDeclarator(const DeclaratorDecl *D, const NamedDecl *Parent = nullptr, bool isIBType = false) { if (!Parent) Parent = D; IndexCtx.indexTypeSourceInfo(D->getTypeSourceInfo(), Parent, Parent->getLexicalDeclContext(), /*isBase=*/false, isIBType); IndexCtx.indexNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc(), Parent); if (IndexCtx.shouldIndexFunctionLocalSymbols()) { // Only index parameters in definitions, parameters in declarations are // not useful. if (const ParmVarDecl *Parm = dyn_cast(D)) { auto *DC = Parm->getDeclContext(); if (auto *FD = dyn_cast(DC)) { if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) IndexCtx.handleDecl(Parm); } else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast(DC)) { if (MD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) IndexCtx.handleDecl(Parm); } else { IndexCtx.handleDecl(Parm); } } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { for (auto PI : FD->parameters()) { IndexCtx.handleDecl(PI); } } } } } bool handleObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *D, const ObjCPropertyDecl *AssociatedProp = nullptr) { SmallVector Relations; SmallVector Overriden; D->getOverriddenMethods(Overriden); for(auto overridden: Overriden) { Relations.emplace_back((unsigned) SymbolRole::RelationOverrideOf, overridden); } if (AssociatedProp) Relations.emplace_back((unsigned)SymbolRole::RelationAccessorOf, AssociatedProp); - if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D, (unsigned)SymbolRole::Dynamic, Relations)) + // getLocation() returns beginning token of a method declaration, but for + // indexing purposes we want to point to the base name. + SourceLocation MethodLoc = D->getSelectorStartLoc(); + if (MethodLoc.isInvalid()) + MethodLoc = D->getLocation(); + + if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D, MethodLoc, (unsigned)SymbolRole::Dynamic, Relations)) return false; IndexCtx.indexTypeSourceInfo(D->getReturnTypeSourceInfo(), D); bool hasIBActionAndFirst = D->hasAttr(); for (const auto *I : D->parameters()) { handleDeclarator(I, D, /*isIBType=*/hasIBActionAndFirst); hasIBActionAndFirst = false; } if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { const Stmt *Body = D->getBody(); if (Body) { IndexCtx.indexBody(Body, D, D); } } return true; } bool VisitFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *D) { if (D->isDeleted()) return true; SymbolRoleSet Roles{}; SmallVector Relations; if (auto *CXXMD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (CXXMD->isVirtual()) Roles |= (unsigned)SymbolRole::Dynamic; for (auto I = CXXMD->begin_overridden_methods(), E = CXXMD->end_overridden_methods(); I != E; ++I) { Relations.emplace_back((unsigned)SymbolRole::RelationOverrideOf, *I); } } if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D, Roles, Relations)) return false; handleDeclarator(D); if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast(D)) { // Constructor initializers. for (const auto *Init : Ctor->inits()) { if (Init->isWritten()) { IndexCtx.indexTypeSourceInfo(Init->getTypeSourceInfo(), D); if (const FieldDecl *Member = Init->getAnyMember()) IndexCtx.handleReference(Member, Init->getMemberLocation(), D, D, (unsigned)SymbolRole::Write); IndexCtx.indexBody(Init->getInit(), D, D); } } } if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { const Stmt *Body = D->getBody(); if (Body) { IndexCtx.indexBody(Body, D, D); } } return true; } bool VisitVarDecl(const VarDecl *D) { if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)) return false; handleDeclarator(D); IndexCtx.indexBody(D->getInit(), D); return true; } bool VisitFieldDecl(const FieldDecl *D) { if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)) return false; handleDeclarator(D); if (D->isBitField()) IndexCtx.indexBody(D->getBitWidth(), D); else if (D->hasInClassInitializer()) IndexCtx.indexBody(D->getInClassInitializer(), D); return true; } bool VisitObjCIvarDecl(const ObjCIvarDecl *D) { if (D->getSynthesize()) { // For synthesized ivars, use the location of the ObjC implementation, // not the location of the property. // Otherwise the header file containing the @interface will have different // indexing contents based on whether the @implementation was present or // not in the translation unit. return IndexCtx.handleDecl(D, cast(D->getDeclContext())->getLocation(), (unsigned)SymbolRole::Implicit); } if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)) return false; handleDeclarator(D); return true; } bool VisitMSPropertyDecl(const MSPropertyDecl *D) { handleDeclarator(D); return true; } bool VisitEnumConstantDecl(const EnumConstantDecl *D) { if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)) return false; IndexCtx.indexBody(D->getInitExpr(), D); return true; } bool VisitTypedefNameDecl(const TypedefNameDecl *D) { if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)) return false; IndexCtx.indexTypeSourceInfo(D->getTypeSourceInfo(), D); return true; } bool VisitTagDecl(const TagDecl *D) { // Non-free standing tags are handled in indexTypeSourceInfo. if (D->isFreeStanding()) { if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { IndexCtx.indexTagDecl(D); } else { auto *Parent = dyn_cast(D->getDeclContext()); return IndexCtx.handleReference(D, D->getLocation(), Parent, D->getLexicalDeclContext(), SymbolRoleSet()); } } return true; } bool handleReferencedProtocols(const ObjCProtocolList &ProtList, const ObjCContainerDecl *ContD) { ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_loc_iterator LI = ProtList.loc_begin(); for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator I = ProtList.begin(), E = ProtList.end(); I != E; ++I, ++LI) { SourceLocation Loc = *LI; ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = *I; TRY_TO(IndexCtx.handleReference(PD, Loc, ContD, ContD, SymbolRoleSet(), SymbolRelation{(unsigned)SymbolRole::RelationBaseOf, ContD})); } return true; } bool VisitObjCInterfaceDecl(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { TRY_TO(IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)); if (auto *SuperD = D->getSuperClass()) { TRY_TO(IndexCtx.handleReference(SuperD, D->getSuperClassLoc(), D, D, SymbolRoleSet(), SymbolRelation{(unsigned)SymbolRole::RelationBaseOf, D})); } TRY_TO(handleReferencedProtocols(D->getReferencedProtocols(), D)); TRY_TO(IndexCtx.indexDeclContext(D)); } else { return IndexCtx.handleReference(D, D->getLocation(), nullptr, D->getDeclContext(), SymbolRoleSet()); } return true; } bool VisitObjCProtocolDecl(const ObjCProtocolDecl *D) { if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { TRY_TO(IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)); TRY_TO(handleReferencedProtocols(D->getReferencedProtocols(), D)); TRY_TO(IndexCtx.indexDeclContext(D)); } else { return IndexCtx.handleReference(D, D->getLocation(), nullptr, D->getDeclContext(), SymbolRoleSet()); } return true; } bool VisitObjCImplementationDecl(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) { const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = D->getClassInterface(); if (!Class) return true; if (Class->isImplicitInterfaceDecl()) IndexCtx.handleDecl(Class); if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)) return false; // Index the ivars first to make sure the synthesized ivars are indexed // before indexing the methods that can reference them. for (const auto *IvarI : D->ivars()) IndexCtx.indexDecl(IvarI); for (const auto *I : D->decls()) { if (!isa(I)) IndexCtx.indexDecl(I); } return true; } bool VisitObjCCategoryDecl(const ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { const ObjCInterfaceDecl *C = D->getClassInterface(); if (!C) return true; TRY_TO(IndexCtx.handleReference(C, D->getLocation(), D, D, SymbolRoleSet(), SymbolRelation{ (unsigned)SymbolRole::RelationExtendedBy, D })); SourceLocation CategoryLoc = D->getCategoryNameLoc(); if (!CategoryLoc.isValid()) CategoryLoc = D->getLocation(); TRY_TO(IndexCtx.handleDecl(D, CategoryLoc)); TRY_TO(handleReferencedProtocols(D->getReferencedProtocols(), D)); TRY_TO(IndexCtx.indexDeclContext(D)); return true; } bool VisitObjCCategoryImplDecl(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D) { const ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat = D->getCategoryDecl(); if (!Cat) return true; const ObjCInterfaceDecl *C = D->getClassInterface(); if (C) TRY_TO(IndexCtx.handleReference(C, D->getLocation(), D, D, SymbolRoleSet())); SourceLocation CategoryLoc = D->getCategoryNameLoc(); if (!CategoryLoc.isValid()) CategoryLoc = D->getLocation(); if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D, CategoryLoc)) return false; IndexCtx.indexDeclContext(D); return true; } bool VisitObjCMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *D) { // Methods associated with a property, even user-declared ones, are // handled when we handle the property. if (D->isPropertyAccessor()) return true; handleObjCMethod(D); return true; } bool VisitObjCPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *D) { if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = D->getGetterMethodDecl()) if (MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == D->getLexicalDeclContext()) handleObjCMethod(MD, D); if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = D->getSetterMethodDecl()) if (MD->getLexicalDeclContext() == D->getLexicalDeclContext()) handleObjCMethod(MD, D); if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)) return false; if (IBOutletCollectionAttr *attr = D->getAttr()) IndexCtx.indexTypeSourceInfo(attr->getInterfaceLoc(), D, D->getLexicalDeclContext(), false, true); IndexCtx.indexTypeSourceInfo(D->getTypeSourceInfo(), D); return true; } bool VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *D) { ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = D->getPropertyDecl(); if (!IndexCtx.handleReference(PD, D->getLocation(), /*Parent=*/cast(D->getDeclContext()), D->getDeclContext(), SymbolRoleSet(), {}, /*RefE=*/nullptr, D)) return false; if (D->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) return true; assert(D->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize); if (ObjCIvarDecl *IvarD = D->getPropertyIvarDecl()) { if (!IvarD->getSynthesize()) IndexCtx.handleReference(IvarD, D->getPropertyIvarDeclLoc(), nullptr, D->getDeclContext(), SymbolRoleSet()); } auto *ImplD = cast(D->getDeclContext()); if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = PD->getGetterMethodDecl()) { if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && !hasUserDefined(MD, ImplD)) IndexCtx.handleDecl(MD, D->getLocation(), SymbolRoleSet(), {}, ImplD); } if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = PD->getSetterMethodDecl()) { if (MD->isPropertyAccessor() && !hasUserDefined(MD, ImplD)) IndexCtx.handleDecl(MD, D->getLocation(), SymbolRoleSet(), {}, ImplD); } return true; } bool VisitNamespaceDecl(const NamespaceDecl *D) { if (!IndexCtx.handleDecl(D)) return false; IndexCtx.indexDeclContext(D); return true; } bool VisitUsingDecl(const UsingDecl *D) { const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); const NamedDecl *Parent = dyn_cast(DC); IndexCtx.indexNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc(), Parent, D->getLexicalDeclContext()); for (const auto *I : D->shadows()) IndexCtx.handleReference(I->getUnderlyingDecl(), D->getLocation(), Parent, D->getLexicalDeclContext(), SymbolRoleSet()); return true; } bool VisitUsingDirectiveDecl(const UsingDirectiveDecl *D) { const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); const NamedDecl *Parent = dyn_cast(DC); IndexCtx.indexNestedNameSpecifierLoc(D->getQualifierLoc(), Parent, D->getLexicalDeclContext()); return IndexCtx.handleReference(D->getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten(), D->getLocation(), Parent, D->getLexicalDeclContext(), SymbolRoleSet()); } bool VisitClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) { // FIXME: Notify subsequent callbacks if info comes from implicit // instantiation. if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) IndexCtx.indexTagDecl(D); return true; } bool VisitTemplateDecl(const TemplateDecl *D) { // FIXME: Template parameters. return Visit(D->getTemplatedDecl()); } bool VisitFriendDecl(const FriendDecl *D) { if (auto ND = D->getFriendDecl()) { // FIXME: Ignore a class template in a dependent context, these are not // linked properly with their redeclarations, ending up with duplicate // USRs. // See comment "Friend templates are visible in fairly strange ways." in // SemaTemplate.cpp which precedes code that prevents the friend template // from becoming visible from the enclosing context. if (isa(ND) && D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) return true; return Visit(ND); } if (auto Ty = D->getFriendType()) { IndexCtx.indexTypeSourceInfo(Ty, cast(D->getDeclContext())); } return true; } bool VisitImportDecl(const ImportDecl *D) { return IndexCtx.importedModule(D); } }; } // anonymous namespace bool IndexingContext::indexDecl(const Decl *D) { if (D->isImplicit() && shouldIgnoreIfImplicit(D)) return true; if (isTemplateImplicitInstantiation(D)) return true; IndexingDeclVisitor Visitor(*this); bool ShouldContinue = Visitor.Visit(D); if (!ShouldContinue) return false; if (!Visitor.Handled && isa(D)) return indexDeclContext(cast(D)); return true; } bool IndexingContext::indexDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { for (const auto *I : DC->decls()) if (!indexDecl(I)) return false; return true; } bool IndexingContext::indexTopLevelDecl(const Decl *D) { if (D->getLocation().isInvalid()) return true; if (isa(D)) return true; // Wait for the objc container. return indexDecl(D); } bool IndexingContext::indexDeclGroupRef(DeclGroupRef DG) { for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), E = DG.end(); I != E; ++I) if (!indexTopLevelDecl(*I)) return false; return true; } Index: vendor/clang/dist/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp (revision 312958) @@ -1,8225 +1,8225 @@ //===--- SemaInit.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Initializers ----------------===// // // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure // // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // // This file implements semantic analysis for initializers. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h" #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" using namespace clang; //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Sema Initialization Checking //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// \brief Check whether T is compatible with a wide character type (wchar_t, /// char16_t or char32_t). static bool IsWideCharCompatible(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { if (Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), T)) return true; if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Context.getLangOpts().C11) { return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.Char16Ty, T) || Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.Char32Ty, T); } return false; } enum StringInitFailureKind { SIF_None, SIF_NarrowStringIntoWideChar, SIF_WideStringIntoChar, SIF_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar, SIF_Other }; /// \brief Check whether the array of type AT can be initialized by the Init /// expression by means of string initialization. Returns SIF_None if so, /// otherwise returns a StringInitFailureKind that describes why the /// initialization would not work. static StringInitFailureKind IsStringInit(Expr *Init, const ArrayType *AT, ASTContext &Context) { if (!isa(AT) && !isa(AT)) return SIF_Other; // See if this is a string literal or @encode. Init = Init->IgnoreParens(); // Handle @encode, which is a narrow string. if (isa(Init) && AT->getElementType()->isCharType()) return SIF_None; // Otherwise we can only handle string literals. StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast(Init); if (!SL) return SIF_Other; const QualType ElemTy = Context.getCanonicalType(AT->getElementType()).getUnqualifiedType(); switch (SL->getKind()) { case StringLiteral::Ascii: case StringLiteral::UTF8: // char array can be initialized with a narrow string. // Only allow char x[] = "foo"; not char x[] = L"foo"; if (ElemTy->isCharType()) return SIF_None; if (IsWideCharCompatible(ElemTy, Context)) return SIF_NarrowStringIntoWideChar; return SIF_Other; // C99 6.7.8p15 (with correction from DR343), or C11 6.7.9p15: // "An array with element type compatible with a qualified or unqualified // version of wchar_t, char16_t, or char32_t may be initialized by a wide // string literal with the corresponding encoding prefix (L, u, or U, // respectively), optionally enclosed in braces. case StringLiteral::UTF16: if (Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.Char16Ty, ElemTy)) return SIF_None; if (ElemTy->isCharType()) return SIF_WideStringIntoChar; if (IsWideCharCompatible(ElemTy, Context)) return SIF_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar; return SIF_Other; case StringLiteral::UTF32: if (Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.Char32Ty, ElemTy)) return SIF_None; if (ElemTy->isCharType()) return SIF_WideStringIntoChar; if (IsWideCharCompatible(ElemTy, Context)) return SIF_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar; return SIF_Other; case StringLiteral::Wide: if (Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), ElemTy)) return SIF_None; if (ElemTy->isCharType()) return SIF_WideStringIntoChar; if (IsWideCharCompatible(ElemTy, Context)) return SIF_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar; return SIF_Other; } llvm_unreachable("missed a StringLiteral kind?"); } static StringInitFailureKind IsStringInit(Expr *init, QualType declType, ASTContext &Context) { const ArrayType *arrayType = Context.getAsArrayType(declType); if (!arrayType) return SIF_Other; return IsStringInit(init, arrayType, Context); } /// Update the type of a string literal, including any surrounding parentheses, /// to match the type of the object which it is initializing. static void updateStringLiteralType(Expr *E, QualType Ty) { while (true) { E->setType(Ty); if (isa(E) || isa(E)) break; else if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast(E)) E = PE->getSubExpr(); else if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast(E)) E = UO->getSubExpr(); else if (GenericSelectionExpr *GSE = dyn_cast(E)) E = GSE->getResultExpr(); else llvm_unreachable("unexpected expr in string literal init"); } } static void CheckStringInit(Expr *Str, QualType &DeclT, const ArrayType *AT, Sema &S) { // Get the length of the string as parsed. auto *ConstantArrayTy = cast(Str->getType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); uint64_t StrLength = ConstantArrayTy->getSize().getZExtValue(); if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast(AT)) { // C99 6.7.8p14. We have an array of character type with unknown size // being initialized to a string literal. llvm::APInt ConstVal(32, StrLength); // Return a new array type (C99 6.7.8p22). DeclT = S.Context.getConstantArrayType(IAT->getElementType(), ConstVal, ArrayType::Normal, 0); updateStringLiteralType(Str, DeclT); return; } const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast(AT); // We have an array of character type with known size. However, // the size may be smaller or larger than the string we are initializing. // FIXME: Avoid truncation for 64-bit length strings. if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { if (StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast(Str->IgnoreParens())) { // For Pascal strings it's OK to strip off the terminating null character, // so the example below is valid: // // unsigned char a[2] = "\pa"; if (SL->isPascal()) StrLength--; } // [dcl.init.string]p2 if (StrLength > CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()) S.Diag(Str->getLocStart(), diag::err_initializer_string_for_char_array_too_long) << Str->getSourceRange(); } else { // C99 6.7.8p14. if (StrLength-1 > CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()) S.Diag(Str->getLocStart(), diag::ext_initializer_string_for_char_array_too_long) << Str->getSourceRange(); } // Set the type to the actual size that we are initializing. If we have // something like: // char x[1] = "foo"; // then this will set the string literal's type to char[1]. updateStringLiteralType(Str, DeclT); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Semantic checking for initializer lists. //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// namespace { /// @brief Semantic checking for initializer lists. /// /// The InitListChecker class contains a set of routines that each /// handle the initialization of a certain kind of entity, e.g., /// arrays, vectors, struct/union types, scalars, etc. The /// InitListChecker itself performs a recursive walk of the subobject /// structure of the type to be initialized, while stepping through /// the initializer list one element at a time. The IList and Index /// parameters to each of the Check* routines contain the active /// (syntactic) initializer list and the index into that initializer /// list that represents the current initializer. Each routine is /// responsible for moving that Index forward as it consumes elements. /// /// Each Check* routine also has a StructuredList/StructuredIndex /// arguments, which contains the current "structured" (semantic) /// initializer list and the index into that initializer list where we /// are copying initializers as we map them over to the semantic /// list. Once we have completed our recursive walk of the subobject /// structure, we will have constructed a full semantic initializer /// list. /// /// C99 designators cause changes in the initializer list traversal, /// because they make the initialization "jump" into a specific /// subobject and then continue the initialization from that /// point. CheckDesignatedInitializer() recursively steps into the /// designated subobject and manages backing out the recursion to /// initialize the subobjects after the one designated. class InitListChecker { Sema &SemaRef; bool hadError; bool VerifyOnly; // no diagnostics, no structure building bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid; // Used only in VerifyOnly mode. llvm::DenseMap SyntacticToSemantic; InitListExpr *FullyStructuredList; void CheckImplicitInitList(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *ParentIList, QualType T, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex); void CheckExplicitInitList(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType &T, InitListExpr *StructuredList, bool TopLevelObject = false); void CheckListElementTypes(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType &DeclType, bool SubobjectIsDesignatorContext, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex, bool TopLevelObject = false); void CheckSubElementType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType ElemType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex); void CheckComplexType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex); void CheckScalarType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex); void CheckReferenceType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex); void CheckVectorType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex); void CheckStructUnionTypes(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, CXXRecordDecl::base_class_range Bases, RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, bool SubobjectIsDesignatorContext, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex, bool TopLevelObject = false); void CheckArrayType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType &DeclType, llvm::APSInt elementIndex, bool SubobjectIsDesignatorContext, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex); bool CheckDesignatedInitializer(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, DesignatedInitExpr *DIE, unsigned DesigIdx, QualType &CurrentObjectType, RecordDecl::field_iterator *NextField, llvm::APSInt *NextElementIndex, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex, bool FinishSubobjectInit, bool TopLevelObject); InitListExpr *getStructuredSubobjectInit(InitListExpr *IList, unsigned Index, QualType CurrentObjectType, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned StructuredIndex, SourceRange InitRange, bool IsFullyOverwritten = false); void UpdateStructuredListElement(InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex, Expr *expr); int numArrayElements(QualType DeclType); int numStructUnionElements(QualType DeclType); static ExprResult PerformEmptyInit(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, const InitializedEntity &Entity, bool VerifyOnly, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); // Explanation on the "FillWithNoInit" mode: // // Assume we have the following definitions (Case#1): // struct P { char x[6][6]; } xp = { .x[1] = "bar" }; // struct PP { struct P lp; } l = { .lp = xp, .lp.x[1][2] = 'f' }; // // l.lp.x[1][0..1] should not be filled with implicit initializers because the // "base" initializer "xp" will provide values for them; l.lp.x[1] will be "baf". // // But if we have (Case#2): // struct PP l = { .lp = xp, .lp.x[1] = { [2] = 'f' } }; // // l.lp.x[1][0..1] are implicitly initialized and do not use values from the // "base" initializer; l.lp.x[1] will be "\0\0f\0\0\0". // // To distinguish Case#1 from Case#2, and also to avoid leaving many "holes" // in the InitListExpr, the "holes" in Case#1 are filled not with empty // initializers but with special "NoInitExpr" place holders, which tells the // CodeGen not to generate any initializers for these parts. void FillInEmptyInitForBase(unsigned Init, const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base, const InitializedEntity &ParentEntity, InitListExpr *ILE, bool &RequiresSecondPass, bool FillWithNoInit); void FillInEmptyInitForField(unsigned Init, FieldDecl *Field, const InitializedEntity &ParentEntity, InitListExpr *ILE, bool &RequiresSecondPass, bool FillWithNoInit = false); void FillInEmptyInitializations(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *ILE, bool &RequiresSecondPass, bool FillWithNoInit = false); bool CheckFlexibleArrayInit(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *InitExpr, FieldDecl *Field, bool TopLevelObject); void CheckEmptyInitializable(const InitializedEntity &Entity, SourceLocation Loc); public: InitListChecker(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IL, QualType &T, bool VerifyOnly, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); bool HadError() { return hadError; } // @brief Retrieves the fully-structured initializer list used for // semantic analysis and code generation. InitListExpr *getFullyStructuredList() const { return FullyStructuredList; } }; } // end anonymous namespace ExprResult InitListChecker::PerformEmptyInit(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, const InitializedEntity &Entity, bool VerifyOnly, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateValue(Loc, Loc, Loc, true); MultiExprArg SubInit; Expr *InitExpr; InitListExpr DummyInitList(SemaRef.Context, Loc, None, Loc); // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p7: // If there are fewer initializer-clauses in the list than there are // members in the aggregate, then each member not explicitly initialized // ... bool EmptyInitList = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Entity.getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isRecordType(); if (EmptyInitList) { // C++1y / DR1070: // shall be initialized [...] from an empty initializer list. // // We apply the resolution of this DR to C++11 but not C++98, since C++98 // does not have useful semantics for initialization from an init list. // We treat this as copy-initialization, because aggregate initialization // always performs copy-initialization on its elements. // // Only do this if we're initializing a class type, to avoid filling in // the initializer list where possible. InitExpr = VerifyOnly ? &DummyInitList : new (SemaRef.Context) InitListExpr(SemaRef.Context, Loc, None, Loc); InitExpr->setType(SemaRef.Context.VoidTy); SubInit = InitExpr; Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, Loc); } else { // C++03: // shall be value-initialized. } InitializationSequence InitSeq(SemaRef, Entity, Kind, SubInit); // libstdc++4.6 marks the vector default constructor as explicit in // _GLIBCXX_DEBUG mode, so recover using the C++03 logic in that case. // stlport does so too. Look for std::__debug for libstdc++, and for // std:: for stlport. This is effectively a compiler-side implementation of // LWG2193. if (!InitSeq && EmptyInitList && InitSeq.getFailureKind() == InitializationSequence::FK_ExplicitConstructor) { OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; OverloadingResult O = InitSeq.getFailedCandidateSet() .BestViableFunction(SemaRef, Kind.getLocation(), Best); (void)O; assert(O == OR_Success && "Inconsistent overload resolution"); CXXConstructorDecl *CtorDecl = cast(Best->Function); CXXRecordDecl *R = CtorDecl->getParent(); if (CtorDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 && CtorDecl->isExplicit() && R->getDeclName() && SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(CtorDecl->getLocation())) { bool IsInStd = false; for (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast(R->getDeclContext()); ND && !IsInStd; ND = dyn_cast(ND->getParent())) { if (SemaRef.getStdNamespace()->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(ND)) IsInStd = true; } if (IsInStd && llvm::StringSwitch(R->getName()) .Cases("basic_string", "deque", "forward_list", true) .Cases("list", "map", "multimap", "multiset", true) .Cases("priority_queue", "queue", "set", "stack", true) .Cases("unordered_map", "unordered_set", "vector", true) .Default(false)) { InitSeq.InitializeFrom( SemaRef, Entity, InitializationKind::CreateValue(Loc, Loc, Loc, true), MultiExprArg(), /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); // Emit a warning for this. System header warnings aren't shown // by default, but people working on system headers should see it. if (!VerifyOnly) { SemaRef.Diag(CtorDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_invalid_initializer_from_system_header); if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Member) SemaRef.Diag(Entity.getDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_used_in_initialization_here); else if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement) SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_used_in_initialization_here); } } } } if (!InitSeq) { if (!VerifyOnly) { InitSeq.Diagnose(SemaRef, Entity, Kind, SubInit); if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Member) SemaRef.Diag(Entity.getDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_in_omitted_aggregate_initializer) << /*field*/1 << Entity.getDecl(); else if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement) { bool IsTrailingArrayNewMember = Entity.getParent() && Entity.getParent()->isVariableLengthArrayNew(); SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_in_omitted_aggregate_initializer) << (IsTrailingArrayNewMember ? 2 : /*array element*/0) << Entity.getElementIndex(); } } return ExprError(); } return VerifyOnly ? ExprResult(static_cast(nullptr)) : InitSeq.Perform(SemaRef, Entity, Kind, SubInit); } void InitListChecker::CheckEmptyInitializable(const InitializedEntity &Entity, SourceLocation Loc) { assert(VerifyOnly && "CheckEmptyInitializable is only inteded for verification mode."); if (PerformEmptyInit(SemaRef, Loc, Entity, /*VerifyOnly*/true, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid).isInvalid()) hadError = true; } void InitListChecker::FillInEmptyInitForBase( unsigned Init, const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base, const InitializedEntity &ParentEntity, InitListExpr *ILE, bool &RequiresSecondPass, bool FillWithNoInit) { assert(Init < ILE->getNumInits() && "should have been expanded"); InitializedEntity BaseEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeBase( SemaRef.Context, &Base, false, &ParentEntity); if (!ILE->getInit(Init)) { ExprResult BaseInit = FillWithNoInit ? new (SemaRef.Context) NoInitExpr(Base.getType()) : PerformEmptyInit(SemaRef, ILE->getLocEnd(), BaseEntity, /*VerifyOnly*/ false, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); if (BaseInit.isInvalid()) { hadError = true; return; } ILE->setInit(Init, BaseInit.getAs()); } else if (InitListExpr *InnerILE = dyn_cast(ILE->getInit(Init))) { FillInEmptyInitializations(BaseEntity, InnerILE, RequiresSecondPass, FillWithNoInit); } else if (DesignatedInitUpdateExpr *InnerDIUE = dyn_cast(ILE->getInit(Init))) { FillInEmptyInitializations(BaseEntity, InnerDIUE->getUpdater(), RequiresSecondPass, /*FillWithNoInit =*/true); } } void InitListChecker::FillInEmptyInitForField(unsigned Init, FieldDecl *Field, const InitializedEntity &ParentEntity, InitListExpr *ILE, bool &RequiresSecondPass, bool FillWithNoInit) { SourceLocation Loc = ILE->getLocEnd(); unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits(); InitializedEntity MemberEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeMember(Field, &ParentEntity); if (const RecordType *RType = ILE->getType()->getAs()) if (!RType->getDecl()->isUnion()) assert(Init < NumInits && "This ILE should have been expanded"); if (Init >= NumInits || !ILE->getInit(Init)) { if (FillWithNoInit) { Expr *Filler = new (SemaRef.Context) NoInitExpr(Field->getType()); if (Init < NumInits) ILE->setInit(Init, Filler); else ILE->updateInit(SemaRef.Context, Init, Filler); return; } // C++1y [dcl.init.aggr]p7: // If there are fewer initializer-clauses in the list than there are // members in the aggregate, then each member not explicitly initialized // shall be initialized from its brace-or-equal-initializer [...] if (Field->hasInClassInitializer()) { ExprResult DIE = SemaRef.BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(Loc, Field); if (DIE.isInvalid()) { hadError = true; return; } if (Init < NumInits) ILE->setInit(Init, DIE.get()); else { ILE->updateInit(SemaRef.Context, Init, DIE.get()); RequiresSecondPass = true; } return; } if (Field->getType()->isReferenceType()) { // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p9: // If an incomplete or empty initializer-list leaves a // member of reference type uninitialized, the program is // ill-formed. SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_init_reference_member_uninitialized) << Field->getType() << ILE->getSyntacticForm()->getSourceRange(); SemaRef.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_uninit_reference_member); hadError = true; return; } ExprResult MemberInit = PerformEmptyInit(SemaRef, Loc, MemberEntity, /*VerifyOnly*/false, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); if (MemberInit.isInvalid()) { hadError = true; return; } if (hadError) { // Do nothing } else if (Init < NumInits) { ILE->setInit(Init, MemberInit.getAs()); } else if (!isa(MemberInit.get())) { // Empty initialization requires a constructor call, so // extend the initializer list to include the constructor // call and make a note that we'll need to take another pass // through the initializer list. ILE->updateInit(SemaRef.Context, Init, MemberInit.getAs()); RequiresSecondPass = true; } } else if (InitListExpr *InnerILE = dyn_cast(ILE->getInit(Init))) FillInEmptyInitializations(MemberEntity, InnerILE, RequiresSecondPass, FillWithNoInit); else if (DesignatedInitUpdateExpr *InnerDIUE = dyn_cast(ILE->getInit(Init))) FillInEmptyInitializations(MemberEntity, InnerDIUE->getUpdater(), RequiresSecondPass, /*FillWithNoInit =*/ true); } /// Recursively replaces NULL values within the given initializer list /// with expressions that perform value-initialization of the /// appropriate type. void InitListChecker::FillInEmptyInitializations(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *ILE, bool &RequiresSecondPass, bool FillWithNoInit) { assert((ILE->getType() != SemaRef.Context.VoidTy) && "Should not have void type"); if (const RecordType *RType = ILE->getType()->getAs()) { const RecordDecl *RDecl = RType->getDecl(); if (RDecl->isUnion() && ILE->getInitializedFieldInUnion()) FillInEmptyInitForField(0, ILE->getInitializedFieldInUnion(), Entity, ILE, RequiresSecondPass, FillWithNoInit); else if (RDecl->isUnion() && isa(RDecl) && cast(RDecl)->hasInClassInitializer()) { for (auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) { if (Field->hasInClassInitializer()) { FillInEmptyInitForField(0, Field, Entity, ILE, RequiresSecondPass, FillWithNoInit); break; } } } else { // The fields beyond ILE->getNumInits() are default initialized, so in // order to leave them uninitialized, the ILE is expanded and the extra // fields are then filled with NoInitExpr. unsigned NumElems = numStructUnionElements(ILE->getType()); if (RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) ++NumElems; if (ILE->getNumInits() < NumElems) ILE->resizeInits(SemaRef.Context, NumElems); unsigned Init = 0; if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast(RDecl)) { for (auto &Base : CXXRD->bases()) { if (hadError) return; FillInEmptyInitForBase(Init, Base, Entity, ILE, RequiresSecondPass, FillWithNoInit); ++Init; } } for (auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) { if (Field->isUnnamedBitfield()) continue; if (hadError) return; FillInEmptyInitForField(Init, Field, Entity, ILE, RequiresSecondPass, FillWithNoInit); if (hadError) return; ++Init; // Only look at the first initialization of a union. if (RDecl->isUnion()) break; } } return; } QualType ElementType; InitializedEntity ElementEntity = Entity; unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits(); unsigned NumElements = NumInits; if (const ArrayType *AType = SemaRef.Context.getAsArrayType(ILE->getType())) { ElementType = AType->getElementType(); if (const auto *CAType = dyn_cast(AType)) NumElements = CAType->getSize().getZExtValue(); // For an array new with an unknown bound, ask for one additional element // in order to populate the array filler. if (Entity.isVariableLengthArrayNew()) ++NumElements; ElementEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(SemaRef.Context, 0, Entity); } else if (const VectorType *VType = ILE->getType()->getAs()) { ElementType = VType->getElementType(); NumElements = VType->getNumElements(); ElementEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(SemaRef.Context, 0, Entity); } else ElementType = ILE->getType(); for (unsigned Init = 0; Init != NumElements; ++Init) { if (hadError) return; if (ElementEntity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement || ElementEntity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_VectorElement) ElementEntity.setElementIndex(Init); Expr *InitExpr = (Init < NumInits ? ILE->getInit(Init) : nullptr); if (!InitExpr && Init < NumInits && ILE->hasArrayFiller()) ILE->setInit(Init, ILE->getArrayFiller()); else if (!InitExpr && !ILE->hasArrayFiller()) { Expr *Filler = nullptr; if (FillWithNoInit) Filler = new (SemaRef.Context) NoInitExpr(ElementType); else { ExprResult ElementInit = PerformEmptyInit(SemaRef, ILE->getLocEnd(), ElementEntity, /*VerifyOnly*/false, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); if (ElementInit.isInvalid()) { hadError = true; return; } Filler = ElementInit.getAs(); } if (hadError) { // Do nothing } else if (Init < NumInits) { // For arrays, just set the expression used for value-initialization // of the "holes" in the array. if (ElementEntity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement) ILE->setArrayFiller(Filler); else ILE->setInit(Init, Filler); } else { // For arrays, just set the expression used for value-initialization // of the rest of elements and exit. if (ElementEntity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement) { ILE->setArrayFiller(Filler); return; } if (!isa(Filler) && !isa(Filler)) { // Empty initialization requires a constructor call, so // extend the initializer list to include the constructor // call and make a note that we'll need to take another pass // through the initializer list. ILE->updateInit(SemaRef.Context, Init, Filler); RequiresSecondPass = true; } } } else if (InitListExpr *InnerILE = dyn_cast_or_null(InitExpr)) FillInEmptyInitializations(ElementEntity, InnerILE, RequiresSecondPass, FillWithNoInit); else if (DesignatedInitUpdateExpr *InnerDIUE = dyn_cast_or_null(InitExpr)) FillInEmptyInitializations(ElementEntity, InnerDIUE->getUpdater(), RequiresSecondPass, /*FillWithNoInit =*/ true); } } InitListChecker::InitListChecker(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IL, QualType &T, bool VerifyOnly, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) : SemaRef(S), VerifyOnly(VerifyOnly), TreatUnavailableAsInvalid(TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { // FIXME: Check that IL isn't already the semantic form of some other // InitListExpr. If it is, we'd create a broken AST. hadError = false; FullyStructuredList = getStructuredSubobjectInit(IL, 0, T, nullptr, 0, IL->getSourceRange()); CheckExplicitInitList(Entity, IL, T, FullyStructuredList, /*TopLevelObject=*/true); if (!hadError && !VerifyOnly) { bool RequiresSecondPass = false; FillInEmptyInitializations(Entity, FullyStructuredList, RequiresSecondPass); if (RequiresSecondPass && !hadError) FillInEmptyInitializations(Entity, FullyStructuredList, RequiresSecondPass); } } int InitListChecker::numArrayElements(QualType DeclType) { // FIXME: use a proper constant int maxElements = 0x7FFFFFFF; if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = SemaRef.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(DeclType)) { maxElements = static_cast(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); } return maxElements; } int InitListChecker::numStructUnionElements(QualType DeclType) { RecordDecl *structDecl = DeclType->getAs()->getDecl(); int InitializableMembers = 0; if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast(structDecl)) InitializableMembers += CXXRD->getNumBases(); for (const auto *Field : structDecl->fields()) if (!Field->isUnnamedBitfield()) ++InitializableMembers; if (structDecl->isUnion()) return std::min(InitializableMembers, 1); return InitializableMembers - structDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember(); } /// Check whether the range of the initializer \p ParentIList from element /// \p Index onwards can be used to initialize an object of type \p T. Update /// \p Index to indicate how many elements of the list were consumed. /// /// This also fills in \p StructuredList, from element \p StructuredIndex /// onwards, with the fully-braced, desugared form of the initialization. void InitListChecker::CheckImplicitInitList(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *ParentIList, QualType T, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex) { int maxElements = 0; if (T->isArrayType()) maxElements = numArrayElements(T); else if (T->isRecordType()) maxElements = numStructUnionElements(T); else if (T->isVectorType()) maxElements = T->getAs()->getNumElements(); else llvm_unreachable("CheckImplicitInitList(): Illegal type"); if (maxElements == 0) { if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(ParentIList->getInit(Index)->getLocStart(), diag::err_implicit_empty_initializer); ++Index; hadError = true; return; } // Build a structured initializer list corresponding to this subobject. InitListExpr *StructuredSubobjectInitList = getStructuredSubobjectInit(ParentIList, Index, T, StructuredList, StructuredIndex, SourceRange(ParentIList->getInit(Index)->getLocStart(), ParentIList->getSourceRange().getEnd())); unsigned StructuredSubobjectInitIndex = 0; // Check the element types and build the structural subobject. unsigned StartIndex = Index; CheckListElementTypes(Entity, ParentIList, T, /*SubobjectIsDesignatorContext=*/false, Index, StructuredSubobjectInitList, StructuredSubobjectInitIndex); if (!VerifyOnly) { StructuredSubobjectInitList->setType(T); unsigned EndIndex = (Index == StartIndex? StartIndex : Index - 1); // Update the structured sub-object initializer so that it's ending // range corresponds with the end of the last initializer it used. if (EndIndex < ParentIList->getNumInits() && ParentIList->getInit(EndIndex)) { SourceLocation EndLoc = ParentIList->getInit(EndIndex)->getSourceRange().getEnd(); StructuredSubobjectInitList->setRBraceLoc(EndLoc); } // Complain about missing braces. if (T->isArrayType() || T->isRecordType()) { SemaRef.Diag(StructuredSubobjectInitList->getLocStart(), diag::warn_missing_braces) << StructuredSubobjectInitList->getSourceRange() << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( StructuredSubobjectInitList->getLocStart(), "{") << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken( StructuredSubobjectInitList->getLocEnd()), "}"); } } } /// Warn that \p Entity was of scalar type and was initialized by a /// single-element braced initializer list. static void warnBracedScalarInit(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, SourceRange Braces) { // Don't warn during template instantiation. If the initialization was // non-dependent, we warned during the initial parse; otherwise, the // type might not be scalar in some uses of the template. if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) return; unsigned DiagID = 0; switch (Entity.getKind()) { case InitializedEntity::EK_VectorElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_ComplexElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter: case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: case InitializedEntity::EK_Result: // Extra braces here are suspicious. DiagID = diag::warn_braces_around_scalar_init; break; case InitializedEntity::EK_Member: // Warn on aggregate initialization but not on ctor init list or // default member initializer. if (Entity.getParent()) DiagID = diag::warn_braces_around_scalar_init; break; case InitializedEntity::EK_Variable: case InitializedEntity::EK_LambdaCapture: // No warning, might be direct-list-initialization. // FIXME: Should we warn for copy-list-initialization in these cases? break; case InitializedEntity::EK_New: case InitializedEntity::EK_Temporary: case InitializedEntity::EK_CompoundLiteralInit: // No warning, braces are part of the syntax of the underlying construct. break; case InitializedEntity::EK_RelatedResult: // No warning, we already warned when initializing the result. break; case InitializedEntity::EK_Exception: case InitializedEntity::EK_Base: case InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating: case InitializedEntity::EK_BlockElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_Binding: llvm_unreachable("unexpected braced scalar init"); } if (DiagID) { S.Diag(Braces.getBegin(), DiagID) << Braces << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Braces.getBegin()) << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Braces.getEnd()); } } /// Check whether the initializer \p IList (that was written with explicit /// braces) can be used to initialize an object of type \p T. /// /// This also fills in \p StructuredList with the fully-braced, desugared /// form of the initialization. void InitListChecker::CheckExplicitInitList(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType &T, InitListExpr *StructuredList, bool TopLevelObject) { if (!VerifyOnly) { SyntacticToSemantic[IList] = StructuredList; StructuredList->setSyntacticForm(IList); } unsigned Index = 0, StructuredIndex = 0; CheckListElementTypes(Entity, IList, T, /*SubobjectIsDesignatorContext=*/true, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex, TopLevelObject); if (!VerifyOnly) { QualType ExprTy = T; if (!ExprTy->isArrayType()) ExprTy = ExprTy.getNonLValueExprType(SemaRef.Context); IList->setType(ExprTy); StructuredList->setType(ExprTy); } if (hadError) return; if (Index < IList->getNumInits()) { // We have leftover initializers if (VerifyOnly) { if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || (SemaRef.getLangOpts().OpenCL && IList->getType()->isVectorType())) { hadError = true; } return; } if (StructuredIndex == 1 && IsStringInit(StructuredList->getInit(0), T, SemaRef.Context) == SIF_None) { unsigned DK = diag::ext_excess_initializers_in_char_array_initializer; if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { DK = diag::err_excess_initializers_in_char_array_initializer; hadError = true; } // Special-case SemaRef.Diag(IList->getInit(Index)->getLocStart(), DK) << IList->getInit(Index)->getSourceRange(); } else if (!T->isIncompleteType()) { // Don't complain for incomplete types, since we'll get an error // elsewhere QualType CurrentObjectType = StructuredList->getType(); int initKind = CurrentObjectType->isArrayType()? 0 : CurrentObjectType->isVectorType()? 1 : CurrentObjectType->isScalarType()? 2 : CurrentObjectType->isUnionType()? 3 : 4; unsigned DK = diag::ext_excess_initializers; if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { DK = diag::err_excess_initializers; hadError = true; } if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().OpenCL && initKind == 1) { DK = diag::err_excess_initializers; hadError = true; } SemaRef.Diag(IList->getInit(Index)->getLocStart(), DK) << initKind << IList->getInit(Index)->getSourceRange(); } } if (!VerifyOnly && T->isScalarType() && IList->getNumInits() == 1 && !isa(IList->getInit(0))) warnBracedScalarInit(SemaRef, Entity, IList->getSourceRange()); } void InitListChecker::CheckListElementTypes(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType &DeclType, bool SubobjectIsDesignatorContext, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex, bool TopLevelObject) { if (DeclType->isAnyComplexType() && SubobjectIsDesignatorContext) { // Explicitly braced initializer for complex type can be real+imaginary // parts. CheckComplexType(Entity, IList, DeclType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); } else if (DeclType->isScalarType()) { CheckScalarType(Entity, IList, DeclType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); } else if (DeclType->isVectorType()) { CheckVectorType(Entity, IList, DeclType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); } else if (DeclType->isRecordType()) { assert(DeclType->isAggregateType() && "non-aggregate records should be handed in CheckSubElementType"); RecordDecl *RD = DeclType->getAs()->getDecl(); auto Bases = CXXRecordDecl::base_class_range(CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator(), CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator()); if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast(RD)) Bases = CXXRD->bases(); CheckStructUnionTypes(Entity, IList, DeclType, Bases, RD->field_begin(), SubobjectIsDesignatorContext, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex, TopLevelObject); } else if (DeclType->isArrayType()) { llvm::APSInt Zero( SemaRef.Context.getTypeSize(SemaRef.Context.getSizeType()), false); CheckArrayType(Entity, IList, DeclType, Zero, SubobjectIsDesignatorContext, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); } else if (DeclType->isVoidType() || DeclType->isFunctionType()) { // This type is invalid, issue a diagnostic. ++Index; if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_initializer_type) << DeclType; hadError = true; } else if (DeclType->isReferenceType()) { CheckReferenceType(Entity, IList, DeclType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); } else if (DeclType->isObjCObjectType()) { if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), diag::err_init_objc_class) << DeclType; hadError = true; } else { if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_initializer_type) << DeclType; hadError = true; } } void InitListChecker::CheckSubElementType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType ElemType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex) { Expr *expr = IList->getInit(Index); if (ElemType->isReferenceType()) return CheckReferenceType(Entity, IList, ElemType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); if (InitListExpr *SubInitList = dyn_cast(expr)) { if (SubInitList->getNumInits() == 1 && IsStringInit(SubInitList->getInit(0), ElemType, SemaRef.Context) == SIF_None) { expr = SubInitList->getInit(0); } else if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { InitListExpr *InnerStructuredList = getStructuredSubobjectInit(IList, Index, ElemType, StructuredList, StructuredIndex, SubInitList->getSourceRange(), true); CheckExplicitInitList(Entity, SubInitList, ElemType, InnerStructuredList); if (!hadError && !VerifyOnly) { bool RequiresSecondPass = false; FillInEmptyInitializations(Entity, InnerStructuredList, RequiresSecondPass); if (RequiresSecondPass && !hadError) FillInEmptyInitializations(Entity, InnerStructuredList, RequiresSecondPass); } ++StructuredIndex; ++Index; return; } // C++ initialization is handled later. } else if (isa(expr)) { // This happens during template instantiation when we see an InitListExpr // that we've already checked once. assert(SemaRef.Context.hasSameType(expr->getType(), ElemType) && "found implicit initialization for the wrong type"); if (!VerifyOnly) UpdateStructuredListElement(StructuredList, StructuredIndex, expr); ++Index; return; } if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p2: // Each member is copy-initialized from the corresponding // initializer-clause. // FIXME: Better EqualLoc? InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(expr->getLocStart(), SourceLocation()); InitializationSequence Seq(SemaRef, Entity, Kind, expr, /*TopLevelOfInitList*/ true); // C++14 [dcl.init.aggr]p13: // If the assignment-expression can initialize a member, the member is // initialized. Otherwise [...] brace elision is assumed // // Brace elision is never performed if the element is not an // assignment-expression. if (Seq || isa(expr)) { if (!VerifyOnly) { ExprResult Result = Seq.Perform(SemaRef, Entity, Kind, expr); if (Result.isInvalid()) hadError = true; UpdateStructuredListElement(StructuredList, StructuredIndex, Result.getAs()); } else if (!Seq) hadError = true; ++Index; return; } // Fall through for subaggregate initialization } else if (ElemType->isScalarType() || ElemType->isAtomicType()) { // FIXME: Need to handle atomic aggregate types with implicit init lists. return CheckScalarType(Entity, IList, ElemType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); } else if (const ArrayType *arrayType = SemaRef.Context.getAsArrayType(ElemType)) { // arrayType can be incomplete if we're initializing a flexible // array member. There's nothing we can do with the completed // type here, though. if (IsStringInit(expr, arrayType, SemaRef.Context) == SIF_None) { if (!VerifyOnly) { CheckStringInit(expr, ElemType, arrayType, SemaRef); UpdateStructuredListElement(StructuredList, StructuredIndex, expr); } ++Index; return; } // Fall through for subaggregate initialization. } else { assert((ElemType->isRecordType() || ElemType->isVectorType() || ElemType->isClkEventT()) && "Unexpected type"); // C99 6.7.8p13: // // The initializer for a structure or union object that has // automatic storage duration shall be either an initializer // list as described below, or a single expression that has // compatible structure or union type. In the latter case, the // initial value of the object, including unnamed members, is // that of the expression. ExprResult ExprRes = expr; if (SemaRef.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( ElemType, ExprRes, !VerifyOnly) != Sema::Incompatible) { if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) hadError = true; else { ExprRes = SemaRef.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ExprRes.get()); if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) hadError = true; } UpdateStructuredListElement(StructuredList, StructuredIndex, ExprRes.getAs()); ++Index; return; } ExprRes.get(); // Fall through for subaggregate initialization } // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p12: // // [...] Otherwise, if the member is itself a non-empty // subaggregate, brace elision is assumed and the initializer is // considered for the initialization of the first member of // the subaggregate. // OpenCL vector initializer is handled elsewhere. if ((!SemaRef.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ElemType->isVectorType()) || ElemType->isAggregateType()) { CheckImplicitInitList(Entity, IList, ElemType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); ++StructuredIndex; } else { if (!VerifyOnly) { // We cannot initialize this element, so let // PerformCopyInitialization produce the appropriate diagnostic. SemaRef.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), expr, /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/true); } hadError = true; ++Index; ++StructuredIndex; } } void InitListChecker::CheckComplexType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex) { assert(Index == 0 && "Index in explicit init list must be zero"); // As an extension, clang supports complex initializers, which initialize // a complex number component-wise. When an explicit initializer list for // a complex number contains two two initializers, this extension kicks in: // it exepcts the initializer list to contain two elements convertible to // the element type of the complex type. The first element initializes // the real part, and the second element intitializes the imaginary part. if (IList->getNumInits() != 2) return CheckScalarType(Entity, IList, DeclType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); // This is an extension in C. (The builtin _Complex type does not exist // in the C++ standard.) if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), diag::ext_complex_component_init) << IList->getSourceRange(); // Initialize the complex number. QualType elementType = DeclType->getAs()->getElementType(); InitializedEntity ElementEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(SemaRef.Context, 0, Entity); for (unsigned i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { ElementEntity.setElementIndex(Index); CheckSubElementType(ElementEntity, IList, elementType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); } } void InitListChecker::CheckScalarType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex) { if (Index >= IList->getNumInits()) { if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_empty_scalar_initializer : diag::err_empty_scalar_initializer) << IList->getSourceRange(); hadError = !SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; ++Index; ++StructuredIndex; return; } Expr *expr = IList->getInit(Index); if (InitListExpr *SubIList = dyn_cast(expr)) { // FIXME: This is invalid, and accepting it causes overload resolution // to pick the wrong overload in some corner cases. if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(SubIList->getLocStart(), diag::ext_many_braces_around_scalar_init) << SubIList->getSourceRange(); CheckScalarType(Entity, SubIList, DeclType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); return; } else if (isa(expr)) { if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(expr->getLocStart(), diag::err_designator_for_scalar_init) << DeclType << expr->getSourceRange(); hadError = true; ++Index; ++StructuredIndex; return; } if (VerifyOnly) { if (!SemaRef.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity,expr)) hadError = true; ++Index; return; } ExprResult Result = SemaRef.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, expr->getLocStart(), expr, /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/true); Expr *ResultExpr = nullptr; if (Result.isInvalid()) hadError = true; // types weren't compatible. else { ResultExpr = Result.getAs(); if (ResultExpr != expr) { // The type was promoted, update initializer list. IList->setInit(Index, ResultExpr); } } if (hadError) ++StructuredIndex; else UpdateStructuredListElement(StructuredList, StructuredIndex, ResultExpr); ++Index; } void InitListChecker::CheckReferenceType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex) { if (Index >= IList->getNumInits()) { // FIXME: It would be wonderful if we could point at the actual member. In // general, it would be useful to pass location information down the stack, // so that we know the location (or decl) of the "current object" being // initialized. if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), diag::err_init_reference_member_uninitialized) << DeclType << IList->getSourceRange(); hadError = true; ++Index; ++StructuredIndex; return; } Expr *expr = IList->getInit(Index); if (isa(expr) && !SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), diag::err_init_non_aggr_init_list) << DeclType << IList->getSourceRange(); hadError = true; ++Index; ++StructuredIndex; return; } if (VerifyOnly) { if (!SemaRef.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity,expr)) hadError = true; ++Index; return; } ExprResult Result = SemaRef.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, expr->getLocStart(), expr, /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/true); if (Result.isInvalid()) hadError = true; expr = Result.getAs(); IList->setInit(Index, expr); if (hadError) ++StructuredIndex; else UpdateStructuredListElement(StructuredList, StructuredIndex, expr); ++Index; } void InitListChecker::CheckVectorType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex) { const VectorType *VT = DeclType->getAs(); unsigned maxElements = VT->getNumElements(); unsigned numEltsInit = 0; QualType elementType = VT->getElementType(); if (Index >= IList->getNumInits()) { // Make sure the element type can be value-initialized. if (VerifyOnly) CheckEmptyInitializable( InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(SemaRef.Context, 0, Entity), IList->getLocEnd()); return; } if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { // If the initializing element is a vector, try to copy-initialize // instead of breaking it apart (which is doomed to failure anyway). Expr *Init = IList->getInit(Index); if (!isa(Init) && Init->getType()->isVectorType()) { if (VerifyOnly) { if (!SemaRef.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, Init)) hadError = true; ++Index; return; } ExprResult Result = SemaRef.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, Init->getLocStart(), Init, /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/true); Expr *ResultExpr = nullptr; if (Result.isInvalid()) hadError = true; // types weren't compatible. else { ResultExpr = Result.getAs(); if (ResultExpr != Init) { // The type was promoted, update initializer list. IList->setInit(Index, ResultExpr); } } if (hadError) ++StructuredIndex; else UpdateStructuredListElement(StructuredList, StructuredIndex, ResultExpr); ++Index; return; } InitializedEntity ElementEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(SemaRef.Context, 0, Entity); for (unsigned i = 0; i < maxElements; ++i, ++numEltsInit) { // Don't attempt to go past the end of the init list if (Index >= IList->getNumInits()) { if (VerifyOnly) CheckEmptyInitializable(ElementEntity, IList->getLocEnd()); break; } ElementEntity.setElementIndex(Index); CheckSubElementType(ElementEntity, IList, elementType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); } if (VerifyOnly) return; bool isBigEndian = SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().isBigEndian(); const VectorType *T = Entity.getType()->getAs(); if (isBigEndian && (T->getVectorKind() == VectorType::NeonVector || T->getVectorKind() == VectorType::NeonPolyVector)) { // The ability to use vector initializer lists is a GNU vector extension // and is unrelated to the NEON intrinsics in arm_neon.h. On little // endian machines it works fine, however on big endian machines it // exhibits surprising behaviour: // // uint32x2_t x = {42, 64}; // return vget_lane_u32(x, 0); // Will return 64. // // Because of this, explicitly call out that it is non-portable. // SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), diag::warn_neon_vector_initializer_non_portable); const char *typeCode; unsigned typeSize = SemaRef.Context.getTypeSize(elementType); if (elementType->isFloatingType()) typeCode = "f"; else if (elementType->isSignedIntegerType()) typeCode = "s"; else if (elementType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) typeCode = "u"; else llvm_unreachable("Invalid element type!"); SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), SemaRef.Context.getTypeSize(VT) > 64 ? diag::note_neon_vector_initializer_non_portable_q : diag::note_neon_vector_initializer_non_portable) << typeCode << typeSize; } return; } InitializedEntity ElementEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(SemaRef.Context, 0, Entity); // OpenCL initializers allows vectors to be constructed from vectors. for (unsigned i = 0; i < maxElements; ++i) { // Don't attempt to go past the end of the init list if (Index >= IList->getNumInits()) break; ElementEntity.setElementIndex(Index); QualType IType = IList->getInit(Index)->getType(); if (!IType->isVectorType()) { CheckSubElementType(ElementEntity, IList, elementType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); ++numEltsInit; } else { QualType VecType; const VectorType *IVT = IType->getAs(); unsigned numIElts = IVT->getNumElements(); if (IType->isExtVectorType()) VecType = SemaRef.Context.getExtVectorType(elementType, numIElts); else VecType = SemaRef.Context.getVectorType(elementType, numIElts, IVT->getVectorKind()); CheckSubElementType(ElementEntity, IList, VecType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); numEltsInit += numIElts; } } // OpenCL requires all elements to be initialized. if (numEltsInit != maxElements) { if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), diag::err_vector_incorrect_num_initializers) << (numEltsInit < maxElements) << maxElements << numEltsInit; hadError = true; } } void InitListChecker::CheckArrayType(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType &DeclType, llvm::APSInt elementIndex, bool SubobjectIsDesignatorContext, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex) { const ArrayType *arrayType = SemaRef.Context.getAsArrayType(DeclType); // Check for the special-case of initializing an array with a string. if (Index < IList->getNumInits()) { if (IsStringInit(IList->getInit(Index), arrayType, SemaRef.Context) == SIF_None) { // We place the string literal directly into the resulting // initializer list. This is the only place where the structure // of the structured initializer list doesn't match exactly, // because doing so would involve allocating one character // constant for each string. if (!VerifyOnly) { CheckStringInit(IList->getInit(Index), DeclType, arrayType, SemaRef); UpdateStructuredListElement(StructuredList, StructuredIndex, IList->getInit(Index)); StructuredList->resizeInits(SemaRef.Context, StructuredIndex); } ++Index; return; } } if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast(arrayType)) { // Check for VLAs; in standard C it would be possible to check this // earlier, but I don't know where clang accepts VLAs (gcc accepts // them in all sorts of strange places). if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(VAT->getSizeExpr()->getLocStart(), diag::err_variable_object_no_init) << VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); hadError = true; ++Index; ++StructuredIndex; return; } // We might know the maximum number of elements in advance. llvm::APSInt maxElements(elementIndex.getBitWidth(), elementIndex.isUnsigned()); bool maxElementsKnown = false; if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast(arrayType)) { maxElements = CAT->getSize(); elementIndex = elementIndex.extOrTrunc(maxElements.getBitWidth()); elementIndex.setIsUnsigned(maxElements.isUnsigned()); maxElementsKnown = true; } QualType elementType = arrayType->getElementType(); while (Index < IList->getNumInits()) { Expr *Init = IList->getInit(Index); if (DesignatedInitExpr *DIE = dyn_cast(Init)) { // If we're not the subobject that matches up with the '{' for // the designator, we shouldn't be handling the // designator. Return immediately. if (!SubobjectIsDesignatorContext) return; // Handle this designated initializer. elementIndex will be // updated to be the next array element we'll initialize. if (CheckDesignatedInitializer(Entity, IList, DIE, 0, DeclType, nullptr, &elementIndex, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex, true, false)) { hadError = true; continue; } if (elementIndex.getBitWidth() > maxElements.getBitWidth()) maxElements = maxElements.extend(elementIndex.getBitWidth()); else if (elementIndex.getBitWidth() < maxElements.getBitWidth()) elementIndex = elementIndex.extend(maxElements.getBitWidth()); elementIndex.setIsUnsigned(maxElements.isUnsigned()); // If the array is of incomplete type, keep track of the number of // elements in the initializer. if (!maxElementsKnown && elementIndex > maxElements) maxElements = elementIndex; continue; } // If we know the maximum number of elements, and we've already // hit it, stop consuming elements in the initializer list. if (maxElementsKnown && elementIndex == maxElements) break; InitializedEntity ElementEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(SemaRef.Context, StructuredIndex, Entity); // Check this element. CheckSubElementType(ElementEntity, IList, elementType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); ++elementIndex; // If the array is of incomplete type, keep track of the number of // elements in the initializer. if (!maxElementsKnown && elementIndex > maxElements) maxElements = elementIndex; } if (!hadError && DeclType->isIncompleteArrayType() && !VerifyOnly) { // If this is an incomplete array type, the actual type needs to // be calculated here. llvm::APSInt Zero(maxElements.getBitWidth(), maxElements.isUnsigned()); - if (maxElements == Zero) { + if (maxElements == Zero && !Entity.isVariableLengthArrayNew()) { // Sizing an array implicitly to zero is not allowed by ISO C, // but is supported by GNU. SemaRef.Diag(IList->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_zero_array_size); } DeclType = SemaRef.Context.getConstantArrayType(elementType, maxElements, ArrayType::Normal, 0); } if (!hadError && VerifyOnly) { // If there are any members of the array that get value-initialized, check // that is possible. That happens if we know the bound and don't have // enough elements, or if we're performing an array new with an unknown // bound. // FIXME: This needs to detect holes left by designated initializers too. if ((maxElementsKnown && elementIndex < maxElements) || Entity.isVariableLengthArrayNew()) CheckEmptyInitializable(InitializedEntity::InitializeElement( SemaRef.Context, 0, Entity), IList->getLocEnd()); } } bool InitListChecker::CheckFlexibleArrayInit(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *InitExpr, FieldDecl *Field, bool TopLevelObject) { // Handle GNU flexible array initializers. unsigned FlexArrayDiag; if (isa(InitExpr) && cast(InitExpr)->getNumInits() == 0) { // Empty flexible array init always allowed as an extension FlexArrayDiag = diag::ext_flexible_array_init; } else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { // Disallow flexible array init in C++; it is not required for gcc // compatibility, and it needs work to IRGen correctly in general. FlexArrayDiag = diag::err_flexible_array_init; } else if (!TopLevelObject) { // Disallow flexible array init on non-top-level object FlexArrayDiag = diag::err_flexible_array_init; } else if (Entity.getKind() != InitializedEntity::EK_Variable) { // Disallow flexible array init on anything which is not a variable. FlexArrayDiag = diag::err_flexible_array_init; } else if (cast(Entity.getDecl())->hasLocalStorage()) { // Disallow flexible array init on local variables. FlexArrayDiag = diag::err_flexible_array_init; } else { // Allow other cases. FlexArrayDiag = diag::ext_flexible_array_init; } if (!VerifyOnly) { SemaRef.Diag(InitExpr->getLocStart(), FlexArrayDiag) << InitExpr->getLocStart(); SemaRef.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_flexible_array_member) << Field; } return FlexArrayDiag != diag::ext_flexible_array_init; } void InitListChecker::CheckStructUnionTypes( const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, QualType DeclType, CXXRecordDecl::base_class_range Bases, RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, bool SubobjectIsDesignatorContext, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex, bool TopLevelObject) { RecordDecl *structDecl = DeclType->getAs()->getDecl(); // If the record is invalid, some of it's members are invalid. To avoid // confusion, we forgo checking the intializer for the entire record. if (structDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { // Assume it was supposed to consume a single initializer. ++Index; hadError = true; return; } if (DeclType->isUnionType() && IList->getNumInits() == 0) { RecordDecl *RD = DeclType->getAs()->getDecl(); // If there's a default initializer, use it. if (isa(RD) && cast(RD)->hasInClassInitializer()) { if (VerifyOnly) return; for (RecordDecl::field_iterator FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { if (Field->hasInClassInitializer()) { StructuredList->setInitializedFieldInUnion(*Field); // FIXME: Actually build a CXXDefaultInitExpr? return; } } } // Value-initialize the first member of the union that isn't an unnamed // bitfield. for (RecordDecl::field_iterator FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { if (!Field->isUnnamedBitfield()) { if (VerifyOnly) CheckEmptyInitializable( InitializedEntity::InitializeMember(*Field, &Entity), IList->getLocEnd()); else StructuredList->setInitializedFieldInUnion(*Field); break; } } return; } bool InitializedSomething = false; // If we have any base classes, they are initialized prior to the fields. for (auto &Base : Bases) { Expr *Init = Index < IList->getNumInits() ? IList->getInit(Index) : nullptr; SourceLocation InitLoc = Init ? Init->getLocStart() : IList->getLocEnd(); // Designated inits always initialize fields, so if we see one, all // remaining base classes have no explicit initializer. if (Init && isa(Init)) Init = nullptr; InitializedEntity BaseEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeBase( SemaRef.Context, &Base, false, &Entity); if (Init) { CheckSubElementType(BaseEntity, IList, Base.getType(), Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); InitializedSomething = true; } else if (VerifyOnly) { CheckEmptyInitializable(BaseEntity, InitLoc); } } // If structDecl is a forward declaration, this loop won't do // anything except look at designated initializers; That's okay, // because an error should get printed out elsewhere. It might be // worthwhile to skip over the rest of the initializer, though. RecordDecl *RD = DeclType->getAs()->getDecl(); RecordDecl::field_iterator FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); bool CheckForMissingFields = true; while (Index < IList->getNumInits()) { Expr *Init = IList->getInit(Index); if (DesignatedInitExpr *DIE = dyn_cast(Init)) { // If we're not the subobject that matches up with the '{' for // the designator, we shouldn't be handling the // designator. Return immediately. if (!SubobjectIsDesignatorContext) return; // Handle this designated initializer. Field will be updated to // the next field that we'll be initializing. if (CheckDesignatedInitializer(Entity, IList, DIE, 0, DeclType, &Field, nullptr, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex, true, TopLevelObject)) hadError = true; InitializedSomething = true; // Disable check for missing fields when designators are used. // This matches gcc behaviour. CheckForMissingFields = false; continue; } if (Field == FieldEnd) { // We've run out of fields. We're done. break; } // We've already initialized a member of a union. We're done. if (InitializedSomething && DeclType->isUnionType()) break; // If we've hit the flexible array member at the end, we're done. if (Field->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) break; if (Field->isUnnamedBitfield()) { // Don't initialize unnamed bitfields, e.g. "int : 20;" ++Field; continue; } // Make sure we can use this declaration. bool InvalidUse; if (VerifyOnly) InvalidUse = !SemaRef.CanUseDecl(*Field, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); else InvalidUse = SemaRef.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(*Field, IList->getInit(Index)->getLocStart()); if (InvalidUse) { ++Index; ++Field; hadError = true; continue; } InitializedEntity MemberEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeMember(*Field, &Entity); CheckSubElementType(MemberEntity, IList, Field->getType(), Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); InitializedSomething = true; if (DeclType->isUnionType() && !VerifyOnly) { // Initialize the first field within the union. StructuredList->setInitializedFieldInUnion(*Field); } ++Field; } // Emit warnings for missing struct field initializers. if (!VerifyOnly && InitializedSomething && CheckForMissingFields && Field != FieldEnd && !Field->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && !DeclType->isUnionType()) { // It is possible we have one or more unnamed bitfields remaining. // Find first (if any) named field and emit warning. for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = Field, end = RD->field_end(); it != end; ++it) { if (!it->isUnnamedBitfield() && !it->hasInClassInitializer()) { SemaRef.Diag(IList->getSourceRange().getEnd(), diag::warn_missing_field_initializers) << *it; break; } } } // Check that any remaining fields can be value-initialized. if (VerifyOnly && Field != FieldEnd && !DeclType->isUnionType() && !Field->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { // FIXME: Should check for holes left by designated initializers too. for (; Field != FieldEnd && !hadError; ++Field) { if (!Field->isUnnamedBitfield() && !Field->hasInClassInitializer()) CheckEmptyInitializable( InitializedEntity::InitializeMember(*Field, &Entity), IList->getLocEnd()); } } if (Field == FieldEnd || !Field->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() || Index >= IList->getNumInits()) return; if (CheckFlexibleArrayInit(Entity, IList->getInit(Index), *Field, TopLevelObject)) { hadError = true; ++Index; return; } InitializedEntity MemberEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeMember(*Field, &Entity); if (isa(IList->getInit(Index))) CheckSubElementType(MemberEntity, IList, Field->getType(), Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); else CheckImplicitInitList(MemberEntity, IList, Field->getType(), Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); } /// \brief Expand a field designator that refers to a member of an /// anonymous struct or union into a series of field designators that /// refers to the field within the appropriate subobject. /// static void ExpandAnonymousFieldDesignator(Sema &SemaRef, DesignatedInitExpr *DIE, unsigned DesigIdx, IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField) { typedef DesignatedInitExpr::Designator Designator; // Build the replacement designators. SmallVector Replacements; for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IndirectField->chain_begin(), PE = IndirectField->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { if (PI + 1 == PE) Replacements.push_back(Designator((IdentifierInfo *)nullptr, DIE->getDesignator(DesigIdx)->getDotLoc(), DIE->getDesignator(DesigIdx)->getFieldLoc())); else Replacements.push_back(Designator((IdentifierInfo *)nullptr, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation())); assert(isa(*PI)); Replacements.back().setField(cast(*PI)); } // Expand the current designator into the set of replacement // designators, so we have a full subobject path down to where the // member of the anonymous struct/union is actually stored. DIE->ExpandDesignator(SemaRef.Context, DesigIdx, &Replacements[0], &Replacements[0] + Replacements.size()); } static DesignatedInitExpr *CloneDesignatedInitExpr(Sema &SemaRef, DesignatedInitExpr *DIE) { unsigned NumIndexExprs = DIE->getNumSubExprs() - 1; SmallVector IndexExprs(NumIndexExprs); for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumIndexExprs; ++I) IndexExprs[I] = DIE->getSubExpr(I + 1); return DesignatedInitExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, DIE->designators(), IndexExprs, DIE->getEqualOrColonLoc(), DIE->usesGNUSyntax(), DIE->getInit()); } namespace { // Callback to only accept typo corrections that are for field members of // the given struct or union. class FieldInitializerValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { public: explicit FieldInitializerValidatorCCC(RecordDecl *RD) : Record(RD) {} bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { FieldDecl *FD = candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs(); return FD && FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(Record); } private: RecordDecl *Record; }; } // end anonymous namespace /// @brief Check the well-formedness of a C99 designated initializer. /// /// Determines whether the designated initializer @p DIE, which /// resides at the given @p Index within the initializer list @p /// IList, is well-formed for a current object of type @p DeclType /// (C99 6.7.8). The actual subobject that this designator refers to /// within the current subobject is returned in either /// @p NextField or @p NextElementIndex (whichever is appropriate). /// /// @param IList The initializer list in which this designated /// initializer occurs. /// /// @param DIE The designated initializer expression. /// /// @param DesigIdx The index of the current designator. /// /// @param CurrentObjectType The type of the "current object" (C99 6.7.8p17), /// into which the designation in @p DIE should refer. /// /// @param NextField If non-NULL and the first designator in @p DIE is /// a field, this will be set to the field declaration corresponding /// to the field named by the designator. /// /// @param NextElementIndex If non-NULL and the first designator in @p /// DIE is an array designator or GNU array-range designator, this /// will be set to the last index initialized by this designator. /// /// @param Index Index into @p IList where the designated initializer /// @p DIE occurs. /// /// @param StructuredList The initializer list expression that /// describes all of the subobject initializers in the order they'll /// actually be initialized. /// /// @returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. bool InitListChecker::CheckDesignatedInitializer(const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *IList, DesignatedInitExpr *DIE, unsigned DesigIdx, QualType &CurrentObjectType, RecordDecl::field_iterator *NextField, llvm::APSInt *NextElementIndex, unsigned &Index, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex, bool FinishSubobjectInit, bool TopLevelObject) { if (DesigIdx == DIE->size()) { // Check the actual initialization for the designated object type. bool prevHadError = hadError; // Temporarily remove the designator expression from the // initializer list that the child calls see, so that we don't try // to re-process the designator. unsigned OldIndex = Index; IList->setInit(OldIndex, DIE->getInit()); CheckSubElementType(Entity, IList, CurrentObjectType, Index, StructuredList, StructuredIndex); // Restore the designated initializer expression in the syntactic // form of the initializer list. if (IList->getInit(OldIndex) != DIE->getInit()) DIE->setInit(IList->getInit(OldIndex)); IList->setInit(OldIndex, DIE); return hadError && !prevHadError; } DesignatedInitExpr::Designator *D = DIE->getDesignator(DesigIdx); bool IsFirstDesignator = (DesigIdx == 0); if (!VerifyOnly) { assert((IsFirstDesignator || StructuredList) && "Need a non-designated initializer list to start from"); // Determine the structural initializer list that corresponds to the // current subobject. if (IsFirstDesignator) StructuredList = SyntacticToSemantic.lookup(IList); else { Expr *ExistingInit = StructuredIndex < StructuredList->getNumInits() ? StructuredList->getInit(StructuredIndex) : nullptr; if (!ExistingInit && StructuredList->hasArrayFiller()) ExistingInit = StructuredList->getArrayFiller(); if (!ExistingInit) StructuredList = getStructuredSubobjectInit(IList, Index, CurrentObjectType, StructuredList, StructuredIndex, SourceRange(D->getLocStart(), DIE->getLocEnd())); else if (InitListExpr *Result = dyn_cast(ExistingInit)) StructuredList = Result; else { if (DesignatedInitUpdateExpr *E = dyn_cast(ExistingInit)) StructuredList = E->getUpdater(); else { DesignatedInitUpdateExpr *DIUE = new (SemaRef.Context) DesignatedInitUpdateExpr(SemaRef.Context, D->getLocStart(), ExistingInit, DIE->getLocEnd()); StructuredList->updateInit(SemaRef.Context, StructuredIndex, DIUE); StructuredList = DIUE->getUpdater(); } // We need to check on source range validity because the previous // initializer does not have to be an explicit initializer. e.g., // // struct P { int a, b; }; // struct PP { struct P p } l = { { .a = 2 }, .p.b = 3 }; // // There is an overwrite taking place because the first braced initializer // list "{ .a = 2 }" already provides value for .p.b (which is zero). if (ExistingInit->getSourceRange().isValid()) { // We are creating an initializer list that initializes the // subobjects of the current object, but there was already an // initialization that completely initialized the current // subobject, e.g., by a compound literal: // // struct X { int a, b; }; // struct X xs[] = { [0] = (struct X) { 1, 2 }, [0].b = 3 }; // // Here, xs[0].a == 0 and xs[0].b == 3, since the second, // designated initializer re-initializes the whole // subobject [0], overwriting previous initializers. SemaRef.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::warn_subobject_initializer_overrides) << SourceRange(D->getLocStart(), DIE->getLocEnd()); SemaRef.Diag(ExistingInit->getLocStart(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << /*FIXME:has side effects=*/0 << ExistingInit->getSourceRange(); } } } assert(StructuredList && "Expected a structured initializer list"); } if (D->isFieldDesignator()) { // C99 6.7.8p7: // // If a designator has the form // // . identifier // // then the current object (defined below) shall have // structure or union type and the identifier shall be the // name of a member of that type. const RecordType *RT = CurrentObjectType->getAs(); if (!RT) { SourceLocation Loc = D->getDotLoc(); if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = D->getFieldLoc(); if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_designator_non_aggr) << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus << CurrentObjectType; ++Index; return true; } FieldDecl *KnownField = D->getField(); if (!KnownField) { IdentifierInfo *FieldName = D->getFieldName(); DeclContext::lookup_result Lookup = RT->getDecl()->lookup(FieldName); for (NamedDecl *ND : Lookup) { if (auto *FD = dyn_cast(ND)) { KnownField = FD; break; } if (auto *IFD = dyn_cast(ND)) { // In verify mode, don't modify the original. if (VerifyOnly) DIE = CloneDesignatedInitExpr(SemaRef, DIE); ExpandAnonymousFieldDesignator(SemaRef, DIE, DesigIdx, IFD); D = DIE->getDesignator(DesigIdx); KnownField = cast(*IFD->chain_begin()); break; } } if (!KnownField) { if (VerifyOnly) { ++Index; return true; // No typo correction when just trying this out. } // Name lookup found something, but it wasn't a field. if (!Lookup.empty()) { SemaRef.Diag(D->getFieldLoc(), diag::err_field_designator_nonfield) << FieldName; SemaRef.Diag(Lookup.front()->getLocation(), diag::note_field_designator_found); ++Index; return true; } // Name lookup didn't find anything. // Determine whether this was a typo for another field name. if (TypoCorrection Corrected = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( DeclarationNameInfo(FieldName, D->getFieldLoc()), Sema::LookupMemberName, /*Scope=*/nullptr, /*SS=*/nullptr, llvm::make_unique(RT->getDecl()), Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, RT->getDecl())) { SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( Corrected, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_field_designator_unknown_suggest) << FieldName << CurrentObjectType); KnownField = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs(); hadError = true; } else { // Typo correction didn't find anything. SemaRef.Diag(D->getFieldLoc(), diag::err_field_designator_unknown) << FieldName << CurrentObjectType; ++Index; return true; } } } unsigned FieldIndex = 0; for (auto *FI : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { if (FI->isUnnamedBitfield()) continue; if (declaresSameEntity(KnownField, FI)) { KnownField = FI; break; } ++FieldIndex; } RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RecordDecl::field_iterator(DeclContext::decl_iterator(KnownField)); // All of the fields of a union are located at the same place in // the initializer list. if (RT->getDecl()->isUnion()) { FieldIndex = 0; if (!VerifyOnly) { FieldDecl *CurrentField = StructuredList->getInitializedFieldInUnion(); if (CurrentField && !declaresSameEntity(CurrentField, *Field)) { assert(StructuredList->getNumInits() == 1 && "A union should never have more than one initializer!"); // We're about to throw away an initializer, emit warning. SemaRef.Diag(D->getFieldLoc(), diag::warn_initializer_overrides) << D->getSourceRange(); Expr *ExistingInit = StructuredList->getInit(0); SemaRef.Diag(ExistingInit->getLocStart(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << /*FIXME:has side effects=*/0 << ExistingInit->getSourceRange(); // remove existing initializer StructuredList->resizeInits(SemaRef.Context, 0); StructuredList->setInitializedFieldInUnion(nullptr); } StructuredList->setInitializedFieldInUnion(*Field); } } // Make sure we can use this declaration. bool InvalidUse; if (VerifyOnly) InvalidUse = !SemaRef.CanUseDecl(*Field, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); else InvalidUse = SemaRef.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(*Field, D->getFieldLoc()); if (InvalidUse) { ++Index; return true; } if (!VerifyOnly) { // Update the designator with the field declaration. D->setField(*Field); // Make sure that our non-designated initializer list has space // for a subobject corresponding to this field. if (FieldIndex >= StructuredList->getNumInits()) StructuredList->resizeInits(SemaRef.Context, FieldIndex + 1); } // This designator names a flexible array member. if (Field->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { bool Invalid = false; if ((DesigIdx + 1) != DIE->size()) { // We can't designate an object within the flexible array // member (because GCC doesn't allow it). if (!VerifyOnly) { DesignatedInitExpr::Designator *NextD = DIE->getDesignator(DesigIdx + 1); SemaRef.Diag(NextD->getLocStart(), diag::err_designator_into_flexible_array_member) << SourceRange(NextD->getLocStart(), DIE->getLocEnd()); SemaRef.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_flexible_array_member) << *Field; } Invalid = true; } if (!hadError && !isa(DIE->getInit()) && !isa(DIE->getInit())) { // The initializer is not an initializer list. if (!VerifyOnly) { SemaRef.Diag(DIE->getInit()->getLocStart(), diag::err_flexible_array_init_needs_braces) << DIE->getInit()->getSourceRange(); SemaRef.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_flexible_array_member) << *Field; } Invalid = true; } // Check GNU flexible array initializer. if (!Invalid && CheckFlexibleArrayInit(Entity, DIE->getInit(), *Field, TopLevelObject)) Invalid = true; if (Invalid) { ++Index; return true; } // Initialize the array. bool prevHadError = hadError; unsigned newStructuredIndex = FieldIndex; unsigned OldIndex = Index; IList->setInit(Index, DIE->getInit()); InitializedEntity MemberEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeMember(*Field, &Entity); CheckSubElementType(MemberEntity, IList, Field->getType(), Index, StructuredList, newStructuredIndex); IList->setInit(OldIndex, DIE); if (hadError && !prevHadError) { ++Field; ++FieldIndex; if (NextField) *NextField = Field; StructuredIndex = FieldIndex; return true; } } else { // Recurse to check later designated subobjects. QualType FieldType = Field->getType(); unsigned newStructuredIndex = FieldIndex; InitializedEntity MemberEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeMember(*Field, &Entity); if (CheckDesignatedInitializer(MemberEntity, IList, DIE, DesigIdx + 1, FieldType, nullptr, nullptr, Index, StructuredList, newStructuredIndex, FinishSubobjectInit, false)) return true; } // Find the position of the next field to be initialized in this // subobject. ++Field; ++FieldIndex; // If this the first designator, our caller will continue checking // the rest of this struct/class/union subobject. if (IsFirstDesignator) { if (NextField) *NextField = Field; StructuredIndex = FieldIndex; return false; } if (!FinishSubobjectInit) return false; // We've already initialized something in the union; we're done. if (RT->getDecl()->isUnion()) return hadError; // Check the remaining fields within this class/struct/union subobject. bool prevHadError = hadError; auto NoBases = CXXRecordDecl::base_class_range(CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator(), CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator()); CheckStructUnionTypes(Entity, IList, CurrentObjectType, NoBases, Field, false, Index, StructuredList, FieldIndex); return hadError && !prevHadError; } // C99 6.7.8p6: // // If a designator has the form // // [ constant-expression ] // // then the current object (defined below) shall have array // type and the expression shall be an integer constant // expression. If the array is of unknown size, any // nonnegative value is valid. // // Additionally, cope with the GNU extension that permits // designators of the form // // [ constant-expression ... constant-expression ] const ArrayType *AT = SemaRef.Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentObjectType); if (!AT) { if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(D->getLBracketLoc(), diag::err_array_designator_non_array) << CurrentObjectType; ++Index; return true; } Expr *IndexExpr = nullptr; llvm::APSInt DesignatedStartIndex, DesignatedEndIndex; if (D->isArrayDesignator()) { IndexExpr = DIE->getArrayIndex(*D); DesignatedStartIndex = IndexExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(SemaRef.Context); DesignatedEndIndex = DesignatedStartIndex; } else { assert(D->isArrayRangeDesignator() && "Need array-range designator"); DesignatedStartIndex = DIE->getArrayRangeStart(*D)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(SemaRef.Context); DesignatedEndIndex = DIE->getArrayRangeEnd(*D)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(SemaRef.Context); IndexExpr = DIE->getArrayRangeEnd(*D); // Codegen can't handle evaluating array range designators that have side // effects, because we replicate the AST value for each initialized element. // As such, set the sawArrayRangeDesignator() bit if we initialize multiple // elements with something that has a side effect, so codegen can emit an // "error unsupported" error instead of miscompiling the app. if (DesignatedStartIndex.getZExtValue()!=DesignatedEndIndex.getZExtValue()&& DIE->getInit()->HasSideEffects(SemaRef.Context) && !VerifyOnly) FullyStructuredList->sawArrayRangeDesignator(); } if (isa(AT)) { llvm::APSInt MaxElements(cast(AT)->getSize(), false); DesignatedStartIndex = DesignatedStartIndex.extOrTrunc(MaxElements.getBitWidth()); DesignatedStartIndex.setIsUnsigned(MaxElements.isUnsigned()); DesignatedEndIndex = DesignatedEndIndex.extOrTrunc(MaxElements.getBitWidth()); DesignatedEndIndex.setIsUnsigned(MaxElements.isUnsigned()); if (DesignatedEndIndex >= MaxElements) { if (!VerifyOnly) SemaRef.Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_array_designator_too_large) << DesignatedEndIndex.toString(10) << MaxElements.toString(10) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); ++Index; return true; } } else { unsigned DesignatedIndexBitWidth = ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(SemaRef.Context); DesignatedStartIndex = DesignatedStartIndex.extOrTrunc(DesignatedIndexBitWidth); DesignatedEndIndex = DesignatedEndIndex.extOrTrunc(DesignatedIndexBitWidth); DesignatedStartIndex.setIsUnsigned(true); DesignatedEndIndex.setIsUnsigned(true); } if (!VerifyOnly && StructuredList->isStringLiteralInit()) { // We're modifying a string literal init; we have to decompose the string // so we can modify the individual characters. ASTContext &Context = SemaRef.Context; Expr *SubExpr = StructuredList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParens(); // Compute the character type QualType CharTy = AT->getElementType(); // Compute the type of the integer literals. QualType PromotedCharTy = CharTy; if (CharTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) PromotedCharTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(CharTy); unsigned PromotedCharTyWidth = Context.getTypeSize(PromotedCharTy); if (StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast(SubExpr)) { // Get the length of the string. uint64_t StrLen = SL->getLength(); if (cast(AT)->getSize().ult(StrLen)) StrLen = cast(AT)->getSize().getZExtValue(); StructuredList->resizeInits(Context, StrLen); // Build a literal for each character in the string, and put them into // the init list. for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrLen; i != e; ++i) { llvm::APInt CodeUnit(PromotedCharTyWidth, SL->getCodeUnit(i)); Expr *Init = new (Context) IntegerLiteral( Context, CodeUnit, PromotedCharTy, SubExpr->getExprLoc()); if (CharTy != PromotedCharTy) Init = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, CharTy, CK_IntegralCast, Init, nullptr, VK_RValue); StructuredList->updateInit(Context, i, Init); } } else { ObjCEncodeExpr *E = cast(SubExpr); std::string Str; Context.getObjCEncodingForType(E->getEncodedType(), Str); // Get the length of the string. uint64_t StrLen = Str.size(); if (cast(AT)->getSize().ult(StrLen)) StrLen = cast(AT)->getSize().getZExtValue(); StructuredList->resizeInits(Context, StrLen); // Build a literal for each character in the string, and put them into // the init list. for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrLen; i != e; ++i) { llvm::APInt CodeUnit(PromotedCharTyWidth, Str[i]); Expr *Init = new (Context) IntegerLiteral( Context, CodeUnit, PromotedCharTy, SubExpr->getExprLoc()); if (CharTy != PromotedCharTy) Init = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, CharTy, CK_IntegralCast, Init, nullptr, VK_RValue); StructuredList->updateInit(Context, i, Init); } } } // Make sure that our non-designated initializer list has space // for a subobject corresponding to this array element. if (!VerifyOnly && DesignatedEndIndex.getZExtValue() >= StructuredList->getNumInits()) StructuredList->resizeInits(SemaRef.Context, DesignatedEndIndex.getZExtValue() + 1); // Repeatedly perform subobject initializations in the range // [DesignatedStartIndex, DesignatedEndIndex]. // Move to the next designator unsigned ElementIndex = DesignatedStartIndex.getZExtValue(); unsigned OldIndex = Index; InitializedEntity ElementEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(SemaRef.Context, 0, Entity); while (DesignatedStartIndex <= DesignatedEndIndex) { // Recurse to check later designated subobjects. QualType ElementType = AT->getElementType(); Index = OldIndex; ElementEntity.setElementIndex(ElementIndex); if (CheckDesignatedInitializer( ElementEntity, IList, DIE, DesigIdx + 1, ElementType, nullptr, nullptr, Index, StructuredList, ElementIndex, FinishSubobjectInit && (DesignatedStartIndex == DesignatedEndIndex), false)) return true; // Move to the next index in the array that we'll be initializing. ++DesignatedStartIndex; ElementIndex = DesignatedStartIndex.getZExtValue(); } // If this the first designator, our caller will continue checking // the rest of this array subobject. if (IsFirstDesignator) { if (NextElementIndex) *NextElementIndex = DesignatedStartIndex; StructuredIndex = ElementIndex; return false; } if (!FinishSubobjectInit) return false; // Check the remaining elements within this array subobject. bool prevHadError = hadError; CheckArrayType(Entity, IList, CurrentObjectType, DesignatedStartIndex, /*SubobjectIsDesignatorContext=*/false, Index, StructuredList, ElementIndex); return hadError && !prevHadError; } // Get the structured initializer list for a subobject of type // @p CurrentObjectType. InitListExpr * InitListChecker::getStructuredSubobjectInit(InitListExpr *IList, unsigned Index, QualType CurrentObjectType, InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned StructuredIndex, SourceRange InitRange, bool IsFullyOverwritten) { if (VerifyOnly) return nullptr; // No structured list in verification-only mode. Expr *ExistingInit = nullptr; if (!StructuredList) ExistingInit = SyntacticToSemantic.lookup(IList); else if (StructuredIndex < StructuredList->getNumInits()) ExistingInit = StructuredList->getInit(StructuredIndex); if (InitListExpr *Result = dyn_cast_or_null(ExistingInit)) // There might have already been initializers for subobjects of the current // object, but a subsequent initializer list will overwrite the entirety // of the current object. (See DR 253 and C99 6.7.8p21). e.g., // // struct P { char x[6]; }; // struct P l = { .x[2] = 'x', .x = { [0] = 'f' } }; // // The first designated initializer is ignored, and l.x is just "f". if (!IsFullyOverwritten) return Result; if (ExistingInit) { // We are creating an initializer list that initializes the // subobjects of the current object, but there was already an // initialization that completely initialized the current // subobject, e.g., by a compound literal: // // struct X { int a, b; }; // struct X xs[] = { [0] = (struct X) { 1, 2 }, [0].b = 3 }; // // Here, xs[0].a == 0 and xs[0].b == 3, since the second, // designated initializer re-initializes the whole // subobject [0], overwriting previous initializers. SemaRef.Diag(InitRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_subobject_initializer_overrides) << InitRange; SemaRef.Diag(ExistingInit->getLocStart(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << /*FIXME:has side effects=*/0 << ExistingInit->getSourceRange(); } InitListExpr *Result = new (SemaRef.Context) InitListExpr(SemaRef.Context, InitRange.getBegin(), None, InitRange.getEnd()); QualType ResultType = CurrentObjectType; if (!ResultType->isArrayType()) ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(SemaRef.Context); Result->setType(ResultType); // Pre-allocate storage for the structured initializer list. unsigned NumElements = 0; unsigned NumInits = 0; bool GotNumInits = false; if (!StructuredList) { NumInits = IList->getNumInits(); GotNumInits = true; } else if (Index < IList->getNumInits()) { if (InitListExpr *SubList = dyn_cast(IList->getInit(Index))) { NumInits = SubList->getNumInits(); GotNumInits = true; } } if (const ArrayType *AType = SemaRef.Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentObjectType)) { if (const ConstantArrayType *CAType = dyn_cast(AType)) { NumElements = CAType->getSize().getZExtValue(); // Simple heuristic so that we don't allocate a very large // initializer with many empty entries at the end. if (GotNumInits && NumElements > NumInits) NumElements = 0; } } else if (const VectorType *VType = CurrentObjectType->getAs()) NumElements = VType->getNumElements(); else if (const RecordType *RType = CurrentObjectType->getAs()) { RecordDecl *RDecl = RType->getDecl(); if (RDecl->isUnion()) NumElements = 1; else NumElements = std::distance(RDecl->field_begin(), RDecl->field_end()); } Result->reserveInits(SemaRef.Context, NumElements); // Link this new initializer list into the structured initializer // lists. if (StructuredList) StructuredList->updateInit(SemaRef.Context, StructuredIndex, Result); else { Result->setSyntacticForm(IList); SyntacticToSemantic[IList] = Result; } return Result; } /// Update the initializer at index @p StructuredIndex within the /// structured initializer list to the value @p expr. void InitListChecker::UpdateStructuredListElement(InitListExpr *StructuredList, unsigned &StructuredIndex, Expr *expr) { // No structured initializer list to update if (!StructuredList) return; if (Expr *PrevInit = StructuredList->updateInit(SemaRef.Context, StructuredIndex, expr)) { // This initializer overwrites a previous initializer. Warn. // We need to check on source range validity because the previous // initializer does not have to be an explicit initializer. // struct P { int a, b; }; // struct PP { struct P p } l = { { .a = 2 }, .p.b = 3 }; // There is an overwrite taking place because the first braced initializer // list "{ .a = 2 }' already provides value for .p.b (which is zero). if (PrevInit->getSourceRange().isValid()) { SemaRef.Diag(expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_initializer_overrides) << expr->getSourceRange(); SemaRef.Diag(PrevInit->getLocStart(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << /*FIXME:has side effects=*/0 << PrevInit->getSourceRange(); } } ++StructuredIndex; } /// Check that the given Index expression is a valid array designator /// value. This is essentially just a wrapper around /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression that also checks for negative values /// and produces a reasonable diagnostic if there is a /// failure. Returns the index expression, possibly with an implicit cast /// added, on success. If everything went okay, Value will receive the /// value of the constant expression. static ExprResult CheckArrayDesignatorExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Index, llvm::APSInt &Value) { SourceLocation Loc = Index->getLocStart(); // Make sure this is an integer constant expression. ExprResult Result = S.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Index, &Value); if (Result.isInvalid()) return Result; if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_designator_negative) << Value.toString(10) << Index->getSourceRange(); Value.setIsUnsigned(true); return Result; } ExprResult Sema::ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, SourceLocation Loc, bool GNUSyntax, ExprResult Init) { typedef DesignatedInitExpr::Designator ASTDesignator; bool Invalid = false; SmallVector Designators; SmallVector InitExpressions; // Build designators and check array designator expressions. for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Desig.getNumDesignators(); ++Idx) { const Designator &D = Desig.getDesignator(Idx); switch (D.getKind()) { case Designator::FieldDesignator: Designators.push_back(ASTDesignator(D.getField(), D.getDotLoc(), D.getFieldLoc())); break; case Designator::ArrayDesignator: { Expr *Index = static_cast(D.getArrayIndex()); llvm::APSInt IndexValue; if (!Index->isTypeDependent() && !Index->isValueDependent()) Index = CheckArrayDesignatorExpr(*this, Index, IndexValue).get(); if (!Index) Invalid = true; else { Designators.push_back(ASTDesignator(InitExpressions.size(), D.getLBracketLoc(), D.getRBracketLoc())); InitExpressions.push_back(Index); } break; } case Designator::ArrayRangeDesignator: { Expr *StartIndex = static_cast(D.getArrayRangeStart()); Expr *EndIndex = static_cast(D.getArrayRangeEnd()); llvm::APSInt StartValue; llvm::APSInt EndValue; bool StartDependent = StartIndex->isTypeDependent() || StartIndex->isValueDependent(); bool EndDependent = EndIndex->isTypeDependent() || EndIndex->isValueDependent(); if (!StartDependent) StartIndex = CheckArrayDesignatorExpr(*this, StartIndex, StartValue).get(); if (!EndDependent) EndIndex = CheckArrayDesignatorExpr(*this, EndIndex, EndValue).get(); if (!StartIndex || !EndIndex) Invalid = true; else { // Make sure we're comparing values with the same bit width. if (StartDependent || EndDependent) { // Nothing to compute. } else if (StartValue.getBitWidth() > EndValue.getBitWidth()) EndValue = EndValue.extend(StartValue.getBitWidth()); else if (StartValue.getBitWidth() < EndValue.getBitWidth()) StartValue = StartValue.extend(EndValue.getBitWidth()); if (!StartDependent && !EndDependent && EndValue < StartValue) { Diag(D.getEllipsisLoc(), diag::err_array_designator_empty_range) << StartValue.toString(10) << EndValue.toString(10) << StartIndex->getSourceRange() << EndIndex->getSourceRange(); Invalid = true; } else { Designators.push_back(ASTDesignator(InitExpressions.size(), D.getLBracketLoc(), D.getEllipsisLoc(), D.getRBracketLoc())); InitExpressions.push_back(StartIndex); InitExpressions.push_back(EndIndex); } } break; } } } if (Invalid || Init.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); // Clear out the expressions within the designation. Desig.ClearExprs(*this); DesignatedInitExpr *DIE = DesignatedInitExpr::Create(Context, Designators, InitExpressions, Loc, GNUSyntax, Init.getAs()); if (!getLangOpts().C99) Diag(DIE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_designated_init) << DIE->getSourceRange(); return DIE; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Initialization entity //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// InitializedEntity::InitializedEntity(ASTContext &Context, unsigned Index, const InitializedEntity &Parent) : Parent(&Parent), Index(Index) { if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Parent.getType())) { Kind = EK_ArrayElement; Type = AT->getElementType(); } else if (const VectorType *VT = Parent.getType()->getAs()) { Kind = EK_VectorElement; Type = VT->getElementType(); } else { const ComplexType *CT = Parent.getType()->getAs(); assert(CT && "Unexpected type"); Kind = EK_ComplexElement; Type = CT->getElementType(); } } InitializedEntity InitializedEntity::InitializeBase(ASTContext &Context, const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base, bool IsInheritedVirtualBase, const InitializedEntity *Parent) { InitializedEntity Result; Result.Kind = EK_Base; Result.Parent = Parent; Result.Base = reinterpret_cast(Base); if (IsInheritedVirtualBase) Result.Base |= 0x01; Result.Type = Base->getType(); return Result; } DeclarationName InitializedEntity::getName() const { switch (getKind()) { case EK_Parameter: case EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: { ParmVarDecl *D = reinterpret_cast(Parameter & ~0x1); return (D ? D->getDeclName() : DeclarationName()); } case EK_Variable: case EK_Member: case EK_Binding: return Variable.VariableOrMember->getDeclName(); case EK_LambdaCapture: return DeclarationName(Capture.VarID); case EK_Result: case EK_Exception: case EK_New: case EK_Temporary: case EK_Base: case EK_Delegating: case EK_ArrayElement: case EK_VectorElement: case EK_ComplexElement: case EK_BlockElement: case EK_CompoundLiteralInit: case EK_RelatedResult: return DeclarationName(); } llvm_unreachable("Invalid EntityKind!"); } ValueDecl *InitializedEntity::getDecl() const { switch (getKind()) { case EK_Variable: case EK_Member: case EK_Binding: return Variable.VariableOrMember; case EK_Parameter: case EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: return reinterpret_cast(Parameter & ~0x1); case EK_Result: case EK_Exception: case EK_New: case EK_Temporary: case EK_Base: case EK_Delegating: case EK_ArrayElement: case EK_VectorElement: case EK_ComplexElement: case EK_BlockElement: case EK_LambdaCapture: case EK_CompoundLiteralInit: case EK_RelatedResult: return nullptr; } llvm_unreachable("Invalid EntityKind!"); } bool InitializedEntity::allowsNRVO() const { switch (getKind()) { case EK_Result: case EK_Exception: return LocAndNRVO.NRVO; case EK_Variable: case EK_Parameter: case EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: case EK_Member: case EK_Binding: case EK_New: case EK_Temporary: case EK_CompoundLiteralInit: case EK_Base: case EK_Delegating: case EK_ArrayElement: case EK_VectorElement: case EK_ComplexElement: case EK_BlockElement: case EK_LambdaCapture: case EK_RelatedResult: break; } return false; } unsigned InitializedEntity::dumpImpl(raw_ostream &OS) const { assert(getParent() != this); unsigned Depth = getParent() ? getParent()->dumpImpl(OS) : 0; for (unsigned I = 0; I != Depth; ++I) OS << "`-"; switch (getKind()) { case EK_Variable: OS << "Variable"; break; case EK_Parameter: OS << "Parameter"; break; case EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: OS << "CF audited function Parameter"; break; case EK_Result: OS << "Result"; break; case EK_Exception: OS << "Exception"; break; case EK_Member: OS << "Member"; break; case EK_Binding: OS << "Binding"; break; case EK_New: OS << "New"; break; case EK_Temporary: OS << "Temporary"; break; case EK_CompoundLiteralInit: OS << "CompoundLiteral";break; case EK_RelatedResult: OS << "RelatedResult"; break; case EK_Base: OS << "Base"; break; case EK_Delegating: OS << "Delegating"; break; case EK_ArrayElement: OS << "ArrayElement " << Index; break; case EK_VectorElement: OS << "VectorElement " << Index; break; case EK_ComplexElement: OS << "ComplexElement " << Index; break; case EK_BlockElement: OS << "Block"; break; case EK_LambdaCapture: OS << "LambdaCapture "; OS << DeclarationName(Capture.VarID); break; } if (auto *D = getDecl()) { OS << " "; D->printQualifiedName(OS); } OS << " '" << getType().getAsString() << "'\n"; return Depth + 1; } LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void InitializedEntity::dump() const { dumpImpl(llvm::errs()); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Initialization sequence //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// void InitializationSequence::Step::Destroy() { switch (Kind) { case SK_ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction: case SK_CastDerivedToBaseRValue: case SK_CastDerivedToBaseXValue: case SK_CastDerivedToBaseLValue: case SK_BindReference: case SK_BindReferenceToTemporary: case SK_FinalCopy: case SK_ExtraneousCopyToTemporary: case SK_UserConversion: case SK_QualificationConversionRValue: case SK_QualificationConversionXValue: case SK_QualificationConversionLValue: case SK_AtomicConversion: case SK_LValueToRValue: case SK_ListInitialization: case SK_UnwrapInitList: case SK_RewrapInitList: case SK_ConstructorInitialization: case SK_ConstructorInitializationFromList: case SK_ZeroInitialization: case SK_CAssignment: case SK_StringInit: case SK_ObjCObjectConversion: case SK_ArrayLoopIndex: case SK_ArrayLoopInit: case SK_ArrayInit: case SK_GNUArrayInit: case SK_ParenthesizedArrayInit: case SK_PassByIndirectCopyRestore: case SK_PassByIndirectRestore: case SK_ProduceObjCObject: case SK_StdInitializerList: case SK_StdInitializerListConstructorCall: case SK_OCLSamplerInit: case SK_OCLZeroEvent: case SK_OCLZeroQueue: break; case SK_ConversionSequence: case SK_ConversionSequenceNoNarrowing: delete ICS; } } bool InitializationSequence::isDirectReferenceBinding() const { // There can be some lvalue adjustments after the SK_BindReference step. for (auto I = Steps.rbegin(); I != Steps.rend(); ++I) { if (I->Kind == SK_BindReference) return true; if (I->Kind == SK_BindReferenceToTemporary) return false; } return false; } bool InitializationSequence::isAmbiguous() const { if (!Failed()) return false; switch (getFailureKind()) { case FK_TooManyInitsForReference: case FK_ArrayNeedsInitList: case FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrStringLiteral: case FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrWideStringLiteral: case FK_NarrowStringIntoWideCharArray: case FK_WideStringIntoCharArray: case FK_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar: case FK_AddressOfOverloadFailed: // FIXME: Could do better case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToTemporary: case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToBitfield: case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToVectorElement: case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToUnrelated: case FK_RValueReferenceBindingToLValue: case FK_ReferenceInitDropsQualifiers: case FK_ReferenceInitFailed: case FK_ConversionFailed: case FK_ConversionFromPropertyFailed: case FK_TooManyInitsForScalar: case FK_ReferenceBindingToInitList: case FK_InitListBadDestinationType: case FK_DefaultInitOfConst: case FK_Incomplete: case FK_ArrayTypeMismatch: case FK_NonConstantArrayInit: case FK_ListInitializationFailed: case FK_VariableLengthArrayHasInitializer: case FK_PlaceholderType: case FK_ExplicitConstructor: case FK_AddressOfUnaddressableFunction: return false; case FK_ReferenceInitOverloadFailed: case FK_UserConversionOverloadFailed: case FK_ConstructorOverloadFailed: case FK_ListConstructorOverloadFailed: return FailedOverloadResult == OR_Ambiguous; } llvm_unreachable("Invalid EntityKind!"); } bool InitializationSequence::isConstructorInitialization() const { return !Steps.empty() && Steps.back().Kind == SK_ConstructorInitialization; } void InitializationSequence ::AddAddressOverloadResolutionStep(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair Found, bool HadMultipleCandidates) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction; S.Type = Function->getType(); S.Function.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; S.Function.Function = Function; S.Function.FoundDecl = Found; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddDerivedToBaseCastStep(QualType BaseType, ExprValueKind VK) { Step S; switch (VK) { case VK_RValue: S.Kind = SK_CastDerivedToBaseRValue; break; case VK_XValue: S.Kind = SK_CastDerivedToBaseXValue; break; case VK_LValue: S.Kind = SK_CastDerivedToBaseLValue; break; } S.Type = BaseType; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddReferenceBindingStep(QualType T, bool BindingTemporary) { Step S; S.Kind = BindingTemporary? SK_BindReferenceToTemporary : SK_BindReference; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddFinalCopy(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_FinalCopy; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddExtraneousCopyToTemporary(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_ExtraneousCopyToTemporary; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddUserConversionStep(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_UserConversion; S.Type = T; S.Function.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; S.Function.Function = Function; S.Function.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddQualificationConversionStep(QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_QualificationConversionRValue; // work around a gcc warning switch (VK) { case VK_RValue: S.Kind = SK_QualificationConversionRValue; break; case VK_XValue: S.Kind = SK_QualificationConversionXValue; break; case VK_LValue: S.Kind = SK_QualificationConversionLValue; break; } S.Type = Ty; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddAtomicConversionStep(QualType Ty) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_AtomicConversion; S.Type = Ty; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddLValueToRValueStep(QualType Ty) { assert(!Ty.hasQualifiers() && "rvalues may not have qualifiers"); Step S; S.Kind = SK_LValueToRValue; S.Type = Ty; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddConversionSequenceStep( const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, QualType T, bool TopLevelOfInitList) { Step S; S.Kind = TopLevelOfInitList ? SK_ConversionSequenceNoNarrowing : SK_ConversionSequence; S.Type = T; S.ICS = new ImplicitConversionSequence(ICS); Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddListInitializationStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_ListInitialization; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddConstructorInitializationStep( DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool FromInitList, bool AsInitList) { Step S; S.Kind = FromInitList ? AsInitList ? SK_StdInitializerListConstructorCall : SK_ConstructorInitializationFromList : SK_ConstructorInitialization; S.Type = T; S.Function.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; S.Function.Function = Constructor; S.Function.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddZeroInitializationStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_ZeroInitialization; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddCAssignmentStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_CAssignment; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddStringInitStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_StringInit; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddObjCObjectConversionStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_ObjCObjectConversion; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddArrayInitStep(QualType T, bool IsGNUExtension) { Step S; S.Kind = IsGNUExtension ? SK_GNUArrayInit : SK_ArrayInit; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddArrayInitLoopStep(QualType T, QualType EltT) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_ArrayLoopIndex; S.Type = EltT; Steps.insert(Steps.begin(), S); S.Kind = SK_ArrayLoopInit; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddParenthesizedArrayInitStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_ParenthesizedArrayInit; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddPassByIndirectCopyRestoreStep(QualType type, bool shouldCopy) { Step s; s.Kind = (shouldCopy ? SK_PassByIndirectCopyRestore : SK_PassByIndirectRestore); s.Type = type; Steps.push_back(s); } void InitializationSequence::AddProduceObjCObjectStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_ProduceObjCObject; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddStdInitializerListConstructionStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_StdInitializerList; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddOCLSamplerInitStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_OCLSamplerInit; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddOCLZeroEventStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_OCLZeroEvent; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::AddOCLZeroQueueStep(QualType T) { Step S; S.Kind = SK_OCLZeroQueue; S.Type = T; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::RewrapReferenceInitList(QualType T, InitListExpr *Syntactic) { assert(Syntactic->getNumInits() == 1 && "Can only rewrap trivial init lists."); Step S; S.Kind = SK_UnwrapInitList; S.Type = Syntactic->getInit(0)->getType(); Steps.insert(Steps.begin(), S); S.Kind = SK_RewrapInitList; S.Type = T; S.WrappingSyntacticList = Syntactic; Steps.push_back(S); } void InitializationSequence::SetOverloadFailure(FailureKind Failure, OverloadingResult Result) { setSequenceKind(FailedSequence); this->Failure = Failure; this->FailedOverloadResult = Result; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Attempt initialization //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// Tries to add a zero initializer. Returns true if that worked. static bool maybeRecoverWithZeroInitialization(Sema &S, InitializationSequence &Sequence, const InitializedEntity &Entity) { if (Entity.getKind() != InitializedEntity::EK_Variable) return false; VarDecl *VD = cast(Entity.getDecl()); if (VD->getInit() || VD->getLocEnd().isMacroID()) return false; QualType VariableTy = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); SourceLocation Loc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(VD->getLocEnd()); std::string Init = S.getFixItZeroInitializerForType(VariableTy, Loc); if (!Init.empty()) { Sequence.AddZeroInitializationStep(Entity.getType()); Sequence.SetZeroInitializationFixit(Init, Loc); return true; } return false; } static void MaybeProduceObjCObject(Sema &S, InitializationSequence &Sequence, const InitializedEntity &Entity) { if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return; /// When initializing a parameter, produce the value if it's marked /// __attribute__((ns_consumed)). if (Entity.isParameterKind()) { if (!Entity.isParameterConsumed()) return; assert(Entity.getType()->isObjCRetainableType() && "consuming an object of unretainable type?"); Sequence.AddProduceObjCObjectStep(Entity.getType()); /// When initializing a return value, if the return type is a /// retainable type, then returns need to immediately retain the /// object. If an autorelease is required, it will be done at the /// last instant. } else if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Result) { if (!Entity.getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) return; Sequence.AddProduceObjCObjectStep(Entity.getType()); } } static void TryListInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, InitListExpr *InitList, InitializationSequence &Sequence, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); /// \brief When initializing from init list via constructor, handle /// initialization of an object of type std::initializer_list. /// /// \return true if we have handled initialization of an object of type /// std::initializer_list, false otherwise. static bool TryInitializerListConstruction(Sema &S, InitListExpr *List, QualType DestType, InitializationSequence &Sequence, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { QualType E; if (!S.isStdInitializerList(DestType, &E)) return false; if (!S.isCompleteType(List->getExprLoc(), E)) { Sequence.setIncompleteTypeFailure(E); return true; } // Try initializing a temporary array from the init list. QualType ArrayType = S.Context.getConstantArrayType( E.withConst(), llvm::APInt(S.Context.getTypeSize(S.Context.getSizeType()), List->getNumInits()), clang::ArrayType::Normal, 0); InitializedEntity HiddenArray = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(ArrayType); InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(List->getExprLoc()); TryListInitialization(S, HiddenArray, Kind, List, Sequence, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); if (Sequence) Sequence.AddStdInitializerListConstructionStep(DestType); return true; } /// Determine if the constructor has the signature of a copy or move /// constructor for the type T of the class in which it was found. That is, /// determine if its first parameter is of type T or reference to (possibly /// cv-qualified) T. static bool hasCopyOrMoveCtorParam(ASTContext &Ctx, const ConstructorInfo &Info) { if (Info.Constructor->getNumParams() == 0) return false; QualType ParmT = Info.Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); QualType ClassT = Ctx.getRecordType(cast(Info.FoundDecl->getDeclContext())); return Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ParmT, ClassT); } static OverloadingResult ResolveConstructorOverload(Sema &S, SourceLocation DeclLoc, MultiExprArg Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, DeclContext::lookup_result Ctors, OverloadCandidateSet::iterator &Best, bool CopyInitializing, bool AllowExplicit, bool OnlyListConstructors, bool IsListInit, bool SecondStepOfCopyInit = false) { CandidateSet.clear(); for (NamedDecl *D : Ctors) { auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); if (!Info.Constructor || Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl()) continue; if (!AllowExplicit && Info.Constructor->isExplicit()) continue; if (OnlyListConstructors && !S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor)) continue; // C++11 [over.best.ics]p4: // ... and the constructor or user-defined conversion function is a // candidate by // - 13.3.1.3, when the argument is the temporary in the second step // of a class copy-initialization, or // - 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or 13.3.1.6 (in all cases), [not handled here] // - the second phase of 13.3.1.7 when the initializer list has exactly // one element that is itself an initializer list, and the target is // the first parameter of a constructor of class X, and the conversion // is to X or reference to (possibly cv-qualified X), // user-defined conversion sequences are not considered. bool SuppressUserConversions = SecondStepOfCopyInit || (IsListInit && Args.size() == 1 && isa(Args[0]) && hasCopyOrMoveCtorParam(S.Context, Info)); if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, Args, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions); else { // C++ [over.match.copy]p1: // - When initializing a temporary to be bound to the first parameter // of a constructor [for type T] that takes a reference to possibly // cv-qualified T as its first argument, called with a single // argument in the context of direct-initialization, explicit // conversion functions are also considered. // FIXME: What if a constructor template instantiates to such a signature? bool AllowExplicitConv = AllowExplicit && !CopyInitializing && Args.size() == 1 && hasCopyOrMoveCtorParam(S.Context, Info); S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, /*PartialOverloading=*/false, /*AllowExplicit=*/AllowExplicitConv); } } // Perform overload resolution and return the result. return CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best); } /// \brief Attempt initialization by constructor (C++ [dcl.init]), which /// enumerates the constructors of the initialized entity and performs overload /// resolution to select the best. /// \param DestType The destination class type. /// \param DestArrayType The destination type, which is either DestType or /// a (possibly multidimensional) array of DestType. /// \param IsListInit Is this list-initialization? /// \param IsInitListCopy Is this non-list-initialization resulting from a /// list-initialization from {x} where x is the same /// type as the entity? static void TryConstructorInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Args, QualType DestType, QualType DestArrayType, InitializationSequence &Sequence, bool IsListInit = false, bool IsInitListCopy = false) { assert(((!IsListInit && !IsInitListCopy) || (Args.size() == 1 && isa(Args[0]))) && "IsListInit/IsInitListCopy must come with a single initializer list " "argument."); InitListExpr *ILE = (IsListInit || IsInitListCopy) ? cast(Args[0]) : nullptr; MultiExprArg UnwrappedArgs = ILE ? MultiExprArg(ILE->getInits(), ILE->getNumInits()) : Args; // The type we're constructing needs to be complete. if (!S.isCompleteType(Kind.getLocation(), DestType)) { Sequence.setIncompleteTypeFailure(DestType); return; } // C++1z [dcl.init]p17: // - If the initializer expression is a prvalue and the cv-unqualified // version of the source type is the same class as the class of the // destination, the initializer expression is used to initialize the // destination object. // Per DR (no number yet), this does not apply when initializing a base // class or delegating to another constructor from a mem-initializer. if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && Entity.getKind() != InitializedEntity::EK_Base && Entity.getKind() != InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating && UnwrappedArgs.size() == 1 && UnwrappedArgs[0]->isRValue() && S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(UnwrappedArgs[0]->getType(), DestType)) { // Convert qualifications if necessary. Sequence.AddQualificationConversionStep(DestType, VK_RValue); if (ILE) Sequence.RewrapReferenceInitList(DestType, ILE); return; } const RecordType *DestRecordType = DestType->getAs(); assert(DestRecordType && "Constructor initialization requires record type"); CXXRecordDecl *DestRecordDecl = cast(DestRecordType->getDecl()); // Build the candidate set directly in the initialization sequence // structure, so that it will persist if we fail. OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet = Sequence.getFailedCandidateSet(); // Determine whether we are allowed to call explicit constructors or // explicit conversion operators. bool AllowExplicit = Kind.AllowExplicit() || IsListInit; bool CopyInitialization = Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Copy; // - Otherwise, if T is a class type, constructors are considered. The // applicable constructors are enumerated, and the best one is chosen // through overload resolution. DeclContext::lookup_result Ctors = S.LookupConstructors(DestRecordDecl); OverloadingResult Result = OR_No_Viable_Function; OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; bool AsInitializerList = false; // C++11 [over.match.list]p1, per DR1467: // When objects of non-aggregate type T are list-initialized, such that // 8.5.4 [dcl.init.list] specifies that overload resolution is performed // according to the rules in this section, overload resolution selects // the constructor in two phases: // // - Initially, the candidate functions are the initializer-list // constructors of the class T and the argument list consists of the // initializer list as a single argument. if (IsListInit) { AsInitializerList = true; // If the initializer list has no elements and T has a default constructor, // the first phase is omitted. if (!(UnwrappedArgs.empty() && DestRecordDecl->hasDefaultConstructor())) Result = ResolveConstructorOverload(S, Kind.getLocation(), Args, CandidateSet, Ctors, Best, CopyInitialization, AllowExplicit, /*OnlyListConstructor=*/true, IsListInit); } // C++11 [over.match.list]p1: // - If no viable initializer-list constructor is found, overload resolution // is performed again, where the candidate functions are all the // constructors of the class T and the argument list consists of the // elements of the initializer list. if (Result == OR_No_Viable_Function) { AsInitializerList = false; Result = ResolveConstructorOverload(S, Kind.getLocation(), UnwrappedArgs, CandidateSet, Ctors, Best, CopyInitialization, AllowExplicit, /*OnlyListConstructors=*/false, IsListInit); } if (Result) { Sequence.SetOverloadFailure(IsListInit ? InitializationSequence::FK_ListConstructorOverloadFailed : InitializationSequence::FK_ConstructorOverloadFailed, Result); return; } // C++11 [dcl.init]p6: // If a program calls for the default initialization of an object // of a const-qualified type T, T shall be a class type with a // user-provided default constructor. // C++ core issue 253 proposal: // If the implicit default constructor initializes all subobjects, no // initializer should be required. // The 253 proposal is for example needed to process libstdc++ headers in 5.x. CXXConstructorDecl *CtorDecl = cast(Best->Function); if (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Default && Entity.getType().isConstQualified()) { if (!CtorDecl->getParent()->allowConstDefaultInit()) { if (!maybeRecoverWithZeroInitialization(S, Sequence, Entity)) Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_DefaultInitOfConst); return; } } // C++11 [over.match.list]p1: // In copy-list-initialization, if an explicit constructor is chosen, the // initializer is ill-formed. if (IsListInit && !Kind.AllowExplicit() && CtorDecl->isExplicit()) { Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_ExplicitConstructor); return; } // Add the constructor initialization step. Any cv-qualification conversion is // subsumed by the initialization. bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); Sequence.AddConstructorInitializationStep( Best->FoundDecl, CtorDecl, DestArrayType, HadMultipleCandidates, IsListInit | IsInitListCopy, AsInitializerList); } static bool ResolveOverloadedFunctionForReferenceBinding(Sema &S, Expr *Initializer, QualType &SourceType, QualType &UnqualifiedSourceType, QualType UnqualifiedTargetType, InitializationSequence &Sequence) { if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(UnqualifiedSourceType) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { DeclAccessPair Found; bool HadMultipleCandidates = false; if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Initializer, UnqualifiedTargetType, false, Found, &HadMultipleCandidates)) { Sequence.AddAddressOverloadResolutionStep(Fn, Found, HadMultipleCandidates); SourceType = Fn->getType(); UnqualifiedSourceType = SourceType.getUnqualifiedType(); } else if (!UnqualifiedTargetType->isRecordType()) { Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_AddressOfOverloadFailed); return true; } } return false; } static void TryReferenceInitializationCore(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, Expr *Initializer, QualType cv1T1, QualType T1, Qualifiers T1Quals, QualType cv2T2, QualType T2, Qualifiers T2Quals, InitializationSequence &Sequence); static void TryValueInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, InitializationSequence &Sequence, InitListExpr *InitList = nullptr); /// \brief Attempt list initialization of a reference. static void TryReferenceListInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, InitListExpr *InitList, InitializationSequence &Sequence, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { // First, catch C++03 where this isn't possible. if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceBindingToInitList); return; } // Can't reference initialize a compound literal. if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_CompoundLiteralInit) { Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceBindingToInitList); return; } QualType DestType = Entity.getType(); QualType cv1T1 = DestType->getAs()->getPointeeType(); Qualifiers T1Quals; QualType T1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(cv1T1, T1Quals); // Reference initialization via an initializer list works thus: // If the initializer list consists of a single element that is // reference-related to the referenced type, bind directly to that element // (possibly creating temporaries). // Otherwise, initialize a temporary with the initializer list and // bind to that. if (InitList->getNumInits() == 1) { Expr *Initializer = InitList->getInit(0); QualType cv2T2 = Initializer->getType(); Qualifiers T2Quals; QualType T2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(cv2T2, T2Quals); // If this fails, creating a temporary wouldn't work either. if (ResolveOverloadedFunctionForReferenceBinding(S, Initializer, cv2T2, T2, T1, Sequence)) return; SourceLocation DeclLoc = Initializer->getLocStart(); bool dummy1, dummy2, dummy3; Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, cv1T1, cv2T2, dummy1, dummy2, dummy3); if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) { // Try to bind the reference here. TryReferenceInitializationCore(S, Entity, Kind, Initializer, cv1T1, T1, T1Quals, cv2T2, T2, T2Quals, Sequence); if (Sequence) Sequence.RewrapReferenceInitList(cv1T1, InitList); return; } // Update the initializer if we've resolved an overloaded function. if (Sequence.step_begin() != Sequence.step_end()) Sequence.RewrapReferenceInitList(cv1T1, InitList); } // Not reference-related. Create a temporary and bind to that. InitializedEntity TempEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(cv1T1); TryListInitialization(S, TempEntity, Kind, InitList, Sequence, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); if (Sequence) { if (DestType->isRValueReferenceType() || (T1Quals.hasConst() && !T1Quals.hasVolatile())) Sequence.AddReferenceBindingStep(cv1T1, /*bindingTemporary=*/true); else Sequence.SetFailed( InitializationSequence::FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToTemporary); } } /// \brief Attempt list initialization (C++0x [dcl.init.list]) static void TryListInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, InitListExpr *InitList, InitializationSequence &Sequence, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { QualType DestType = Entity.getType(); // C++ doesn't allow scalar initialization with more than one argument. // But C99 complex numbers are scalars and it makes sense there. if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && DestType->isScalarType() && !DestType->isAnyComplexType() && InitList->getNumInits() > 1) { Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_TooManyInitsForScalar); return; } if (DestType->isReferenceType()) { TryReferenceListInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, InitList, Sequence, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); return; } if (DestType->isRecordType() && !S.isCompleteType(InitList->getLocStart(), DestType)) { Sequence.setIncompleteTypeFailure(DestType); return; } // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p3, per DR1467: // - If T is a class type and the initializer list has a single element of // type cv U, where U is T or a class derived from T, the object is // initialized from that element (by copy-initialization for // copy-list-initialization, or by direct-initialization for // direct-list-initialization). // - Otherwise, if T is a character array and the initializer list has a // single element that is an appropriately-typed string literal // (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), initialization is performed as described // in that section. // - Otherwise, if T is an aggregate, [...] (continue below). if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && InitList->getNumInits() == 1) { if (DestType->isRecordType()) { QualType InitType = InitList->getInit(0)->getType(); if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, DestType) || S.IsDerivedFrom(InitList->getLocStart(), InitType, DestType)) { Expr *InitListAsExpr = InitList; TryConstructorInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, InitListAsExpr, DestType, DestType, Sequence, /*InitListSyntax*/false, /*IsInitListCopy*/true); return; } } if (const ArrayType *DestAT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(DestType)) { Expr *SubInit[1] = {InitList->getInit(0)}; if (!isa(DestAT) && IsStringInit(SubInit[0], DestAT, S.Context) == SIF_None) { InitializationKind SubKind = Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_DirectList ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Kind.getLocation(), InitList->getLBraceLoc(), InitList->getRBraceLoc()) : Kind; Sequence.InitializeFrom(S, Entity, SubKind, SubInit, /*TopLevelOfInitList*/ true, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); // TryStringLiteralInitialization() (in InitializeFrom()) will fail if // the element is not an appropriately-typed string literal, in which // case we should proceed as in C++11 (below). if (Sequence) { Sequence.RewrapReferenceInitList(Entity.getType(), InitList); return; } } } } // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p3: // - If T is an aggregate, aggregate initialization is performed. if ((DestType->isRecordType() && !DestType->isAggregateType()) || (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.isStdInitializerList(DestType, nullptr))) { if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { // - Otherwise, if the initializer list has no elements and T is a // class type with a default constructor, the object is // value-initialized. if (InitList->getNumInits() == 0) { CXXRecordDecl *RD = DestType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); if (RD->hasDefaultConstructor()) { TryValueInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, Sequence, InitList); return; } } // - Otherwise, if T is a specialization of std::initializer_list, // an initializer_list object constructed [...] if (TryInitializerListConstruction(S, InitList, DestType, Sequence, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid)) return; // - Otherwise, if T is a class type, constructors are considered. Expr *InitListAsExpr = InitList; TryConstructorInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, InitListAsExpr, DestType, DestType, Sequence, /*InitListSyntax*/true); } else Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_InitListBadDestinationType); return; } if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DestType->isAggregateType() && InitList->getNumInits() == 1) { Expr *E = InitList->getInit(0); // - Otherwise, if T is an enumeration with a fixed underlying type, // the initializer-list has a single element v, and the initialization // is direct-list-initialization, the object is initialized with the // value T(v); if a narrowing conversion is required to convert v to // the underlying type of T, the program is ill-formed. auto *ET = DestType->getAs(); if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_DirectList && ET && ET->getDecl()->isFixed() && !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(E->getType(), DestType) && (E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || E->getType()->isFloatingType())) { // There are two ways that T(v) can work when T is an enumeration type. // If there is either an implicit conversion sequence from v to T or // a conversion function that can convert from v to T, then we use that. // Otherwise, if v is of integral, enumeration, or floating-point type, // it is converted to the enumeration type via its underlying type. // There is no overlap possible between these two cases (except when the // source value is already of the destination type), and the first // case is handled by the general case for single-element lists below. ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; ICS.setStandard(); ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); // If E is of a floating-point type, then the conversion is ill-formed // due to narrowing, but go through the motions in order to produce the // right diagnostic. ICS.Standard.Second = E->getType()->isFloatingType() ? ICK_Floating_Integral : ICK_Integral_Conversion; ICS.Standard.setFromType(E->getType()); ICS.Standard.setToType(0, E->getType()); ICS.Standard.setToType(1, DestType); ICS.Standard.setToType(2, DestType); Sequence.AddConversionSequenceStep(ICS, ICS.Standard.getToType(2), /*TopLevelOfInitList*/true); Sequence.RewrapReferenceInitList(Entity.getType(), InitList); return; } // - Otherwise, if the initializer list has a single element of type E // [...references are handled above...], the object or reference is // initialized from that element (by copy-initialization for // copy-list-initialization, or by direct-initialization for // direct-list-initialization); if a narrowing conversion is required // to convert the element to T, the program is ill-formed. // // Per core-24034, this is direct-initialization if we were performing // direct-list-initialization and copy-initialization otherwise. // We can't use InitListChecker for this, because it always performs // copy-initialization. This only matters if we might use an 'explicit' // conversion operator, so we only need to handle the cases where the source // is of record type. if (InitList->getInit(0)->getType()->isRecordType()) { InitializationKind SubKind = Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_DirectList ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Kind.getLocation(), InitList->getLBraceLoc(), InitList->getRBraceLoc()) : Kind; Expr *SubInit[1] = { InitList->getInit(0) }; Sequence.InitializeFrom(S, Entity, SubKind, SubInit, /*TopLevelOfInitList*/true, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); if (Sequence) Sequence.RewrapReferenceInitList(Entity.getType(), InitList); return; } } InitListChecker CheckInitList(S, Entity, InitList, DestType, /*VerifyOnly=*/true, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); if (CheckInitList.HadError()) { Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_ListInitializationFailed); return; } // Add the list initialization step with the built init list. Sequence.AddListInitializationStep(DestType); } /// \brief Try a reference initialization that involves calling a conversion /// function. static OverloadingResult TryRefInitWithConversionFunction( Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, Expr *Initializer, bool AllowRValues, bool IsLValueRef, InitializationSequence &Sequence) { QualType DestType = Entity.getType(); QualType cv1T1 = DestType->getAs()->getPointeeType(); QualType T1 = cv1T1.getUnqualifiedType(); QualType cv2T2 = Initializer->getType(); QualType T2 = cv2T2.getUnqualifiedType(); bool DerivedToBase; bool ObjCConversion; bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; assert(!S.CompareReferenceRelationship(Initializer->getLocStart(), T1, T2, DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) && "Must have incompatible references when binding via conversion"); (void)DerivedToBase; (void)ObjCConversion; (void)ObjCLifetimeConversion; // Build the candidate set directly in the initialization sequence // structure, so that it will persist if we fail. OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet = Sequence.getFailedCandidateSet(); CandidateSet.clear(); // Determine whether we are allowed to call explicit constructors or // explicit conversion operators. bool AllowExplicit = Kind.AllowExplicit(); bool AllowExplicitConvs = Kind.allowExplicitConversionFunctionsInRefBinding(); const RecordType *T1RecordType = nullptr; if (AllowRValues && (T1RecordType = T1->getAs()) && S.isCompleteType(Kind.getLocation(), T1)) { // The type we're converting to is a class type. Enumerate its constructors // to see if there is a suitable conversion. CXXRecordDecl *T1RecordDecl = cast(T1RecordType->getDecl()); for (NamedDecl *D : S.LookupConstructors(T1RecordDecl)) { auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); if (!Info.Constructor) continue; if (!Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) { if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, Initializer, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true); else S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, Initializer, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true); } } } if (T1RecordType && T1RecordType->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) return OR_No_Viable_Function; const RecordType *T2RecordType = nullptr; if ((T2RecordType = T2->getAs()) && S.isCompleteType(Kind.getLocation(), T2)) { // The type we're converting from is a class type, enumerate its conversion // functions. CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl = cast(T2RecordType->getDecl()); const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { NamedDecl *D = *I; CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast(D->getDeclContext()); if (isa(D)) D = cast(D)->getTargetDecl(); FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast(D); CXXConversionDecl *Conv; if (ConvTemplate) Conv = cast(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); else Conv = cast(D); // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, // it can't be considered for this conversion unless we're allowed to // consider rvalues. // FIXME: Do we need to make sure that we only consider conversion // candidates with reference-compatible results? That might be needed to // break recursion. if ((AllowExplicitConvs || !Conv->isExplicit()) && (AllowRValues || Conv->getConversionType()->isLValueReferenceType())){ if (ConvTemplate) S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Initializer, DestType, CandidateSet, /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/ false); else S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Initializer, DestType, CandidateSet, /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); } } } if (T2RecordType && T2RecordType->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) return OR_No_Viable_Function; SourceLocation DeclLoc = Initializer->getLocStart(); // Perform overload resolution. If it fails, return the failed result. OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; if (OverloadingResult Result = CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best, true)) return Result; FunctionDecl *Function = Best->Function; // This is the overload that will be used for this initialization step if we // use this initialization. Mark it as referenced. Function->setReferenced(); // Compute the returned type and value kind of the conversion. QualType cv3T3; if (isa(Function)) cv3T3 = Function->getReturnType(); else cv3T3 = T1; ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; if (cv3T3->isLValueReferenceType()) VK = VK_LValue; else if (const auto *RRef = cv3T3->getAs()) VK = RRef->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType() ? VK_LValue : VK_XValue; cv3T3 = cv3T3.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context); // Add the user-defined conversion step. bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); Sequence.AddUserConversionStep(Function, Best->FoundDecl, cv3T3, HadMultipleCandidates); // Determine whether we'll need to perform derived-to-base adjustments or // other conversions. bool NewDerivedToBase = false; bool NewObjCConversion = false; bool NewObjCLifetimeConversion = false; Sema::ReferenceCompareResult NewRefRelationship = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, cv3T3, NewDerivedToBase, NewObjCConversion, NewObjCLifetimeConversion); // Add the final conversion sequence, if necessary. if (NewRefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { assert(!isa(Function) && "should not have conversion after constructor"); ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; ICS.setStandard(); ICS.Standard = Best->FinalConversion; Sequence.AddConversionSequenceStep(ICS, ICS.Standard.getToType(2)); // Every implicit conversion results in a prvalue, except for a glvalue // derived-to-base conversion, which we handle below. cv3T3 = ICS.Standard.getToType(2); VK = VK_RValue; } // If the converted initializer is a prvalue, its type T4 is adjusted to // type "cv1 T4" and the temporary materialization conversion is applied. // // We adjust the cv-qualifications to match the reference regardless of // whether we have a prvalue so that the AST records the change. In this // case, T4 is "cv3 T3". QualType cv1T4 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(cv3T3, cv1T1.getQualifiers()); if (cv1T4.getQualifiers() != cv3T3.getQualifiers()) Sequence.AddQualificationConversionStep(cv1T4, VK); Sequence.AddReferenceBindingStep(cv1T4, VK == VK_RValue); VK = IsLValueRef ? VK_LValue : VK_XValue; if (NewDerivedToBase) Sequence.AddDerivedToBaseCastStep(cv1T1, VK); else if (NewObjCConversion) Sequence.AddObjCObjectConversionStep(cv1T1); return OR_Success; } static void CheckCXX98CompatAccessibleCopy(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *CurInitExpr); /// \brief Attempt reference initialization (C++0x [dcl.init.ref]) static void TryReferenceInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, Expr *Initializer, InitializationSequence &Sequence) { QualType DestType = Entity.getType(); QualType cv1T1 = DestType->getAs()->getPointeeType(); Qualifiers T1Quals; QualType T1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(cv1T1, T1Quals); QualType cv2T2 = Initializer->getType(); Qualifiers T2Quals; QualType T2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(cv2T2, T2Quals); // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the // type of the resulting function. if (ResolveOverloadedFunctionForReferenceBinding(S, Initializer, cv2T2, T2, T1, Sequence)) return; // Delegate everything else to a subfunction. TryReferenceInitializationCore(S, Entity, Kind, Initializer, cv1T1, T1, T1Quals, cv2T2, T2, T2Quals, Sequence); } /// Determine whether an expression is a non-referenceable glvalue (one to /// which a reference can never bind). Attemting to bind a reference to /// such a glvalue will always create a temporary. static bool isNonReferenceableGLValue(Expr *E) { return E->refersToBitField() || E->refersToVectorElement(); } /// \brief Reference initialization without resolving overloaded functions. static void TryReferenceInitializationCore(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, Expr *Initializer, QualType cv1T1, QualType T1, Qualifiers T1Quals, QualType cv2T2, QualType T2, Qualifiers T2Quals, InitializationSequence &Sequence) { QualType DestType = Entity.getType(); SourceLocation DeclLoc = Initializer->getLocStart(); // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. bool isLValueRef = DestType->isLValueReferenceType(); bool isRValueRef = !isLValueRef; bool DerivedToBase = false; bool ObjCConversion = false; bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; Expr::Classification InitCategory = Initializer->Classify(S.Context); Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, cv1T1, cv2T2, DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion); // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression of type // "cv2 T2" as follows: // // - If the reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer // expression // Note the analogous bullet points for rvalue refs to functions. Because // there are no function rvalues in C++, rvalue refs to functions are treated // like lvalue refs. OverloadingResult ConvOvlResult = OR_Success; bool T1Function = T1->isFunctionType(); if (isLValueRef || T1Function) { if (InitCategory.isLValue() && !isNonReferenceableGLValue(Initializer) && (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible || (Kind.isCStyleOrFunctionalCast() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related))) { // - is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or if (T1Quals != T2Quals) // Convert to cv1 T2. This should only add qualifiers unless this is a // c-style cast. The removal of qualifiers in that case notionally // happens after the reference binding, but that doesn't matter. Sequence.AddQualificationConversionStep( S.Context.getQualifiedType(T2, T1Quals), Initializer->getValueKind()); if (DerivedToBase) Sequence.AddDerivedToBaseCastStep(cv1T1, VK_LValue); else if (ObjCConversion) Sequence.AddObjCObjectConversionStep(cv1T1); // We only create a temporary here when binding a reference to a // bit-field or vector element. Those cases are't supposed to be // handled by this bullet, but the outcome is the same either way. Sequence.AddReferenceBindingStep(cv1T1, false); return; } // - has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to an // lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible // with "cv3 T3" (this conversion is selected by enumerating the // applicable conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best // one through overload resolution (13.3)), // If we have an rvalue ref to function type here, the rhs must be // an rvalue. DR1287 removed the "implicitly" here. if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && T2->isRecordType() && (isLValueRef || InitCategory.isRValue())) { ConvOvlResult = TryRefInitWithConversionFunction( S, Entity, Kind, Initializer, /*AllowRValues*/ isRValueRef, /*IsLValueRef*/ isLValueRef, Sequence); if (ConvOvlResult == OR_Success) return; if (ConvOvlResult != OR_No_Viable_Function) Sequence.SetOverloadFailure( InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceInitOverloadFailed, ConvOvlResult); } } // - Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a // non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference // shall be an rvalue reference. if (isLValueRef && !(T1Quals.hasConst() && !T1Quals.hasVolatile())) { if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_AddressOfOverloadFailed); else if (ConvOvlResult && !Sequence.getFailedCandidateSet().empty()) Sequence.SetOverloadFailure( InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceInitOverloadFailed, ConvOvlResult); else if (!InitCategory.isLValue()) Sequence.SetFailed( InitializationSequence::FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToTemporary); else { InitializationSequence::FailureKind FK; switch (RefRelationship) { case Sema::Ref_Compatible: if (Initializer->refersToBitField()) FK = InitializationSequence:: FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToBitfield; else if (Initializer->refersToVectorElement()) FK = InitializationSequence:: FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToVectorElement; else llvm_unreachable("unexpected kind of compatible initializer"); break; case Sema::Ref_Related: FK = InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceInitDropsQualifiers; break; case Sema::Ref_Incompatible: FK = InitializationSequence:: FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToUnrelated; break; } Sequence.SetFailed(FK); } return; } // - If the initializer expression // - is an // [<=14] xvalue (but not a bit-field), class prvalue, array prvalue, or // [1z] rvalue (but not a bit-field) or // function lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" // // Note: functions are handled above and below rather than here... if (!T1Function && (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible || (Kind.isCStyleOrFunctionalCast() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related)) && ((InitCategory.isXValue() && !isNonReferenceableGLValue(Initializer)) || (InitCategory.isPRValue() && (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z || T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())))) { ExprValueKind ValueKind = InitCategory.isXValue() ? VK_XValue : VK_RValue; if (InitCategory.isPRValue() && T2->isRecordType()) { // The corresponding bullet in C++03 [dcl.init.ref]p5 gives the // compiler the freedom to perform a copy here or bind to the // object, while C++0x requires that we bind directly to the // object. Hence, we always bind to the object without making an // extra copy. However, in C++03 requires that we check for the // presence of a suitable copy constructor: // // The constructor that would be used to make the copy shall // be callable whether or not the copy is actually done. if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) Sequence.AddExtraneousCopyToTemporary(cv2T2); else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) CheckCXX98CompatAccessibleCopy(S, Entity, Initializer); } // C++1z [dcl.init.ref]/5.2.1.2: // If the converted initializer is a prvalue, its type T4 is adjusted // to type "cv1 T4" and the temporary materialization conversion is // applied. QualType cv1T4 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(cv2T2, T1Quals); if (T1Quals != T2Quals) Sequence.AddQualificationConversionStep(cv1T4, ValueKind); Sequence.AddReferenceBindingStep(cv1T4, ValueKind == VK_RValue); ValueKind = isLValueRef ? VK_LValue : VK_XValue; // In any case, the reference is bound to the resulting glvalue (or to // an appropriate base class subobject). if (DerivedToBase) Sequence.AddDerivedToBaseCastStep(cv1T1, ValueKind); else if (ObjCConversion) Sequence.AddObjCObjectConversionStep(cv1T1); return; } // - has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to an // xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type "cv3 T3", // where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3", // // DR1287 removes the "implicitly" here. if (T2->isRecordType()) { if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { ConvOvlResult = TryRefInitWithConversionFunction( S, Entity, Kind, Initializer, /*AllowRValues*/ true, /*IsLValueRef*/ isLValueRef, Sequence); if (ConvOvlResult) Sequence.SetOverloadFailure( InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceInitOverloadFailed, ConvOvlResult); return; } if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible && isRValueRef && InitCategory.isLValue()) { Sequence.SetFailed( InitializationSequence::FK_RValueReferenceBindingToLValue); return; } Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceInitDropsQualifiers); return; } // - Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and initialized // from the initializer expression using the rules for a non-reference // copy-initialization (8.5). The reference is then bound to the // temporary. [...] InitializedEntity TempEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(cv1T1); // FIXME: Why do we use an implicit conversion here rather than trying // copy-initialization? ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = S.TryImplicitConversion(Initializer, TempEntity.getType(), /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, /*AllowExplicit=*/false, /*FIXME:InOverloadResolution=*/false, /*CStyle=*/Kind.isCStyleOrFunctionalCast(), /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); if (ICS.isBad()) { // FIXME: Use the conversion function set stored in ICS to turn // this into an overloading ambiguity diagnostic. However, we need // to keep that set as an OverloadCandidateSet rather than as some // other kind of set. if (ConvOvlResult && !Sequence.getFailedCandidateSet().empty()) Sequence.SetOverloadFailure( InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceInitOverloadFailed, ConvOvlResult); else if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_AddressOfOverloadFailed); else Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceInitFailed); return; } else { Sequence.AddConversionSequenceStep(ICS, TempEntity.getType()); } // [...] If T1 is reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the // same cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification // than, cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. unsigned T1CVRQuals = T1Quals.getCVRQualifiers(); unsigned T2CVRQuals = T2Quals.getCVRQualifiers(); if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related && (T1CVRQuals | T2CVRQuals) != T1CVRQuals) { Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_ReferenceInitDropsQualifiers); return; } // [...] If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue. if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related && !isLValueRef && InitCategory.isLValue()) { Sequence.SetFailed( InitializationSequence::FK_RValueReferenceBindingToLValue); return; } Sequence.AddReferenceBindingStep(cv1T1, /*bindingTemporary=*/true); } /// \brief Attempt character array initialization from a string literal /// (C++ [dcl.init.string], C99 6.7.8). static void TryStringLiteralInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, Expr *Initializer, InitializationSequence &Sequence) { Sequence.AddStringInitStep(Entity.getType()); } /// \brief Attempt value initialization (C++ [dcl.init]p7). static void TryValueInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, InitializationSequence &Sequence, InitListExpr *InitList) { assert((!InitList || InitList->getNumInits() == 0) && "Shouldn't use value-init for non-empty init lists"); // C++98 [dcl.init]p5, C++11 [dcl.init]p7: // // To value-initialize an object of type T means: QualType T = Entity.getType(); // -- if T is an array type, then each element is value-initialized; T = S.Context.getBaseElementType(T); if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs()) { if (CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = dyn_cast(RT->getDecl())) { bool NeedZeroInitialization = true; // C++98: // -- if T is a class type (clause 9) with a user-declared constructor // (12.1), then the default constructor for T is called (and the // initialization is ill-formed if T has no accessible default // constructor); // C++11: // -- if T is a class type (clause 9) with either no default constructor // (12.1 [class.ctor]) or a default constructor that is user-provided // or deleted, then the object is default-initialized; // // Note that the C++11 rule is the same as the C++98 rule if there are no // defaulted or deleted constructors, so we just use it unconditionally. CXXConstructorDecl *CD = S.LookupDefaultConstructor(ClassDecl); if (!CD || !CD->getCanonicalDecl()->isDefaulted() || CD->isDeleted()) NeedZeroInitialization = false; // -- if T is a (possibly cv-qualified) non-union class type without a // user-provided or deleted default constructor, then the object is // zero-initialized and, if T has a non-trivial default constructor, // default-initialized; // The 'non-union' here was removed by DR1502. The 'non-trivial default // constructor' part was removed by DR1507. if (NeedZeroInitialization) Sequence.AddZeroInitializationStep(Entity.getType()); // C++03: // -- if T is a non-union class type without a user-declared constructor, // then every non-static data member and base class component of T is // value-initialized; // [...] A program that calls for [...] value-initialization of an // entity of reference type is ill-formed. // // C++11 doesn't need this handling, because value-initialization does not // occur recursively there, and the implicit default constructor is // defined as deleted in the problematic cases. if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && ClassDecl->hasUninitializedReferenceMember()) { Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_TooManyInitsForReference); return; } // If this is list-value-initialization, pass the empty init list on when // building the constructor call. This affects the semantics of a few // things (such as whether an explicit default constructor can be called). Expr *InitListAsExpr = InitList; MultiExprArg Args(&InitListAsExpr, InitList ? 1 : 0); bool InitListSyntax = InitList; // FIXME: Instead of creating a CXXConstructExpr of array type here, // wrap a class-typed CXXConstructExpr in an ArrayInitLoopExpr. return TryConstructorInitialization( S, Entity, Kind, Args, T, Entity.getType(), Sequence, InitListSyntax); } } Sequence.AddZeroInitializationStep(Entity.getType()); } /// \brief Attempt default initialization (C++ [dcl.init]p6). static void TryDefaultInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, InitializationSequence &Sequence) { assert(Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Default); // C++ [dcl.init]p6: // To default-initialize an object of type T means: // - if T is an array type, each element is default-initialized; QualType DestType = S.Context.getBaseElementType(Entity.getType()); // - if T is a (possibly cv-qualified) class type (Clause 9), the default // constructor for T is called (and the initialization is ill-formed if // T has no accessible default constructor); if (DestType->isRecordType() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { TryConstructorInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, None, DestType, Entity.getType(), Sequence); return; } // - otherwise, no initialization is performed. // If a program calls for the default initialization of an object of // a const-qualified type T, T shall be a class type with a user-provided // default constructor. if (DestType.isConstQualified() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { if (!maybeRecoverWithZeroInitialization(S, Sequence, Entity)) Sequence.SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_DefaultInitOfConst); return; } // If the destination type has a lifetime property, zero-initialize it. if (DestType.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { Sequence.AddZeroInitializationStep(Entity.getType()); return; } } /// \brief Attempt a user-defined conversion between two types (C++ [dcl.init]), /// which enumerates all conversion functions and performs overload resolution /// to select the best. static void TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, QualType DestType, const InitializationKind &Kind, Expr *Initializer, InitializationSequence &Sequence, bool TopLevelOfInitList) { assert(!DestType->isReferenceType() && "References are handled elsewhere"); QualType SourceType = Initializer->getType(); assert((DestType->isRecordType() || SourceType->isRecordType()) && "Must have a class type to perform a user-defined conversion"); // Build the candidate set directly in the initialization sequence // structure, so that it will persist if we fail. OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet = Sequence.getFailedCandidateSet(); CandidateSet.clear(); // Determine whether we are allowed to call explicit constructors or // explicit conversion operators. bool AllowExplicit = Kind.AllowExplicit(); if (const RecordType *DestRecordType = DestType->getAs()) { // The type we're converting to is a class type. Enumerate its constructors // to see if there is a suitable conversion. CXXRecordDecl *DestRecordDecl = cast(DestRecordType->getDecl()); // Try to complete the type we're converting to. if (S.isCompleteType(Kind.getLocation(), DestType)) { DeclContext::lookup_result R = S.LookupConstructors(DestRecordDecl); // The container holding the constructors can under certain conditions // be changed while iterating. To be safe we copy the lookup results // to a new container. SmallVector CopyOfCon(R.begin(), R.end()); for (SmallVectorImpl::iterator Con = CopyOfCon.begin(), ConEnd = CopyOfCon.end(); Con != ConEnd; ++Con) { NamedDecl *D = *Con; auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); if (!Info.Constructor) continue; if (!Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) { if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, Initializer, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true); else S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, Initializer, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true); } } } } SourceLocation DeclLoc = Initializer->getLocStart(); if (const RecordType *SourceRecordType = SourceType->getAs()) { // The type we're converting from is a class type, enumerate its conversion // functions. // We can only enumerate the conversion functions for a complete type; if // the type isn't complete, simply skip this step. if (S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, SourceType)) { CXXRecordDecl *SourceRecordDecl = cast(SourceRecordType->getDecl()); const auto &Conversions = SourceRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { NamedDecl *D = *I; CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast(D->getDeclContext()); if (isa(D)) D = cast(D)->getTargetDecl(); FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast(D); CXXConversionDecl *Conv; if (ConvTemplate) Conv = cast(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); else Conv = cast(D); if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) { if (ConvTemplate) S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Initializer, DestType, CandidateSet, AllowExplicit); else S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Initializer, DestType, CandidateSet, AllowExplicit); } } } } // Perform overload resolution. If it fails, return the failed result. OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; if (OverloadingResult Result = CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best, true)) { Sequence.SetOverloadFailure( InitializationSequence::FK_UserConversionOverloadFailed, Result); return; } FunctionDecl *Function = Best->Function; Function->setReferenced(); bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); if (isa(Function)) { // Add the user-defined conversion step. Any cv-qualification conversion is // subsumed by the initialization. Per DR5, the created temporary is of the // cv-unqualified type of the destination. Sequence.AddUserConversionStep(Function, Best->FoundDecl, DestType.getUnqualifiedType(), HadMultipleCandidates); // C++14 and before: // - if the function is a constructor, the call initializes a temporary // of the cv-unqualified version of the destination type. The [...] // temporary [...] is then used to direct-initialize, according to the // rules above, the object that is the destination of the // copy-initialization. // Note that this just performs a simple object copy from the temporary. // // C++1z: // - if the function is a constructor, the call is a prvalue of the // cv-unqualified version of the destination type whose return object // is initialized by the constructor. The call is used to // direct-initialize, according to the rules above, the object that // is the destination of the copy-initialization. // Therefore we need to do nothing further. // // FIXME: Mark this copy as extraneous. if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) Sequence.AddFinalCopy(DestType); else if (DestType.hasQualifiers()) Sequence.AddQualificationConversionStep(DestType, VK_RValue); return; } // Add the user-defined conversion step that calls the conversion function. QualType ConvType = Function->getCallResultType(); Sequence.AddUserConversionStep(Function, Best->FoundDecl, ConvType, HadMultipleCandidates); if (ConvType->getAs()) { // The call is used to direct-initialize [...] the object that is the // destination of the copy-initialization. // // In C++1z, this does not call a constructor if we enter /17.6.1: // - If the initializer expression is a prvalue and the cv-unqualified // version of the source type is the same as the class of the // destination [... do not make an extra copy] // // FIXME: Mark this copy as extraneous. if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z || Function->getReturnType()->isReferenceType() || !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ConvType, DestType)) Sequence.AddFinalCopy(DestType); else if (!S.Context.hasSameType(ConvType, DestType)) Sequence.AddQualificationConversionStep(DestType, VK_RValue); return; } // If the conversion following the call to the conversion function // is interesting, add it as a separate step. if (Best->FinalConversion.First || Best->FinalConversion.Second || Best->FinalConversion.Third) { ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; ICS.setStandard(); ICS.Standard = Best->FinalConversion; Sequence.AddConversionSequenceStep(ICS, DestType, TopLevelOfInitList); } } /// An egregious hack for compatibility with libstdc++-4.2: in , /// a function with a pointer return type contains a 'return false;' statement. /// In C++11, 'false' is not a null pointer, so this breaks the build of any /// code using that header. /// /// Work around this by treating 'return false;' as zero-initializing the result /// if it's used in a pointer-returning function in a system header. static bool isLibstdcxxPointerReturnFalseHack(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const Expr *Init) { return S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Result && Entity.getType()->isPointerType() && isa(Init) && !cast(Init)->getValue() && S.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Init->getExprLoc()); } /// The non-zero enum values here are indexes into diagnostic alternatives. enum InvalidICRKind { IIK_okay, IIK_nonlocal, IIK_nonscalar }; /// Determines whether this expression is an acceptable ICR source. static InvalidICRKind isInvalidICRSource(ASTContext &C, Expr *e, bool isAddressOf, bool &isWeakAccess) { // Skip parens. e = e->IgnoreParens(); // Skip address-of nodes. if (UnaryOperator *op = dyn_cast(e)) { if (op->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) return isInvalidICRSource(C, op->getSubExpr(), /*addressof*/ true, isWeakAccess); // Skip certain casts. } else if (CastExpr *ce = dyn_cast(e)) { switch (ce->getCastKind()) { case CK_Dependent: case CK_BitCast: case CK_LValueBitCast: case CK_NoOp: return isInvalidICRSource(C, ce->getSubExpr(), isAddressOf, isWeakAccess); case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: return IIK_nonscalar; case CK_NullToPointer: return IIK_okay; default: break; } // If we have a declaration reference, it had better be a local variable. } else if (isa(e)) { // set isWeakAccess to true, to mean that there will be an implicit // load which requires a cleanup. if (e->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) isWeakAccess = true; if (!isAddressOf) return IIK_nonlocal; VarDecl *var = dyn_cast(cast(e)->getDecl()); if (!var) return IIK_nonlocal; return (var->hasLocalStorage() ? IIK_okay : IIK_nonlocal); // If we have a conditional operator, check both sides. } else if (ConditionalOperator *cond = dyn_cast(e)) { if (InvalidICRKind iik = isInvalidICRSource(C, cond->getLHS(), isAddressOf, isWeakAccess)) return iik; return isInvalidICRSource(C, cond->getRHS(), isAddressOf, isWeakAccess); // These are never scalar. } else if (isa(e)) { return IIK_nonscalar; // Otherwise, it needs to be a null pointer constant. } else { return (e->isNullPointerConstant(C, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) ? IIK_okay : IIK_nonlocal); } return IIK_nonlocal; } /// Check whether the given expression is a valid operand for an /// indirect copy/restore. static void checkIndirectCopyRestoreSource(Sema &S, Expr *src) { assert(src->isRValue()); bool isWeakAccess = false; InvalidICRKind iik = isInvalidICRSource(S.Context, src, false, isWeakAccess); // If isWeakAccess to true, there will be an implicit // load which requires a cleanup. if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && isWeakAccess) S.Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); if (iik == IIK_okay) return; S.Diag(src->getExprLoc(), diag::err_arc_nonlocal_writeback) << ((unsigned) iik - 1) // shift index into diagnostic explanations << src->getSourceRange(); } /// \brief Determine whether we have compatible array types for the /// purposes of GNU by-copy array initialization. static bool hasCompatibleArrayTypes(ASTContext &Context, const ArrayType *Dest, const ArrayType *Source) { // If the source and destination array types are equivalent, we're // done. if (Context.hasSameType(QualType(Dest, 0), QualType(Source, 0))) return true; // Make sure that the element types are the same. if (!Context.hasSameType(Dest->getElementType(), Source->getElementType())) return false; // The only mismatch we allow is when the destination is an // incomplete array type and the source is a constant array type. return Source->isConstantArrayType() && Dest->isIncompleteArrayType(); } static bool tryObjCWritebackConversion(Sema &S, InitializationSequence &Sequence, const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Initializer) { bool ArrayDecay = false; QualType ArgType = Initializer->getType(); QualType ArgPointee; if (const ArrayType *ArgArrayType = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgType)) { ArrayDecay = true; ArgPointee = ArgArrayType->getElementType(); ArgType = S.Context.getPointerType(ArgPointee); } // Handle write-back conversion. QualType ConvertedArgType; if (!S.isObjCWritebackConversion(ArgType, Entity.getType(), ConvertedArgType)) return false; // We should copy unless we're passing to an argument explicitly // marked 'out'. bool ShouldCopy = true; if (ParmVarDecl *param = cast_or_null(Entity.getDecl())) ShouldCopy = (param->getObjCDeclQualifier() != ParmVarDecl::OBJC_TQ_Out); // Do we need an lvalue conversion? if (ArrayDecay || Initializer->isGLValue()) { ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; ICS.setStandard(); ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); QualType ResultType; if (ArrayDecay) { ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer; ResultType = S.Context.getPointerType(ArgPointee); } else { ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; ResultType = Initializer->getType().getNonLValueExprType(S.Context); } Sequence.AddConversionSequenceStep(ICS, ResultType); } Sequence.AddPassByIndirectCopyRestoreStep(Entity.getType(), ShouldCopy); return true; } static bool TryOCLSamplerInitialization(Sema &S, InitializationSequence &Sequence, QualType DestType, Expr *Initializer) { if (!S.getLangOpts().OpenCL || !DestType->isSamplerT() || (!Initializer->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context) && !Initializer->getType()->isSamplerT())) return false; Sequence.AddOCLSamplerInitStep(DestType); return true; } // // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.12.10 // // The event argument can also be used to associate the // async_work_group_copy with a previous async copy allowing // an event to be shared by multiple async copies; otherwise // event should be zero. // static bool TryOCLZeroEventInitialization(Sema &S, InitializationSequence &Sequence, QualType DestType, Expr *Initializer) { if (!S.getLangOpts().OpenCL || !DestType->isEventT() || !Initializer->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) || (Initializer->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) != 0)) return false; Sequence.AddOCLZeroEventStep(DestType); return true; } static bool TryOCLZeroQueueInitialization(Sema &S, InitializationSequence &Sequence, QualType DestType, Expr *Initializer) { if (!S.getLangOpts().OpenCL || S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 200 || !DestType->isQueueT() || !Initializer->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) || (Initializer->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) != 0)) return false; Sequence.AddOCLZeroQueueStep(DestType); return true; } InitializationSequence::InitializationSequence(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Args, bool TopLevelOfInitList, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) : FailedCandidateSet(Kind.getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal) { InitializeFrom(S, Entity, Kind, Args, TopLevelOfInitList, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); } /// Tries to get a FunctionDecl out of `E`. If it succeeds and we can take the /// address of that function, this returns true. Otherwise, it returns false. static bool isExprAnUnaddressableFunction(Sema &S, const Expr *E) { auto *DRE = dyn_cast(E); if (!DRE || !isa(DRE->getDecl())) return false; return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable( cast(DRE->getDecl())); } /// Determine whether we can perform an elementwise array copy for this kind /// of entity. static bool canPerformArrayCopy(const InitializedEntity &Entity) { switch (Entity.getKind()) { case InitializedEntity::EK_LambdaCapture: // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p24: // For array members, the array elements are direct-initialized in // increasing subscript order. return true; case InitializedEntity::EK_Variable: // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: // [...] each element is copy-initialized or direct-initialized from the // corresponding element of the assignment-expression [...] return isa(Entity.getDecl()); case InitializedEntity::EK_Member: // C++ [class.copy.ctor]p14: // - if the member is an array, each element is direct-initialized with // the corresponding subobject of x return Entity.isImplicitMemberInitializer(); case InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement: // All the above cases are intended to apply recursively, even though none // of them actually say that. if (auto *E = Entity.getParent()) return canPerformArrayCopy(*E); break; default: break; } return false; } void InitializationSequence::InitializeFrom(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Args, bool TopLevelOfInitList, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { ASTContext &Context = S.Context; // Eliminate non-overload placeholder types in the arguments. We // need to do this before checking whether types are dependent // because lowering a pseudo-object expression might well give us // something of dependent type. for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) if (Args[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { // FIXME: should we be doing this here? ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Args[I]); if (result.isInvalid()) { SetFailed(FK_PlaceholderType); return; } Args[I] = result.get(); } // C++0x [dcl.init]p16: // The semantics of initializers are as follows. The destination type is // the type of the object or reference being initialized and the source // type is the type of the initializer expression. The source type is not // defined when the initializer is a braced-init-list or when it is a // parenthesized list of expressions. QualType DestType = Entity.getType(); if (DestType->isDependentType() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args)) { SequenceKind = DependentSequence; return; } // Almost everything is a normal sequence. setSequenceKind(NormalSequence); QualType SourceType; Expr *Initializer = nullptr; if (Args.size() == 1) { Initializer = Args[0]; if (S.getLangOpts().ObjC1) { if (S.CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(Initializer->getLocStart(), DestType, Initializer->getType(), Initializer) || S.ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(DestType, Initializer)) Args[0] = Initializer; } if (!isa(Initializer)) SourceType = Initializer->getType(); } // - If the initializer is a (non-parenthesized) braced-init-list, the // object is list-initialized (8.5.4). if (Kind.getKind() != InitializationKind::IK_Direct) { if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast_or_null(Initializer)) { TryListInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, InitList, *this, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); return; } } // - If the destination type is a reference type, see 8.5.3. if (DestType->isReferenceType()) { // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p1: // A variable declared to be a T& or T&&, that is, "reference to type T" // (8.3.2), shall be initialized by an object, or function, of type T or // by an object that can be converted into a T. // (Therefore, multiple arguments are not permitted.) if (Args.size() != 1) SetFailed(FK_TooManyInitsForReference); else TryReferenceInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, Args[0], *this); return; } // - If the initializer is (), the object is value-initialized. if (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Value || (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Direct && Args.empty())) { TryValueInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, *this); return; } // Handle default initialization. if (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Default) { TryDefaultInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, *this); return; } // - If the destination type is an array of characters, an array of // char16_t, an array of char32_t, or an array of wchar_t, and the // initializer is a string literal, see 8.5.2. // - Otherwise, if the destination type is an array, the program is // ill-formed. if (const ArrayType *DestAT = Context.getAsArrayType(DestType)) { if (Initializer && isa(DestAT)) { SetFailed(FK_VariableLengthArrayHasInitializer); return; } if (Initializer) { switch (IsStringInit(Initializer, DestAT, Context)) { case SIF_None: TryStringLiteralInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, Initializer, *this); return; case SIF_NarrowStringIntoWideChar: SetFailed(FK_NarrowStringIntoWideCharArray); return; case SIF_WideStringIntoChar: SetFailed(FK_WideStringIntoCharArray); return; case SIF_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar: SetFailed(FK_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar); return; case SIF_Other: break; } } // Some kinds of initialization permit an array to be initialized from // another array of the same type, and perform elementwise initialization. if (Initializer && isa(DestAT) && S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Initializer->getType(), Entity.getType()) && canPerformArrayCopy(Entity)) { // If source is a prvalue, use it directly. if (Initializer->getValueKind() == VK_RValue) { AddArrayInitStep(DestType, /*IsGNUExtension*/false); return; } // Emit element-at-a-time copy loop. InitializedEntity Element = InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(S.Context, 0, Entity); QualType InitEltT = Context.getAsArrayType(Initializer->getType())->getElementType(); OpaqueValueExpr OVE(Initializer->getExprLoc(), InitEltT, Initializer->getValueKind(), Initializer->getObjectKind()); Expr *OVEAsExpr = &OVE; InitializeFrom(S, Element, Kind, OVEAsExpr, TopLevelOfInitList, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); if (!Failed()) AddArrayInitLoopStep(Entity.getType(), InitEltT); return; } // Note: as an GNU C extension, we allow initialization of an // array from a compound literal that creates an array of the same // type, so long as the initializer has no side effects. if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Initializer && isa(Initializer->IgnoreParens()) && Initializer->getType()->isArrayType()) { const ArrayType *SourceAT = Context.getAsArrayType(Initializer->getType()); if (!hasCompatibleArrayTypes(S.Context, DestAT, SourceAT)) SetFailed(FK_ArrayTypeMismatch); else if (Initializer->HasSideEffects(S.Context)) SetFailed(FK_NonConstantArrayInit); else { AddArrayInitStep(DestType, /*IsGNUExtension*/true); } } // Note: as a GNU C++ extension, we allow list-initialization of a // class member of array type from a parenthesized initializer list. else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Member && Initializer && isa(Initializer)) { TryListInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, cast(Initializer), *this, TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); AddParenthesizedArrayInitStep(DestType); } else if (DestAT->getElementType()->isCharType()) SetFailed(FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrStringLiteral); else if (IsWideCharCompatible(DestAT->getElementType(), Context)) SetFailed(FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrWideStringLiteral); else SetFailed(FK_ArrayNeedsInitList); return; } // Determine whether we should consider writeback conversions for // Objective-C ARC. bool allowObjCWritebackConversion = S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Entity.isParameterKind(); // We're at the end of the line for C: it's either a write-back conversion // or it's a C assignment. There's no need to check anything else. if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { // If allowed, check whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion. if (allowObjCWritebackConversion && tryObjCWritebackConversion(S, *this, Entity, Initializer)) { return; } if (TryOCLSamplerInitialization(S, *this, DestType, Initializer)) return; if (TryOCLZeroEventInitialization(S, *this, DestType, Initializer)) return; if (TryOCLZeroQueueInitialization(S, *this, DestType, Initializer)) return; // Handle initialization in C AddCAssignmentStep(DestType); MaybeProduceObjCObject(S, *this, Entity); return; } assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); // - If the destination type is a (possibly cv-qualified) class type: if (DestType->isRecordType()) { // - If the initialization is direct-initialization, or if it is // copy-initialization where the cv-unqualified version of the // source type is the same class as, or a derived class of, the // class of the destination, constructors are considered. [...] if (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Direct || (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Copy && (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SourceType, DestType) || S.IsDerivedFrom(Initializer->getLocStart(), SourceType, DestType)))) TryConstructorInitialization(S, Entity, Kind, Args, DestType, DestType, *this); // - Otherwise (i.e., for the remaining copy-initialization cases), // user-defined conversion sequences that can convert from the source // type to the destination type or (when a conversion function is // used) to a derived class thereof are enumerated as described in // 13.3.1.4, and the best one is chosen through overload resolution // (13.3). else TryUserDefinedConversion(S, DestType, Kind, Initializer, *this, TopLevelOfInitList); return; } if (Args.size() > 1) { SetFailed(FK_TooManyInitsForScalar); return; } assert(Args.size() == 1 && "Zero-argument case handled above"); // - Otherwise, if the source type is a (possibly cv-qualified) class // type, conversion functions are considered. if (!SourceType.isNull() && SourceType->isRecordType()) { // For a conversion to _Atomic(T) from either T or a class type derived // from T, initialize the T object then convert to _Atomic type. bool NeedAtomicConversion = false; if (const AtomicType *Atomic = DestType->getAs()) { if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SourceType, Atomic->getValueType()) || S.IsDerivedFrom(Initializer->getLocStart(), SourceType, Atomic->getValueType())) { DestType = Atomic->getValueType(); NeedAtomicConversion = true; } } TryUserDefinedConversion(S, DestType, Kind, Initializer, *this, TopLevelOfInitList); MaybeProduceObjCObject(S, *this, Entity); if (!Failed() && NeedAtomicConversion) AddAtomicConversionStep(Entity.getType()); return; } // - Otherwise, the initial value of the object being initialized is the // (possibly converted) value of the initializer expression. Standard // conversions (Clause 4) will be used, if necessary, to convert the // initializer expression to the cv-unqualified version of the // destination type; no user-defined conversions are considered. ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = S.TryImplicitConversion(Initializer, DestType, /*SuppressUserConversions*/true, /*AllowExplicitConversions*/ false, /*InOverloadResolution*/ false, /*CStyle=*/Kind.isCStyleOrFunctionalCast(), allowObjCWritebackConversion); if (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Writeback_Conversion) { // Objective-C ARC writeback conversion. // We should copy unless we're passing to an argument explicitly // marked 'out'. bool ShouldCopy = true; if (ParmVarDecl *Param = cast_or_null(Entity.getDecl())) ShouldCopy = (Param->getObjCDeclQualifier() != ParmVarDecl::OBJC_TQ_Out); // If there was an lvalue adjustment, add it as a separate conversion. if (ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) { ImplicitConversionSequence LvalueICS; LvalueICS.setStandard(); LvalueICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); LvalueICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ICS.Standard.getToType(0)); LvalueICS.Standard.First = ICS.Standard.First; AddConversionSequenceStep(LvalueICS, ICS.Standard.getToType(0)); } AddPassByIndirectCopyRestoreStep(DestType, ShouldCopy); } else if (ICS.isBad()) { DeclAccessPair dap; if (isLibstdcxxPointerReturnFalseHack(S, Entity, Initializer)) { AddZeroInitializationStep(Entity.getType()); } else if (Initializer->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && !S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Initializer, DestType, false, dap)) SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_AddressOfOverloadFailed); else if (Initializer->getType()->isFunctionType() && isExprAnUnaddressableFunction(S, Initializer)) SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_AddressOfUnaddressableFunction); else SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_ConversionFailed); } else { AddConversionSequenceStep(ICS, DestType, TopLevelOfInitList); MaybeProduceObjCObject(S, *this, Entity); } } InitializationSequence::~InitializationSequence() { for (auto &S : Steps) S.Destroy(); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Perform initialization //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// static Sema::AssignmentAction getAssignmentAction(const InitializedEntity &Entity, bool Diagnose = false) { switch(Entity.getKind()) { case InitializedEntity::EK_Variable: case InitializedEntity::EK_New: case InitializedEntity::EK_Exception: case InitializedEntity::EK_Base: case InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating: return Sema::AA_Initializing; case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter: if (Entity.getDecl() && isa(Entity.getDecl()->getDeclContext())) return Sema::AA_Sending; return Sema::AA_Passing; case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: if (Entity.getDecl() && isa(Entity.getDecl()->getDeclContext())) return Sema::AA_Sending; return !Diagnose ? Sema::AA_Passing : Sema::AA_Passing_CFAudited; case InitializedEntity::EK_Result: return Sema::AA_Returning; case InitializedEntity::EK_Temporary: case InitializedEntity::EK_RelatedResult: // FIXME: Can we tell apart casting vs. converting? return Sema::AA_Casting; case InitializedEntity::EK_Member: case InitializedEntity::EK_Binding: case InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_VectorElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_ComplexElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_BlockElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_LambdaCapture: case InitializedEntity::EK_CompoundLiteralInit: return Sema::AA_Initializing; } llvm_unreachable("Invalid EntityKind!"); } /// \brief Whether we should bind a created object as a temporary when /// initializing the given entity. static bool shouldBindAsTemporary(const InitializedEntity &Entity) { switch (Entity.getKind()) { case InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_Member: case InitializedEntity::EK_Result: case InitializedEntity::EK_New: case InitializedEntity::EK_Variable: case InitializedEntity::EK_Base: case InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating: case InitializedEntity::EK_VectorElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_ComplexElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_Exception: case InitializedEntity::EK_BlockElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_LambdaCapture: case InitializedEntity::EK_CompoundLiteralInit: return false; case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter: case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: case InitializedEntity::EK_Temporary: case InitializedEntity::EK_RelatedResult: case InitializedEntity::EK_Binding: return true; } llvm_unreachable("missed an InitializedEntity kind?"); } /// \brief Whether the given entity, when initialized with an object /// created for that initialization, requires destruction. static bool shouldDestroyEntity(const InitializedEntity &Entity) { switch (Entity.getKind()) { case InitializedEntity::EK_Result: case InitializedEntity::EK_New: case InitializedEntity::EK_Base: case InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating: case InitializedEntity::EK_VectorElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_ComplexElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_BlockElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_LambdaCapture: return false; case InitializedEntity::EK_Member: case InitializedEntity::EK_Binding: case InitializedEntity::EK_Variable: case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter: case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: case InitializedEntity::EK_Temporary: case InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_Exception: case InitializedEntity::EK_CompoundLiteralInit: case InitializedEntity::EK_RelatedResult: return true; } llvm_unreachable("missed an InitializedEntity kind?"); } /// \brief Get the location at which initialization diagnostics should appear. static SourceLocation getInitializationLoc(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Initializer) { switch (Entity.getKind()) { case InitializedEntity::EK_Result: return Entity.getReturnLoc(); case InitializedEntity::EK_Exception: return Entity.getThrowLoc(); case InitializedEntity::EK_Variable: case InitializedEntity::EK_Binding: return Entity.getDecl()->getLocation(); case InitializedEntity::EK_LambdaCapture: return Entity.getCaptureLoc(); case InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_Member: case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter: case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: case InitializedEntity::EK_Temporary: case InitializedEntity::EK_New: case InitializedEntity::EK_Base: case InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating: case InitializedEntity::EK_VectorElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_ComplexElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_BlockElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_CompoundLiteralInit: case InitializedEntity::EK_RelatedResult: return Initializer->getLocStart(); } llvm_unreachable("missed an InitializedEntity kind?"); } /// \brief Make a (potentially elidable) temporary copy of the object /// provided by the given initializer by calling the appropriate copy /// constructor. /// /// \param S The Sema object used for type-checking. /// /// \param T The type of the temporary object, which must either be /// the type of the initializer expression or a superclass thereof. /// /// \param Entity The entity being initialized. /// /// \param CurInit The initializer expression. /// /// \param IsExtraneousCopy Whether this is an "extraneous" copy that /// is permitted in C++03 (but not C++0x) when binding a reference to /// an rvalue. /// /// \returns An expression that copies the initializer expression into /// a temporary object, or an error expression if a copy could not be /// created. static ExprResult CopyObject(Sema &S, QualType T, const InitializedEntity &Entity, ExprResult CurInit, bool IsExtraneousCopy) { if (CurInit.isInvalid()) return CurInit; // Determine which class type we're copying to. Expr *CurInitExpr = (Expr *)CurInit.get(); CXXRecordDecl *Class = nullptr; if (const RecordType *Record = T->getAs()) Class = cast(Record->getDecl()); if (!Class) return CurInit; SourceLocation Loc = getInitializationLoc(Entity, CurInit.get()); // Make sure that the type we are copying is complete. if (S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, diag::err_temp_copy_incomplete)) return CurInit; // Perform overload resolution using the class's constructors. Per // C++11 [dcl.init]p16, second bullet for class types, this initialization // is direct-initialization. OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); DeclContext::lookup_result Ctors = S.LookupConstructors(Class); OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; switch (ResolveConstructorOverload( S, Loc, CurInitExpr, CandidateSet, Ctors, Best, /*CopyInitializing=*/false, /*AllowExplicit=*/true, /*OnlyListConstructors=*/false, /*IsListInit=*/false, /*SecondStepOfCopyInit=*/true)) { case OR_Success: break; case OR_No_Viable_Function: S.Diag(Loc, IsExtraneousCopy && !S.isSFINAEContext() ? diag::ext_rvalue_to_reference_temp_copy_no_viable : diag::err_temp_copy_no_viable) << (int)Entity.getKind() << CurInitExpr->getType() << CurInitExpr->getSourceRange(); CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, CurInitExpr); if (!IsExtraneousCopy || S.isSFINAEContext()) return ExprError(); return CurInit; case OR_Ambiguous: S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_temp_copy_ambiguous) << (int)Entity.getKind() << CurInitExpr->getType() << CurInitExpr->getSourceRange(); CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, CurInitExpr); return ExprError(); case OR_Deleted: S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_temp_copy_deleted) << (int)Entity.getKind() << CurInitExpr->getType() << CurInitExpr->getSourceRange(); S.NoteDeletedFunction(Best->Function); return ExprError(); } bool HadMultipleCandidates = CandidateSet.size() > 1; CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast(Best->Function); SmallVector ConstructorArgs; CurInit.get(); // Ownership transferred into MultiExprArg, below. S.CheckConstructorAccess(Loc, Constructor, Best->FoundDecl, Entity, IsExtraneousCopy); if (IsExtraneousCopy) { // If this is a totally extraneous copy for C++03 reference // binding purposes, just return the original initialization // expression. We don't generate an (elided) copy operation here // because doing so would require us to pass down a flag to avoid // infinite recursion, where each step adds another extraneous, // elidable copy. // Instantiate the default arguments of any extra parameters in // the selected copy constructor, as if we were going to create a // proper call to the copy constructor. for (unsigned I = 1, N = Constructor->getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { ParmVarDecl *Parm = Constructor->getParamDecl(I); if (S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Parm->getType(), diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)) break; // Build the default argument expression; we don't actually care // if this succeeds or not, because this routine will complain // if there was a problem. S.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Loc, Constructor, Parm); } return CurInitExpr; } // Determine the arguments required to actually perform the // constructor call (we might have derived-to-base conversions, or // the copy constructor may have default arguments). if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, CurInitExpr, Loc, ConstructorArgs)) return ExprError(); // C++0x [class.copy]p32: // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to // omit the copy/move construction of a class object, even if the // copy/move constructor and/or destructor for the object have // side effects. [...] // - when a temporary class object that has not been bound to a // reference (12.2) would be copied/moved to a class object // with the same cv-unqualified type, the copy/move operation // can be omitted by constructing the temporary object // directly into the target of the omitted copy/move // // Note that the other three bullets are handled elsewhere. Copy // elision for return statements and throw expressions are handled as part // of constructor initialization, while copy elision for exception handlers // is handled by the run-time. // // FIXME: If the function parameter is not the same type as the temporary, we // should still be able to elide the copy, but we don't have a way to // represent in the AST how much should be elided in this case. bool Elidable = CurInitExpr->isTemporaryObject(S.Context, Class) && S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( Best->Function->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(), CurInitExpr->getType()); // Actually perform the constructor call. CurInit = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(Loc, T, Best->FoundDecl, Constructor, Elidable, ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); // If we're supposed to bind temporaries, do so. if (!CurInit.isInvalid() && shouldBindAsTemporary(Entity)) CurInit = S.MaybeBindToTemporary(CurInit.getAs()); return CurInit; } /// \brief Check whether elidable copy construction for binding a reference to /// a temporary would have succeeded if we were building in C++98 mode, for /// -Wc++98-compat. static void CheckCXX98CompatAccessibleCopy(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *CurInitExpr) { assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11); const RecordType *Record = CurInitExpr->getType()->getAs(); if (!Record) return; SourceLocation Loc = getInitializationLoc(Entity, CurInitExpr); if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_temp_copy, Loc)) return; // Find constructors which would have been considered. OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); DeclContext::lookup_result Ctors = S.LookupConstructors(cast(Record->getDecl())); // Perform overload resolution. OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; OverloadingResult OR = ResolveConstructorOverload( S, Loc, CurInitExpr, CandidateSet, Ctors, Best, /*CopyInitializing=*/false, /*AllowExplicit=*/true, /*OnlyListConstructors=*/false, /*IsListInit=*/false, /*SecondStepOfCopyInit=*/true); PartialDiagnostic Diag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_temp_copy) << OR << (int)Entity.getKind() << CurInitExpr->getType() << CurInitExpr->getSourceRange(); switch (OR) { case OR_Success: S.CheckConstructorAccess(Loc, cast(Best->Function), Best->FoundDecl, Entity, Diag); // FIXME: Check default arguments as far as that's possible. break; case OR_No_Viable_Function: S.Diag(Loc, Diag); CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, CurInitExpr); break; case OR_Ambiguous: S.Diag(Loc, Diag); CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, CurInitExpr); break; case OR_Deleted: S.Diag(Loc, Diag); S.NoteDeletedFunction(Best->Function); break; } } void InitializationSequence::PrintInitLocationNote(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity) { if (Entity.isParameterKind() && Entity.getDecl()) { if (Entity.getDecl()->getLocation().isInvalid()) return; if (Entity.getDecl()->getDeclName()) S.Diag(Entity.getDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_parameter_named_here) << Entity.getDecl()->getDeclName(); else S.Diag(Entity.getDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_parameter_here); } else if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_RelatedResult && Entity.getMethodDecl()) S.Diag(Entity.getMethodDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_method_return_type_change) << Entity.getMethodDecl()->getDeclName(); } /// Returns true if the parameters describe a constructor initialization of /// an explicit temporary object, e.g. "Point(x, y)". static bool isExplicitTemporary(const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, unsigned NumArgs) { switch (Entity.getKind()) { case InitializedEntity::EK_Temporary: case InitializedEntity::EK_CompoundLiteralInit: case InitializedEntity::EK_RelatedResult: break; default: return false; } switch (Kind.getKind()) { case InitializationKind::IK_DirectList: return true; // FIXME: Hack to work around cast weirdness. case InitializationKind::IK_Direct: case InitializationKind::IK_Value: return NumArgs != 1; default: return false; } } static ExprResult PerformConstructorInitialization(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Args, const InitializationSequence::Step& Step, bool &ConstructorInitRequiresZeroInit, bool IsListInitialization, bool IsStdInitListInitialization, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast(Step.Function.Function); bool HadMultipleCandidates = Step.Function.HadMultipleCandidates; // Build a call to the selected constructor. SmallVector ConstructorArgs; SourceLocation Loc = (Kind.isCopyInit() && Kind.getEqualLoc().isValid()) ? Kind.getEqualLoc() : Kind.getLocation(); if (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Default) { // Force even a trivial, implicit default constructor to be // semantically checked. We do this explicitly because we don't build // the definition for completely trivial constructors. assert(Constructor->getParent() && "No parent class for constructor."); if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor() && Constructor->isTrivial() && !Constructor->isUsed(false)) S.DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor); } ExprResult CurInit((Expr *)nullptr); // C++ [over.match.copy]p1: // - When initializing a temporary to be bound to the first parameter // of a constructor that takes a reference to possibly cv-qualified // T as its first argument, called with a single argument in the // context of direct-initialization, explicit conversion functions // are also considered. bool AllowExplicitConv = Kind.AllowExplicit() && !Kind.isCopyInit() && Args.size() == 1 && hasCopyOrMoveCtorParam(S.Context, getConstructorInfo(Step.Function.FoundDecl)); // Determine the arguments required to actually perform the constructor // call. if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, Args, Loc, ConstructorArgs, AllowExplicitConv, IsListInitialization)) return ExprError(); if (isExplicitTemporary(Entity, Kind, NumArgs)) { // An explicitly-constructed temporary, e.g., X(1, 2). if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Constructor, Loc)) return ExprError(); TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Entity.getTypeSourceInfo(); if (!TSInfo) TSInfo = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Entity.getType(), Loc); SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange = (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_DirectList) ? SourceRange(LBraceLoc, RBraceLoc) : Kind.getParenRange(); if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast( Step.Function.FoundDecl.getDecl())) { Constructor = S.findInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor, Shadow); if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Constructor, Loc)) return ExprError(); } S.MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, Constructor); CurInit = new (S.Context) CXXTemporaryObjectExpr( S.Context, Constructor, TSInfo, ConstructorArgs, ParenOrBraceRange, HadMultipleCandidates, IsListInitialization, IsStdInitListInitialization, ConstructorInitRequiresZeroInit); } else { CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind ConstructKind = CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete; if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Base) { ConstructKind = Entity.getBaseSpecifier()->isVirtual() ? CXXConstructExpr::CK_VirtualBase : CXXConstructExpr::CK_NonVirtualBase; } else if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating) { ConstructKind = CXXConstructExpr::CK_Delegating; } // Only get the parenthesis or brace range if it is a list initialization or // direct construction. SourceRange ParenOrBraceRange; if (IsListInitialization) ParenOrBraceRange = SourceRange(LBraceLoc, RBraceLoc); else if (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Direct) ParenOrBraceRange = Kind.getParenRange(); // If the entity allows NRVO, mark the construction as elidable // unconditionally. if (Entity.allowsNRVO()) CurInit = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(Loc, Step.Type, Step.Function.FoundDecl, Constructor, /*Elidable=*/true, ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, IsListInitialization, IsStdInitListInitialization, ConstructorInitRequiresZeroInit, ConstructKind, ParenOrBraceRange); else CurInit = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(Loc, Step.Type, Step.Function.FoundDecl, Constructor, ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, IsListInitialization, IsStdInitListInitialization, ConstructorInitRequiresZeroInit, ConstructKind, ParenOrBraceRange); } if (CurInit.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); // Only check access if all of that succeeded. S.CheckConstructorAccess(Loc, Constructor, Step.Function.FoundDecl, Entity); if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Step.Function.FoundDecl, Loc)) return ExprError(); if (shouldBindAsTemporary(Entity)) CurInit = S.MaybeBindToTemporary(CurInit.get()); return CurInit; } /// Determine whether the specified InitializedEntity definitely has a lifetime /// longer than the current full-expression. Conservatively returns false if /// it's unclear. static bool InitializedEntityOutlivesFullExpression(const InitializedEntity &Entity) { const InitializedEntity *Top = &Entity; while (Top->getParent()) Top = Top->getParent(); switch (Top->getKind()) { case InitializedEntity::EK_Variable: case InitializedEntity::EK_Result: case InitializedEntity::EK_Exception: case InitializedEntity::EK_Member: case InitializedEntity::EK_Binding: case InitializedEntity::EK_New: case InitializedEntity::EK_Base: case InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating: return true; case InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_VectorElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_BlockElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_ComplexElement: // Could not determine what the full initialization is. Assume it might not // outlive the full-expression. return false; case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter: case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: case InitializedEntity::EK_Temporary: case InitializedEntity::EK_LambdaCapture: case InitializedEntity::EK_CompoundLiteralInit: case InitializedEntity::EK_RelatedResult: // The entity being initialized might not outlive the full-expression. return false; } llvm_unreachable("unknown entity kind"); } /// Determine the declaration which an initialized entity ultimately refers to, /// for the purpose of lifetime-extending a temporary bound to a reference in /// the initialization of \p Entity. static const InitializedEntity *getEntityForTemporaryLifetimeExtension( const InitializedEntity *Entity, const InitializedEntity *FallbackDecl = nullptr) { // C++11 [class.temporary]p5: switch (Entity->getKind()) { case InitializedEntity::EK_Variable: // The temporary [...] persists for the lifetime of the reference return Entity; case InitializedEntity::EK_Member: // For subobjects, we look at the complete object. if (Entity->getParent()) return getEntityForTemporaryLifetimeExtension(Entity->getParent(), Entity); // except: // -- A temporary bound to a reference member in a constructor's // ctor-initializer persists until the constructor exits. return Entity; case InitializedEntity::EK_Binding: // Per [dcl.decomp]p3, the binding is treated as a variable of reference // type. return Entity; case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter: case InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter_CF_Audited: // -- A temporary bound to a reference parameter in a function call // persists until the completion of the full-expression containing // the call. case InitializedEntity::EK_Result: // -- The lifetime of a temporary bound to the returned value in a // function return statement is not extended; the temporary is // destroyed at the end of the full-expression in the return statement. case InitializedEntity::EK_New: // -- A temporary bound to a reference in a new-initializer persists // until the completion of the full-expression containing the // new-initializer. return nullptr; case InitializedEntity::EK_Temporary: case InitializedEntity::EK_CompoundLiteralInit: case InitializedEntity::EK_RelatedResult: // We don't yet know the storage duration of the surrounding temporary. // Assume it's got full-expression duration for now, it will patch up our // storage duration if that's not correct. return nullptr; case InitializedEntity::EK_ArrayElement: // For subobjects, we look at the complete object. return getEntityForTemporaryLifetimeExtension(Entity->getParent(), FallbackDecl); case InitializedEntity::EK_Base: // For subobjects, we look at the complete object. if (Entity->getParent()) return getEntityForTemporaryLifetimeExtension(Entity->getParent(), Entity); // Fall through. case InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating: // We can reach this case for aggregate initialization in a constructor: // struct A { int &&r; }; // struct B : A { B() : A{0} {} }; // In this case, use the innermost field decl as the context. return FallbackDecl; case InitializedEntity::EK_BlockElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_LambdaCapture: case InitializedEntity::EK_Exception: case InitializedEntity::EK_VectorElement: case InitializedEntity::EK_ComplexElement: return nullptr; } llvm_unreachable("unknown entity kind"); } static void performLifetimeExtension(Expr *Init, const InitializedEntity *ExtendingEntity); /// Update a glvalue expression that is used as the initializer of a reference /// to note that its lifetime is extended. /// \return \c true if any temporary had its lifetime extended. static bool performReferenceExtension(Expr *Init, const InitializedEntity *ExtendingEntity) { // Walk past any constructs which we can lifetime-extend across. Expr *Old; do { Old = Init; if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast(Init)) { if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1 && ILE->isGLValue()) { // This is just redundant braces around an initializer. Step over it. Init = ILE->getInit(0); } } // Step over any subobject adjustments; we may have a materialized // temporary inside them. Init = const_cast(Init->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments()); // Per current approach for DR1376, look through casts to reference type // when performing lifetime extension. if (CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast(Init)) if (CE->getSubExpr()->isGLValue()) Init = CE->getSubExpr(); // Per the current approach for DR1299, look through array element access // when performing lifetime extension. if (auto *ASE = dyn_cast(Init)) Init = ASE->getBase(); } while (Init != Old); if (MaterializeTemporaryExpr *ME = dyn_cast(Init)) { // Update the storage duration of the materialized temporary. // FIXME: Rebuild the expression instead of mutating it. ME->setExtendingDecl(ExtendingEntity->getDecl(), ExtendingEntity->allocateManglingNumber()); performLifetimeExtension(ME->GetTemporaryExpr(), ExtendingEntity); return true; } return false; } /// Update a prvalue expression that is going to be materialized as a /// lifetime-extended temporary. static void performLifetimeExtension(Expr *Init, const InitializedEntity *ExtendingEntity) { // Dig out the expression which constructs the extended temporary. Init = const_cast(Init->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments()); if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast(Init)) Init = BTE->getSubExpr(); if (CXXStdInitializerListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast(Init)) { performReferenceExtension(ILE->getSubExpr(), ExtendingEntity); return; } if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast(Init)) { if (ILE->getType()->isArrayType()) { for (unsigned I = 0, N = ILE->getNumInits(); I != N; ++I) performLifetimeExtension(ILE->getInit(I), ExtendingEntity); return; } if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = ILE->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { assert(RD->isAggregate() && "aggregate init on non-aggregate"); // If we lifetime-extend a braced initializer which is initializing an // aggregate, and that aggregate contains reference members which are // bound to temporaries, those temporaries are also lifetime-extended. if (RD->isUnion() && ILE->getInitializedFieldInUnion() && ILE->getInitializedFieldInUnion()->getType()->isReferenceType()) performReferenceExtension(ILE->getInit(0), ExtendingEntity); else { unsigned Index = 0; for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) { if (Index >= ILE->getNumInits()) break; if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) continue; Expr *SubInit = ILE->getInit(Index); if (I->getType()->isReferenceType()) performReferenceExtension(SubInit, ExtendingEntity); else if (isa(SubInit) || isa(SubInit)) // This may be either aggregate-initialization of a member or // initialization of a std::initializer_list object. Either way, // we should recursively lifetime-extend that initializer. performLifetimeExtension(SubInit, ExtendingEntity); ++Index; } } } } } static void warnOnLifetimeExtension(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const Expr *Init, bool IsInitializerList, const ValueDecl *ExtendingDecl) { // Warn if a field lifetime-extends a temporary. if (isa(ExtendingDecl)) { if (IsInitializerList) { S.Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) << /*at end of constructor*/true; return; } bool IsSubobjectMember = false; for (const InitializedEntity *Ent = Entity.getParent(); Ent; Ent = Ent->getParent()) { if (Ent->getKind() != InitializedEntity::EK_Base) { IsSubobjectMember = true; break; } } S.Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_bind_ref_member_to_temporary) << ExtendingDecl << Init->getSourceRange() << IsSubobjectMember << IsInitializerList; if (IsSubobjectMember) S.Diag(ExtendingDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_subobject_of_member_declared_here); else S.Diag(ExtendingDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_or_ptr_member_declared_here) << /*is pointer*/false; } } static void DiagnoseNarrowingInInitList(Sema &S, const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, QualType PreNarrowingType, QualType EntityType, const Expr *PostInit); /// Provide warnings when std::move is used on construction. static void CheckMoveOnConstruction(Sema &S, const Expr *InitExpr, bool IsReturnStmt) { if (!InitExpr) return; if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) return; QualType DestType = InitExpr->getType(); if (!DestType->isRecordType()) return; unsigned DiagID = 0; if (IsReturnStmt) { const CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast(InitExpr->IgnoreParens()); if (!CCE || CCE->getNumArgs() != 1) return; if (!CCE->getConstructor()->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) return; InitExpr = CCE->getArg(0)->IgnoreImpCasts(); } // Find the std::move call and get the argument. const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast(InitExpr->IgnoreParens()); if (!CE || CE->getNumArgs() != 1) return; const FunctionDecl *MoveFunction = CE->getDirectCallee(); if (!MoveFunction || !MoveFunction->isInStdNamespace() || !MoveFunction->getIdentifier() || !MoveFunction->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) return; const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreImplicit(); if (IsReturnStmt) { const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); if (!DRE || DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return; const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast(DRE->getDecl()); if (!VD || !VD->hasLocalStorage()) return; QualType SourceType = VD->getType(); if (!SourceType->isRecordType()) return; if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestType, SourceType)) { return; } // If we're returning a function parameter, copy elision // is not possible. if (isa(VD)) DiagID = diag::warn_redundant_move_on_return; else DiagID = diag::warn_pessimizing_move_on_return; } else { DiagID = diag::warn_pessimizing_move_on_initialization; const Expr *ArgStripped = Arg->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParens(); if (!ArgStripped->isRValue() || !ArgStripped->getType()->isRecordType()) return; } S.Diag(CE->getLocStart(), DiagID); // Get all the locations for a fix-it. Don't emit the fix-it if any location // is within a macro. SourceLocation CallBegin = CE->getCallee()->getLocStart(); if (CallBegin.isMacroID()) return; SourceLocation RParen = CE->getRParenLoc(); if (RParen.isMacroID()) return; SourceLocation LParen; SourceLocation ArgLoc = Arg->getLocStart(); // Special testing for the argument location. Since the fix-it needs the // location right before the argument, the argument location can be in a // macro only if it is at the beginning of the macro. while (ArgLoc.isMacroID() && S.getSourceManager().isAtStartOfImmediateMacroExpansion(ArgLoc)) { ArgLoc = S.getSourceManager().getImmediateExpansionRange(ArgLoc).first; } if (LParen.isMacroID()) return; LParen = ArgLoc.getLocWithOffset(-1); S.Diag(CE->getLocStart(), diag::note_remove_move) << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CallBegin, LParen)) << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(RParen, RParen)); } static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, const Expr *E) { // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so, this is // undefined behavior, so warn about it. This only handles the pattern // "*null", which is a very syntactic check. if (const UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref && UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()-> isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, S.PDiag(diag::warn_binding_null_to_reference) << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange()); } } MaterializeTemporaryExpr * Sema::CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, bool BoundToLvalueReference) { auto MTE = new (Context) MaterializeTemporaryExpr(T, Temporary, BoundToLvalueReference); // Order an ExprWithCleanups for lifetime marks. // // TODO: It'll be good to have a single place to check the access of the // destructor and generate ExprWithCleanups for various uses. Currently these // are done in both CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr and MaybeBindToTemporary, // but there may be a chance to merge them. Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(false); return MTE; } ExprResult Sema::TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E) { // In C++98, we don't want to implicitly create an xvalue. // FIXME: This means that AST consumers need to deal with "prvalues" that // denote materialized temporaries. Maybe we should add another ValueKind // for "xvalue pretending to be a prvalue" for C++98 support. if (!E->isRValue() || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) return E; // C++1z [conv.rval]/1: T shall be a complete type. // FIXME: Does this ever matter (can we form a prvalue of incomplete type)? // If so, we should check for a non-abstract class type here too. QualType T = E->getType(); if (RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T, diag::err_incomplete_type)) return ExprError(); return CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(E->getType(), E, false); } ExprResult InitializationSequence::Perform(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Args, QualType *ResultType) { if (Failed()) { Diagnose(S, Entity, Kind, Args); return ExprError(); } if (!ZeroInitializationFixit.empty()) { unsigned DiagID = diag::err_default_init_const; if (Decl *D = Entity.getDecl()) if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && D->hasAttr()) DiagID = diag::ext_default_init_const; // The initialization would have succeeded with this fixit. Since the fixit // is on the error, we need to build a valid AST in this case, so this isn't // handled in the Failed() branch above. QualType DestType = Entity.getType(); S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), DiagID) << DestType << (bool)DestType->getAs() << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ZeroInitializationFixitLoc, ZeroInitializationFixit); } if (getKind() == DependentSequence) { // If the declaration is a non-dependent, incomplete array type // that has an initializer, then its type will be completed once // the initializer is instantiated. if (ResultType && !Entity.getType()->isDependentType() && Args.size() == 1) { QualType DeclType = Entity.getType(); if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT = S.Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(DeclType)) { // FIXME: We don't currently have the ability to accurately // compute the length of an initializer list without // performing full type-checking of the initializer list // (since we have to determine where braces are implicitly // introduced and such). So, we fall back to making the array // type a dependently-sized array type with no specified // bound. if (isa((Expr *)Args[0])) { SourceRange Brackets; // Scavange the location of the brackets from the entity, if we can. if (auto *DD = dyn_cast_or_null(Entity.getDecl())) { if (TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = DD->getTypeSourceInfo()) { TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc(); if (IncompleteArrayTypeLoc ArrayLoc = TL.getAs()) Brackets = ArrayLoc.getBracketsRange(); } } *ResultType = S.Context.getDependentSizedArrayType(ArrayT->getElementType(), /*NumElts=*/nullptr, ArrayT->getSizeModifier(), ArrayT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), Brackets); } } } if (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Direct && !Kind.isExplicitCast()) { // Rebuild the ParenListExpr. SourceRange ParenRange = Kind.getParenRange(); return S.ActOnParenListExpr(ParenRange.getBegin(), ParenRange.getEnd(), Args); } assert(Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Copy || Kind.isExplicitCast() || Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_DirectList); return ExprResult(Args[0]); } // No steps means no initialization. if (Steps.empty()) return ExprResult((Expr *)nullptr); if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Entity.getType()->isReferenceType() && Args.size() == 1 && isa(Args[0]) && !Entity.isParameterKind()) { // Produce a C++98 compatibility warning if we are initializing a reference // from an initializer list. For parameters, we produce a better warning // elsewhere. Expr *Init = Args[0]; S.Diag(Init->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cxx98_compat_reference_list_init) << Init->getSourceRange(); } // Diagnose cases where we initialize a pointer to an array temporary, and the // pointer obviously outlives the temporary. if (Args.size() == 1 && Args[0]->getType()->isArrayType() && Entity.getType()->isPointerType() && InitializedEntityOutlivesFullExpression(Entity)) { const Expr *Init = Args[0]->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(); if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast(Init)) Init = MTE->GetTemporaryExpr(); Expr::LValueClassification Kind = Init->ClassifyLValue(S.Context); if (Kind == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || Kind == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) S.Diag(Init->getLocStart(), diag::warn_temporary_array_to_pointer_decay) << Init->getSourceRange(); } QualType DestType = Entity.getType().getNonReferenceType(); // FIXME: Ugly hack around the fact that Entity.getType() is not // the same as Entity.getDecl()->getType() in cases involving type merging, // and we want latter when it makes sense. if (ResultType) *ResultType = Entity.getDecl() ? Entity.getDecl()->getType() : Entity.getType(); ExprResult CurInit((Expr *)nullptr); SmallVector ArrayLoopCommonExprs; // For initialization steps that start with a single initializer, // grab the only argument out the Args and place it into the "current" // initializer. switch (Steps.front().Kind) { case SK_ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction: case SK_CastDerivedToBaseRValue: case SK_CastDerivedToBaseXValue: case SK_CastDerivedToBaseLValue: case SK_BindReference: case SK_BindReferenceToTemporary: case SK_FinalCopy: case SK_ExtraneousCopyToTemporary: case SK_UserConversion: case SK_QualificationConversionLValue: case SK_QualificationConversionXValue: case SK_QualificationConversionRValue: case SK_AtomicConversion: case SK_LValueToRValue: case SK_ConversionSequence: case SK_ConversionSequenceNoNarrowing: case SK_ListInitialization: case SK_UnwrapInitList: case SK_RewrapInitList: case SK_CAssignment: case SK_StringInit: case SK_ObjCObjectConversion: case SK_ArrayLoopIndex: case SK_ArrayLoopInit: case SK_ArrayInit: case SK_GNUArrayInit: case SK_ParenthesizedArrayInit: case SK_PassByIndirectCopyRestore: case SK_PassByIndirectRestore: case SK_ProduceObjCObject: case SK_StdInitializerList: case SK_OCLSamplerInit: case SK_OCLZeroEvent: case SK_OCLZeroQueue: { assert(Args.size() == 1); CurInit = Args[0]; if (!CurInit.get()) return ExprError(); break; } case SK_ConstructorInitialization: case SK_ConstructorInitializationFromList: case SK_StdInitializerListConstructorCall: case SK_ZeroInitialization: break; } // Promote from an unevaluated context to an unevaluated list context in // C++11 list-initialization; we need to instantiate entities usable in // constant expressions here in order to perform narrowing checks =( EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Evaluated( S, EnterExpressionEvaluationContext::InitList, CurInit.get() && isa(CurInit.get())); // C++ [class.abstract]p2: // no objects of an abstract class can be created except as subobjects // of a class derived from it auto checkAbstractType = [&](QualType T) -> bool { if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Base || Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating) return false; return S.RequireNonAbstractType(Kind.getLocation(), T, diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type); }; // Walk through the computed steps for the initialization sequence, // performing the specified conversions along the way. bool ConstructorInitRequiresZeroInit = false; for (step_iterator Step = step_begin(), StepEnd = step_end(); Step != StepEnd; ++Step) { if (CurInit.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); QualType SourceType = CurInit.get() ? CurInit.get()->getType() : QualType(); switch (Step->Kind) { case SK_ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction: // Overload resolution determined which function invoke; update the // initializer to reflect that choice. S.CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(CurInit.get(), Step->Function.FoundDecl); if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Step->Function.FoundDecl, Kind.getLocation())) return ExprError(); CurInit = S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(CurInit, Step->Function.FoundDecl, Step->Function.Function); break; case SK_CastDerivedToBaseRValue: case SK_CastDerivedToBaseXValue: case SK_CastDerivedToBaseLValue: { // We have a derived-to-base cast that produces either an rvalue or an // lvalue. Perform that cast. CXXCastPath BasePath; // Casts to inaccessible base classes are allowed with C-style casts. bool IgnoreBaseAccess = Kind.isCStyleOrFunctionalCast(); if (S.CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(SourceType, Step->Type, CurInit.get()->getLocStart(), CurInit.get()->getSourceRange(), &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess)) return ExprError(); ExprValueKind VK = Step->Kind == SK_CastDerivedToBaseLValue ? VK_LValue : (Step->Kind == SK_CastDerivedToBaseXValue ? VK_XValue : VK_RValue); CurInit = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Step->Type, CK_DerivedToBase, CurInit.get(), &BasePath, VK); break; } case SK_BindReference: // Reference binding does not have any corresponding ASTs. // Check exception specifications if (S.CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(CurInit.get(), DestType)) return ExprError(); // Even though we didn't materialize a temporary, the binding may still // extend the lifetime of a temporary. This happens if we bind a reference // to the result of a cast to reference type. if (const InitializedEntity *ExtendingEntity = getEntityForTemporaryLifetimeExtension(&Entity)) if (performReferenceExtension(CurInit.get(), ExtendingEntity)) warnOnLifetimeExtension(S, Entity, CurInit.get(), /*IsInitializerList=*/false, ExtendingEntity->getDecl()); CheckForNullPointerDereference(S, CurInit.get()); break; case SK_BindReferenceToTemporary: { // Make sure the "temporary" is actually an rvalue. assert(CurInit.get()->isRValue() && "not a temporary"); // Check exception specifications if (S.CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(CurInit.get(), DestType)) return ExprError(); // Materialize the temporary into memory. MaterializeTemporaryExpr *MTE = S.CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr( Step->Type, CurInit.get(), Entity.getType()->isLValueReferenceType()); // Maybe lifetime-extend the temporary's subobjects to match the // entity's lifetime. if (const InitializedEntity *ExtendingEntity = getEntityForTemporaryLifetimeExtension(&Entity)) if (performReferenceExtension(MTE, ExtendingEntity)) warnOnLifetimeExtension(S, Entity, CurInit.get(), /*IsInitializerList=*/false, ExtendingEntity->getDecl()); // If we're binding to an Objective-C object that has lifetime, we // need cleanups. Likewise if we're extending this temporary to automatic // storage duration -- we need to register its cleanup during the // full-expression's cleanups. if ((S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && MTE->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()) || (MTE->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic && MTE->getType().isDestructedType())) S.Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); CurInit = MTE; break; } case SK_FinalCopy: if (checkAbstractType(Step->Type)) return ExprError(); // If the overall initialization is initializing a temporary, we already // bound our argument if it was necessary to do so. If not (if we're // ultimately initializing a non-temporary), our argument needs to be // bound since it's initializing a function parameter. // FIXME: This is a mess. Rationalize temporary destruction. if (!shouldBindAsTemporary(Entity)) CurInit = S.MaybeBindToTemporary(CurInit.get()); CurInit = CopyObject(S, Step->Type, Entity, CurInit, /*IsExtraneousCopy=*/false); break; case SK_ExtraneousCopyToTemporary: CurInit = CopyObject(S, Step->Type, Entity, CurInit, /*IsExtraneousCopy=*/true); break; case SK_UserConversion: { // We have a user-defined conversion that invokes either a constructor // or a conversion function. CastKind CastKind; FunctionDecl *Fn = Step->Function.Function; DeclAccessPair FoundFn = Step->Function.FoundDecl; bool HadMultipleCandidates = Step->Function.HadMultipleCandidates; bool CreatedObject = false; if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast(Fn)) { // Build a call to the selected constructor. SmallVector ConstructorArgs; SourceLocation Loc = CurInit.get()->getLocStart(); // Determine the arguments required to actually perform the constructor // call. Expr *Arg = CurInit.get(); if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, MultiExprArg(&Arg, 1), Loc, ConstructorArgs)) return ExprError(); // Build an expression that constructs a temporary. CurInit = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(Loc, Step->Type, FoundFn, Constructor, ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); if (CurInit.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); S.CheckConstructorAccess(Kind.getLocation(), Constructor, FoundFn, Entity); if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundFn, Kind.getLocation())) return ExprError(); CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; CreatedObject = true; } else { // Build a call to the conversion function. CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = cast(Fn); S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(Kind.getLocation(), CurInit.get(), nullptr, FoundFn); if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundFn, Kind.getLocation())) return ExprError(); // FIXME: Should we move this initialization into a separate // derived-to-base conversion? I believe the answer is "no", because // we don't want to turn off access control here for c-style casts. CurInit = S.PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(CurInit.get(), /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, FoundFn, Conversion); if (CurInit.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); // Build the actual call to the conversion function. CurInit = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(CurInit.get(), FoundFn, Conversion, HadMultipleCandidates); if (CurInit.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; CreatedObject = Conversion->getReturnType()->isRecordType(); } if (CreatedObject && checkAbstractType(CurInit.get()->getType())) return ExprError(); CurInit = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, CurInit.get()->getType(), CastKind, CurInit.get(), nullptr, CurInit.get()->getValueKind()); if (shouldBindAsTemporary(Entity)) // The overall entity is temporary, so this expression should be // destroyed at the end of its full-expression. CurInit = S.MaybeBindToTemporary(CurInit.getAs()); else if (CreatedObject && shouldDestroyEntity(Entity)) { // The object outlasts the full-expression, but we need to prepare for // a destructor being run on it. // FIXME: It makes no sense to do this here. This should happen // regardless of how we initialized the entity. QualType T = CurInit.get()->getType(); if (const RecordType *Record = T->getAs()) { CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = S.LookupDestructor(cast(Record->getDecl())); S.CheckDestructorAccess(CurInit.get()->getLocStart(), Destructor, S.PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) << T); S.MarkFunctionReferenced(CurInit.get()->getLocStart(), Destructor); if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, CurInit.get()->getLocStart())) return ExprError(); } } break; } case SK_QualificationConversionLValue: case SK_QualificationConversionXValue: case SK_QualificationConversionRValue: { // Perform a qualification conversion; these can never go wrong. ExprValueKind VK = Step->Kind == SK_QualificationConversionLValue ? VK_LValue : (Step->Kind == SK_QualificationConversionXValue ? VK_XValue : VK_RValue); CurInit = S.ImpCastExprToType(CurInit.get(), Step->Type, CK_NoOp, VK); break; } case SK_AtomicConversion: { assert(CurInit.get()->isRValue() && "cannot convert glvalue to atomic"); CurInit = S.ImpCastExprToType(CurInit.get(), Step->Type, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, VK_RValue); break; } case SK_LValueToRValue: { assert(CurInit.get()->isGLValue() && "cannot load from a prvalue"); CurInit = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Step->Type, CK_LValueToRValue, CurInit.get(), /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); break; } case SK_ConversionSequence: case SK_ConversionSequenceNoNarrowing: { Sema::CheckedConversionKind CCK = Kind.isCStyleCast()? Sema::CCK_CStyleCast : Kind.isFunctionalCast()? Sema::CCK_FunctionalCast : Kind.isExplicitCast()? Sema::CCK_OtherCast : Sema::CCK_ImplicitConversion; ExprResult CurInitExprRes = S.PerformImplicitConversion(CurInit.get(), Step->Type, *Step->ICS, getAssignmentAction(Entity), CCK); if (CurInitExprRes.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); S.DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(Step->Type.getTypePtr(), CurInit.get()); CurInit = CurInitExprRes; if (Step->Kind == SK_ConversionSequenceNoNarrowing && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) DiagnoseNarrowingInInitList(S, *Step->ICS, SourceType, Entity.getType(), CurInit.get()); break; } case SK_ListInitialization: { if (checkAbstractType(Step->Type)) return ExprError(); InitListExpr *InitList = cast(CurInit.get()); // If we're not initializing the top-level entity, we need to create an // InitializeTemporary entity for our target type. QualType Ty = Step->Type; bool IsTemporary = !S.Context.hasSameType(Entity.getType(), Ty); InitializedEntity TempEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty); InitializedEntity InitEntity = IsTemporary ? TempEntity : Entity; InitListChecker PerformInitList(S, InitEntity, InitList, Ty, /*VerifyOnly=*/false, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); if (PerformInitList.HadError()) return ExprError(); // Hack: We must update *ResultType if available in order to set the // bounds of arrays, e.g. in 'int ar[] = {1, 2, 3};'. // Worst case: 'const int (&arref)[] = {1, 2, 3};'. if (ResultType && ResultType->getNonReferenceType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { if ((*ResultType)->isRValueReferenceType()) Ty = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(Ty); else if ((*ResultType)->isLValueReferenceType()) Ty = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(Ty, (*ResultType)->getAs()->isSpelledAsLValue()); *ResultType = Ty; } InitListExpr *StructuredInitList = PerformInitList.getFullyStructuredList(); CurInit.get(); CurInit = shouldBindAsTemporary(InitEntity) ? S.MaybeBindToTemporary(StructuredInitList) : StructuredInitList; break; } case SK_ConstructorInitializationFromList: { if (checkAbstractType(Step->Type)) return ExprError(); // When an initializer list is passed for a parameter of type "reference // to object", we don't get an EK_Temporary entity, but instead an // EK_Parameter entity with reference type. // FIXME: This is a hack. What we really should do is create a user // conversion step for this case, but this makes it considerably more // complicated. For now, this will do. InitializedEntity TempEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary( Entity.getType().getNonReferenceType()); bool UseTemporary = Entity.getType()->isReferenceType(); assert(Args.size() == 1 && "expected a single argument for list init"); InitListExpr *InitList = cast(Args[0]); S.Diag(InitList->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_cxx98_compat_ctor_list_init) << InitList->getSourceRange(); MultiExprArg Arg(InitList->getInits(), InitList->getNumInits()); CurInit = PerformConstructorInitialization(S, UseTemporary ? TempEntity : Entity, Kind, Arg, *Step, ConstructorInitRequiresZeroInit, /*IsListInitialization*/true, /*IsStdInitListInit*/false, InitList->getLBraceLoc(), InitList->getRBraceLoc()); break; } case SK_UnwrapInitList: CurInit = cast(CurInit.get())->getInit(0); break; case SK_RewrapInitList: { Expr *E = CurInit.get(); InitListExpr *Syntactic = Step->WrappingSyntacticList; InitListExpr *ILE = new (S.Context) InitListExpr(S.Context, Syntactic->getLBraceLoc(), E, Syntactic->getRBraceLoc()); ILE->setSyntacticForm(Syntactic); ILE->setType(E->getType()); ILE->setValueKind(E->getValueKind()); CurInit = ILE; break; } case SK_ConstructorInitialization: case SK_StdInitializerListConstructorCall: { if (checkAbstractType(Step->Type)) return ExprError(); // When an initializer list is passed for a parameter of type "reference // to object", we don't get an EK_Temporary entity, but instead an // EK_Parameter entity with reference type. // FIXME: This is a hack. What we really should do is create a user // conversion step for this case, but this makes it considerably more // complicated. For now, this will do. InitializedEntity TempEntity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary( Entity.getType().getNonReferenceType()); bool UseTemporary = Entity.getType()->isReferenceType(); bool IsStdInitListInit = Step->Kind == SK_StdInitializerListConstructorCall; Expr *Source = CurInit.get(); CurInit = PerformConstructorInitialization( S, UseTemporary ? TempEntity : Entity, Kind, Source ? MultiExprArg(Source) : Args, *Step, ConstructorInitRequiresZeroInit, /*IsListInitialization*/ IsStdInitListInit, /*IsStdInitListInitialization*/ IsStdInitListInit, /*LBraceLoc*/ SourceLocation(), /*RBraceLoc*/ SourceLocation()); break; } case SK_ZeroInitialization: { step_iterator NextStep = Step; ++NextStep; if (NextStep != StepEnd && (NextStep->Kind == SK_ConstructorInitialization || NextStep->Kind == SK_ConstructorInitializationFromList)) { // The need for zero-initialization is recorded directly into // the call to the object's constructor within the next step. ConstructorInitRequiresZeroInit = true; } else if (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Value && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Kind.isImplicitValueInit()) { TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = Entity.getTypeSourceInfo(); if (!TSInfo) TSInfo = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Step->Type, Kind.getRange().getBegin()); CurInit = new (S.Context) CXXScalarValueInitExpr( TSInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), TSInfo, Kind.getRange().getEnd()); } else { CurInit = new (S.Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(Step->Type); } break; } case SK_CAssignment: { QualType SourceType = CurInit.get()->getType(); // Save off the initial CurInit in case we need to emit a diagnostic ExprResult InitialCurInit = CurInit; ExprResult Result = CurInit; Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(Step->Type, Result, true, Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Parameter_CF_Audited); if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); CurInit = Result; // If this is a call, allow conversion to a transparent union. ExprResult CurInitExprRes = CurInit; if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible && Entity.isParameterKind() && S.CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(Step->Type, CurInitExprRes) == Sema::Compatible) ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; if (CurInitExprRes.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); CurInit = CurInitExprRes; bool Complained; if (S.DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Kind.getLocation(), Step->Type, SourceType, InitialCurInit.get(), getAssignmentAction(Entity, true), &Complained)) { PrintInitLocationNote(S, Entity); return ExprError(); } else if (Complained) PrintInitLocationNote(S, Entity); break; } case SK_StringInit: { QualType Ty = Step->Type; CheckStringInit(CurInit.get(), ResultType ? *ResultType : Ty, S.Context.getAsArrayType(Ty), S); break; } case SK_ObjCObjectConversion: CurInit = S.ImpCastExprToType(CurInit.get(), Step->Type, CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast, CurInit.get()->getValueKind()); break; case SK_ArrayLoopIndex: { Expr *Cur = CurInit.get(); Expr *BaseExpr = new (S.Context) OpaqueValueExpr(Cur->getExprLoc(), Cur->getType(), Cur->getValueKind(), Cur->getObjectKind(), Cur); Expr *IndexExpr = new (S.Context) ArrayInitIndexExpr(S.Context.getSizeType()); CurInit = S.CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr( BaseExpr, Kind.getLocation(), IndexExpr, Kind.getLocation()); ArrayLoopCommonExprs.push_back(BaseExpr); break; } case SK_ArrayLoopInit: { assert(!ArrayLoopCommonExprs.empty() && "mismatched SK_ArrayLoopIndex and SK_ArrayLoopInit"); Expr *Common = ArrayLoopCommonExprs.pop_back_val(); CurInit = new (S.Context) ArrayInitLoopExpr(Step->Type, Common, CurInit.get()); break; } case SK_GNUArrayInit: // Okay: we checked everything before creating this step. Note that // this is a GNU extension. S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::ext_array_init_copy) << Step->Type << CurInit.get()->getType() << CurInit.get()->getSourceRange(); LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; case SK_ArrayInit: // If the destination type is an incomplete array type, update the // type accordingly. if (ResultType) { if (const IncompleteArrayType *IncompleteDest = S.Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Step->Type)) { if (const ConstantArrayType *ConstantSource = S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(CurInit.get()->getType())) { *ResultType = S.Context.getConstantArrayType( IncompleteDest->getElementType(), ConstantSource->getSize(), ArrayType::Normal, 0); } } } break; case SK_ParenthesizedArrayInit: // Okay: we checked everything before creating this step. Note that // this is a GNU extension. S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::ext_array_init_parens) << CurInit.get()->getSourceRange(); break; case SK_PassByIndirectCopyRestore: case SK_PassByIndirectRestore: checkIndirectCopyRestoreSource(S, CurInit.get()); CurInit = new (S.Context) ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExpr( CurInit.get(), Step->Type, Step->Kind == SK_PassByIndirectCopyRestore); break; case SK_ProduceObjCObject: CurInit = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Step->Type, CK_ARCProduceObject, CurInit.get(), nullptr, VK_RValue); break; case SK_StdInitializerList: { S.Diag(CurInit.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_cxx98_compat_initializer_list_init) << CurInit.get()->getSourceRange(); // Materialize the temporary into memory. MaterializeTemporaryExpr *MTE = S.CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr( CurInit.get()->getType(), CurInit.get(), /*BoundToLvalueReference=*/false); // Maybe lifetime-extend the array temporary's subobjects to match the // entity's lifetime. if (const InitializedEntity *ExtendingEntity = getEntityForTemporaryLifetimeExtension(&Entity)) if (performReferenceExtension(MTE, ExtendingEntity)) warnOnLifetimeExtension(S, Entity, CurInit.get(), /*IsInitializerList=*/true, ExtendingEntity->getDecl()); // Wrap it in a construction of a std::initializer_list. CurInit = new (S.Context) CXXStdInitializerListExpr(Step->Type, MTE); // Bind the result, in case the library has given initializer_list a // non-trivial destructor. if (shouldBindAsTemporary(Entity)) CurInit = S.MaybeBindToTemporary(CurInit.get()); break; } case SK_OCLSamplerInit: { // Sampler initialzation have 5 cases: // 1. function argument passing // 1a. argument is a file-scope variable // 1b. argument is a function-scope variable // 1c. argument is one of caller function's parameters // 2. variable initialization // 2a. initializing a file-scope variable // 2b. initializing a function-scope variable // // For file-scope variables, since they cannot be initialized by function // call of __translate_sampler_initializer in LLVM IR, their references // need to be replaced by a cast from their literal initializers to // sampler type. Since sampler variables can only be used in function // calls as arguments, we only need to replace them when handling the // argument passing. assert(Step->Type->isSamplerT() && "Sampler initialization on non-sampler type."); Expr *Init = CurInit.get(); QualType SourceType = Init->getType(); // Case 1 if (Entity.isParameterKind()) { if (!SourceType->isSamplerT()) { S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_sampler_argument_required) << SourceType; break; } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast(Init)) { auto Var = cast(DRE->getDecl()); // Case 1b and 1c // No cast from integer to sampler is needed. if (!Var->hasGlobalStorage()) { CurInit = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Step->Type, CK_LValueToRValue, Init, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); break; } // Case 1a // For function call with a file-scope sampler variable as argument, // get the integer literal. // Do not diagnose if the file-scope variable does not have initializer // since this has already been diagnosed when parsing the variable // declaration. if (!Var->getInit() || !isa(Var->getInit())) break; Init = cast(const_cast( Var->getInit()))->getSubExpr(); SourceType = Init->getType(); } } else { // Case 2 // Check initializer is 32 bit integer constant. // If the initializer is taken from global variable, do not diagnose since // this has already been done when parsing the variable declaration. if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(S.Context, false)) break; if (!SourceType->isIntegerType() || 32 != S.Context.getIntWidth(SourceType)) { S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_sampler_initializer_not_integer) << SourceType; break; } llvm::APSInt Result; Init->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context); const uint64_t SamplerValue = Result.getLimitedValue(); // 32-bit value of sampler's initializer is interpreted as // bit-field with the following structure: // |unspecified|Filter|Addressing Mode| Normalized Coords| // |31 6|5 4|3 1| 0| // This structure corresponds to enum values of sampler properties // defined in SPIR spec v1.2 and also opencl-c.h unsigned AddressingMode = (0x0E & SamplerValue) >> 1; unsigned FilterMode = (0x30 & SamplerValue) >> 4; if (FilterMode != 1 && FilterMode != 2) S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::warn_sampler_initializer_invalid_bits) << "Filter Mode"; if (AddressingMode > 4) S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::warn_sampler_initializer_invalid_bits) << "Addressing Mode"; } // Cases 1a, 2a and 2b // Insert cast from integer to sampler. CurInit = S.ImpCastExprToType(Init, S.Context.OCLSamplerTy, CK_IntToOCLSampler); break; } case SK_OCLZeroEvent: { assert(Step->Type->isEventT() && "Event initialization on non-event type."); CurInit = S.ImpCastExprToType(CurInit.get(), Step->Type, CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, CurInit.get()->getValueKind()); break; } case SK_OCLZeroQueue: { assert(Step->Type->isQueueT() && "Event initialization on non queue type."); CurInit = S.ImpCastExprToType(CurInit.get(), Step->Type, CK_ZeroToOCLQueue, CurInit.get()->getValueKind()); break; } } } // Diagnose non-fatal problems with the completed initialization. if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Member && cast(Entity.getDecl())->isBitField()) S.CheckBitFieldInitialization(Kind.getLocation(), cast(Entity.getDecl()), CurInit.get()); // Check for std::move on construction. if (const Expr *E = CurInit.get()) { CheckMoveOnConstruction(S, E, Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Result); } return CurInit; } /// Somewhere within T there is an uninitialized reference subobject. /// Dig it out and diagnose it. static bool DiagnoseUninitializedReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { if (T->isReferenceType()) { S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_without_init) << T.getNonReferenceType(); return true; } CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); if (!RD || !RD->hasUninitializedReferenceMember()) return false; for (const auto *FI : RD->fields()) { if (FI->isUnnamedBitfield()) continue; if (DiagnoseUninitializedReference(S, FI->getLocation(), FI->getType())) { S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_value_initialization_here) << RD; return true; } } for (const auto &BI : RD->bases()) { if (DiagnoseUninitializedReference(S, BI.getLocStart(), BI.getType())) { S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_value_initialization_here) << RD; return true; } } return false; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Diagnose initialization failures //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// /// Emit notes associated with an initialization that failed due to a /// "simple" conversion failure. static void emitBadConversionNotes(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &entity, Expr *op) { QualType destType = entity.getType(); if (destType.getNonReferenceType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { // Emit a possible note about the conversion failing because the // operand is a message send with a related result type. S.EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(op); // Emit a possible note about a return failing because we're // expecting a related result type. if (entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Result) S.EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(destType); } } static void diagnoseListInit(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *InitList) { QualType DestType = Entity.getType(); QualType E; if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.isStdInitializerList(DestType, &E)) { QualType ArrayType = S.Context.getConstantArrayType( E.withConst(), llvm::APInt(S.Context.getTypeSize(S.Context.getSizeType()), InitList->getNumInits()), clang::ArrayType::Normal, 0); InitializedEntity HiddenArray = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(ArrayType); return diagnoseListInit(S, HiddenArray, InitList); } if (DestType->isReferenceType()) { // A list-initialization failure for a reference means that we tried to // create a temporary of the inner type (per [dcl.init.list]p3.6) and the // inner initialization failed. QualType T = DestType->getAs()->getPointeeType(); diagnoseListInit(S, InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T), InitList); SourceLocation Loc = InitList->getLocStart(); if (auto *D = Entity.getDecl()) Loc = D->getLocation(); S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_in_reference_temporary_list_initializer) << T; return; } InitListChecker DiagnoseInitList(S, Entity, InitList, DestType, /*VerifyOnly=*/false, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); assert(DiagnoseInitList.HadError() && "Inconsistent init list check result."); } bool InitializationSequence::Diagnose(Sema &S, const InitializedEntity &Entity, const InitializationKind &Kind, ArrayRef Args) { if (!Failed()) return false; QualType DestType = Entity.getType(); switch (Failure) { case FK_TooManyInitsForReference: // FIXME: Customize for the initialized entity? if (Args.empty()) { // Dig out the reference subobject which is uninitialized and diagnose it. // If this is value-initialization, this could be nested some way within // the target type. assert(Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Value || DestType->isReferenceType()); bool Diagnosed = DiagnoseUninitializedReference(S, Kind.getLocation(), DestType); assert(Diagnosed && "couldn't find uninitialized reference to diagnose"); (void)Diagnosed; } else // FIXME: diagnostic below could be better! S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_reference_has_multiple_inits) << SourceRange(Args.front()->getLocStart(), Args.back()->getLocEnd()); break; case FK_ArrayNeedsInitList: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_array_init_not_init_list) << 0; break; case FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrStringLiteral: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_array_init_not_init_list) << 1; break; case FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrWideStringLiteral: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_array_init_not_init_list) << 2; break; case FK_NarrowStringIntoWideCharArray: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_array_init_narrow_string_into_wchar); break; case FK_WideStringIntoCharArray: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_array_init_wide_string_into_char); break; case FK_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_array_init_incompat_wide_string_into_wchar); break; case FK_ArrayTypeMismatch: case FK_NonConstantArrayInit: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), (Failure == FK_ArrayTypeMismatch ? diag::err_array_init_different_type : diag::err_array_init_non_constant_array)) << DestType.getNonReferenceType() << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); break; case FK_VariableLengthArrayHasInitializer: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_variable_object_no_init) << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); break; case FK_AddressOfOverloadFailed: { DeclAccessPair Found; S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Args[0], DestType.getNonReferenceType(), true, Found); break; } case FK_AddressOfUnaddressableFunction: { auto *FD = cast(cast(Args[0])->getDecl()); S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true, Args[0]->getLocStart()); break; } case FK_ReferenceInitOverloadFailed: case FK_UserConversionOverloadFailed: switch (FailedOverloadResult) { case OR_Ambiguous: if (Failure == FK_UserConversionOverloadFailed) S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) << Args[0]->getType() << DestType << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); else S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_ref_init_ambiguous) << DestType << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); FailedCandidateSet.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); break; case OR_No_Viable_Function: if (!S.RequireCompleteType(Kind.getLocation(), DestType.getNonReferenceType(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete, Args[0]->getType(), Args[0]->getSourceRange())) S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition) << (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Result) << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << DestType.getNonReferenceType(); FailedCandidateSet.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); break; case OR_Deleted: { S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_deleted_function) << Args[0]->getType() << DestType.getNonReferenceType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; OverloadingResult Ovl = FailedCandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, Kind.getLocation(), Best, true); if (Ovl == OR_Deleted) { S.NoteDeletedFunction(Best->Function); } else { llvm_unreachable("Inconsistent overload resolution?"); } break; } case OR_Success: llvm_unreachable("Conversion did not fail!"); } break; case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToTemporary: if (isa(Args[0])) { S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_lvalue_reference_bind_to_initlist) << DestType.getNonReferenceType().isVolatileQualified() << DestType.getNonReferenceType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); break; } // Intentional fallthrough case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToUnrelated: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), Failure == FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToTemporary ? diag::err_lvalue_reference_bind_to_temporary : diag::err_lvalue_reference_bind_to_unrelated) << DestType.getNonReferenceType().isVolatileQualified() << DestType.getNonReferenceType() << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); break; case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToBitfield: { // We don't necessarily have an unambiguous source bit-field. FieldDecl *BitField = Args[0]->getSourceBitField(); S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_reference_bind_to_bitfield) << DestType.isVolatileQualified() << (BitField ? BitField->getDeclName() : DeclarationName()) << (BitField != nullptr) << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); if (BitField) S.Diag(BitField->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl); break; } case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToVectorElement: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_reference_bind_to_vector_element) << DestType.isVolatileQualified() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); break; case FK_RValueReferenceBindingToLValue: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_lvalue_to_rvalue_ref) << DestType.getNonReferenceType() << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); break; case FK_ReferenceInitDropsQualifiers: { QualType SourceType = Args[0]->getType(); QualType NonRefType = DestType.getNonReferenceType(); Qualifiers DroppedQualifiers = SourceType.getQualifiers() - NonRefType.getQualifiers(); S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_reference_bind_drops_quals) << SourceType << NonRefType << DroppedQualifiers.getCVRQualifiers() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); break; } case FK_ReferenceInitFailed: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_reference_bind_failed) << DestType.getNonReferenceType() << Args[0]->isLValue() << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); emitBadConversionNotes(S, Entity, Args[0]); break; case FK_ConversionFailed: { QualType FromType = Args[0]->getType(); PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::err_init_conversion_failed) << (int)Entity.getKind() << DestType << Args[0]->isLValue() << FromType << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); S.HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PDiag, FromType, DestType); S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), PDiag); emitBadConversionNotes(S, Entity, Args[0]); break; } case FK_ConversionFromPropertyFailed: // No-op. This error has already been reported. break; case FK_TooManyInitsForScalar: { SourceRange R; auto *InitList = dyn_cast(Args[0]); if (InitList && InitList->getNumInits() >= 1) { R = SourceRange(InitList->getInit(0)->getLocEnd(), InitList->getLocEnd()); } else { assert(Args.size() > 1 && "Expected multiple initializers!"); R = SourceRange(Args.front()->getLocEnd(), Args.back()->getLocEnd()); } R.setBegin(S.getLocForEndOfToken(R.getBegin())); if (Kind.isCStyleOrFunctionalCast()) S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_func_cast_more_than_one_arg) << R; else S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_excess_initializers) << /*scalar=*/2 << R; break; } case FK_ReferenceBindingToInitList: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_reference_bind_init_list) << DestType.getNonReferenceType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); break; case FK_InitListBadDestinationType: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_init_list_bad_dest_type) << (DestType->isRecordType()) << DestType << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); break; case FK_ListConstructorOverloadFailed: case FK_ConstructorOverloadFailed: { SourceRange ArgsRange; if (Args.size()) ArgsRange = SourceRange(Args.front()->getLocStart(), Args.back()->getLocEnd()); if (Failure == FK_ListConstructorOverloadFailed) { assert(Args.size() == 1 && "List construction from other than 1 argument."); InitListExpr *InitList = cast(Args[0]); Args = MultiExprArg(InitList->getInits(), InitList->getNumInits()); } // FIXME: Using "DestType" for the entity we're printing is probably // bad. switch (FailedOverloadResult) { case OR_Ambiguous: S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_init) << DestType << ArgsRange; FailedCandidateSet.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); break; case OR_No_Viable_Function: if (Kind.getKind() == InitializationKind::IK_Default && (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Base || Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Member) && isa(S.CurContext)) { // This is implicit default initialization of a member or // base within a constructor. If no viable function was // found, notify the user that they need to explicitly // initialize this base/member. CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast(S.CurContext); const CXXRecordDecl *InheritedFrom = nullptr; if (auto Inherited = Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) InheritedFrom = Inherited.getShadowDecl()->getNominatedBaseClass(); if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Base) { S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_missing_default_ctor) << (InheritedFrom ? 2 : Constructor->isImplicit() ? 1 : 0) << S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent()) << /*base=*/0 << Entity.getType() << InheritedFrom; RecordDecl *BaseDecl = Entity.getBaseSpecifier()->getType()->getAs() ->getDecl(); S.Diag(BaseDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << S.Context.getTagDeclType(BaseDecl); } else { S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_missing_default_ctor) << (InheritedFrom ? 2 : Constructor->isImplicit() ? 1 : 0) << S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent()) << /*member=*/1 << Entity.getName() << InheritedFrom; S.Diag(Entity.getDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_at); if (const RecordType *Record = Entity.getType()->getAs()) S.Diag(Record->getDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << S.Context.getTagDeclType(Record->getDecl()); } break; } S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_init) << DestType << ArgsRange; FailedCandidateSet.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); break; case OR_Deleted: { OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; OverloadingResult Ovl = FailedCandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, Kind.getLocation(), Best); if (Ovl != OR_Deleted) { S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_init) << true << DestType << ArgsRange; llvm_unreachable("Inconsistent overload resolution?"); break; } // If this is a defaulted or implicitly-declared function, then // it was implicitly deleted. Make it clear that the deletion was // implicit. if (S.isImplicitlyDeleted(Best->Function)) S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_special_init) << S.getSpecialMember(cast(Best->Function)) << DestType << ArgsRange; else S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_init) << true << DestType << ArgsRange; S.NoteDeletedFunction(Best->Function); break; } case OR_Success: llvm_unreachable("Conversion did not fail!"); } } break; case FK_DefaultInitOfConst: if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Member && isa(S.CurContext)) { // This is implicit default-initialization of a const member in // a constructor. Complain that it needs to be explicitly // initialized. CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast(S.CurContext); S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_uninitialized_member_in_ctor) << (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor() ? 2 : Constructor->isImplicit() ? 1 : 0) << S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent()) << /*const=*/1 << Entity.getName(); S.Diag(Entity.getDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Entity.getName(); } else { S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_default_init_const) << DestType << (bool)DestType->getAs(); } break; case FK_Incomplete: S.RequireCompleteType(Kind.getLocation(), FailedIncompleteType, diag::err_init_incomplete_type); break; case FK_ListInitializationFailed: { // Run the init list checker again to emit diagnostics. InitListExpr *InitList = cast(Args[0]); diagnoseListInit(S, Entity, InitList); break; } case FK_PlaceholderType: { // FIXME: Already diagnosed! break; } case FK_ExplicitConstructor: { S.Diag(Kind.getLocation(), diag::err_selected_explicit_constructor) << Args[0]->getSourceRange(); OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; OverloadingResult Ovl = FailedCandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, Kind.getLocation(), Best); (void)Ovl; assert(Ovl == OR_Success && "Inconsistent overload resolution"); CXXConstructorDecl *CtorDecl = cast(Best->Function); S.Diag(CtorDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constructor_declared_here); break; } } PrintInitLocationNote(S, Entity); return true; } void InitializationSequence::dump(raw_ostream &OS) const { switch (SequenceKind) { case FailedSequence: { OS << "Failed sequence: "; switch (Failure) { case FK_TooManyInitsForReference: OS << "too many initializers for reference"; break; case FK_ArrayNeedsInitList: OS << "array requires initializer list"; break; case FK_AddressOfUnaddressableFunction: OS << "address of unaddressable function was taken"; break; case FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrStringLiteral: OS << "array requires initializer list or string literal"; break; case FK_ArrayNeedsInitListOrWideStringLiteral: OS << "array requires initializer list or wide string literal"; break; case FK_NarrowStringIntoWideCharArray: OS << "narrow string into wide char array"; break; case FK_WideStringIntoCharArray: OS << "wide string into char array"; break; case FK_IncompatWideStringIntoWideChar: OS << "incompatible wide string into wide char array"; break; case FK_ArrayTypeMismatch: OS << "array type mismatch"; break; case FK_NonConstantArrayInit: OS << "non-constant array initializer"; break; case FK_AddressOfOverloadFailed: OS << "address of overloaded function failed"; break; case FK_ReferenceInitOverloadFailed: OS << "overload resolution for reference initialization failed"; break; case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToTemporary: OS << "non-const lvalue reference bound to temporary"; break; case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToBitfield: OS << "non-const lvalue reference bound to bit-field"; break; case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToVectorElement: OS << "non-const lvalue reference bound to vector element"; break; case FK_NonConstLValueReferenceBindingToUnrelated: OS << "non-const lvalue reference bound to unrelated type"; break; case FK_RValueReferenceBindingToLValue: OS << "rvalue reference bound to an lvalue"; break; case FK_ReferenceInitDropsQualifiers: OS << "reference initialization drops qualifiers"; break; case FK_ReferenceInitFailed: OS << "reference initialization failed"; break; case FK_ConversionFailed: OS << "conversion failed"; break; case FK_ConversionFromPropertyFailed: OS << "conversion from property failed"; break; case FK_TooManyInitsForScalar: OS << "too many initializers for scalar"; break; case FK_ReferenceBindingToInitList: OS << "referencing binding to initializer list"; break; case FK_InitListBadDestinationType: OS << "initializer list for non-aggregate, non-scalar type"; break; case FK_UserConversionOverloadFailed: OS << "overloading failed for user-defined conversion"; break; case FK_ConstructorOverloadFailed: OS << "constructor overloading failed"; break; case FK_DefaultInitOfConst: OS << "default initialization of a const variable"; break; case FK_Incomplete: OS << "initialization of incomplete type"; break; case FK_ListInitializationFailed: OS << "list initialization checker failure"; break; case FK_VariableLengthArrayHasInitializer: OS << "variable length array has an initializer"; break; case FK_PlaceholderType: OS << "initializer expression isn't contextually valid"; break; case FK_ListConstructorOverloadFailed: OS << "list constructor overloading failed"; break; case FK_ExplicitConstructor: OS << "list copy initialization chose explicit constructor"; break; } OS << '\n'; return; } case DependentSequence: OS << "Dependent sequence\n"; return; case NormalSequence: OS << "Normal sequence: "; break; } for (step_iterator S = step_begin(), SEnd = step_end(); S != SEnd; ++S) { if (S != step_begin()) { OS << " -> "; } switch (S->Kind) { case SK_ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction: OS << "resolve address of overloaded function"; break; case SK_CastDerivedToBaseRValue: OS << "derived-to-base (rvalue)"; break; case SK_CastDerivedToBaseXValue: OS << "derived-to-base (xvalue)"; break; case SK_CastDerivedToBaseLValue: OS << "derived-to-base (lvalue)"; break; case SK_BindReference: OS << "bind reference to lvalue"; break; case SK_BindReferenceToTemporary: OS << "bind reference to a temporary"; break; case SK_FinalCopy: OS << "final copy in class direct-initialization"; break; case SK_ExtraneousCopyToTemporary: OS << "extraneous C++03 copy to temporary"; break; case SK_UserConversion: OS << "user-defined conversion via " << *S->Function.Function; break; case SK_QualificationConversionRValue: OS << "qualification conversion (rvalue)"; break; case SK_QualificationConversionXValue: OS << "qualification conversion (xvalue)"; break; case SK_QualificationConversionLValue: OS << "qualification conversion (lvalue)"; break; case SK_AtomicConversion: OS << "non-atomic-to-atomic conversion"; break; case SK_LValueToRValue: OS << "load (lvalue to rvalue)"; break; case SK_ConversionSequence: OS << "implicit conversion sequence ("; S->ICS->dump(); // FIXME: use OS OS << ")"; break; case SK_ConversionSequenceNoNarrowing: OS << "implicit conversion sequence with narrowing prohibited ("; S->ICS->dump(); // FIXME: use OS OS << ")"; break; case SK_ListInitialization: OS << "list aggregate initialization"; break; case SK_UnwrapInitList: OS << "unwrap reference initializer list"; break; case SK_RewrapInitList: OS << "rewrap reference initializer list"; break; case SK_ConstructorInitialization: OS << "constructor initialization"; break; case SK_ConstructorInitializationFromList: OS << "list initialization via constructor"; break; case SK_ZeroInitialization: OS << "zero initialization"; break; case SK_CAssignment: OS << "C assignment"; break; case SK_StringInit: OS << "string initialization"; break; case SK_ObjCObjectConversion: OS << "Objective-C object conversion"; break; case SK_ArrayLoopIndex: OS << "indexing for array initialization loop"; break; case SK_ArrayLoopInit: OS << "array initialization loop"; break; case SK_ArrayInit: OS << "array initialization"; break; case SK_GNUArrayInit: OS << "array initialization (GNU extension)"; break; case SK_ParenthesizedArrayInit: OS << "parenthesized array initialization"; break; case SK_PassByIndirectCopyRestore: OS << "pass by indirect copy and restore"; break; case SK_PassByIndirectRestore: OS << "pass by indirect restore"; break; case SK_ProduceObjCObject: OS << "Objective-C object retension"; break; case SK_StdInitializerList: OS << "std::initializer_list from initializer list"; break; case SK_StdInitializerListConstructorCall: OS << "list initialization from std::initializer_list"; break; case SK_OCLSamplerInit: OS << "OpenCL sampler_t from integer constant"; break; case SK_OCLZeroEvent: OS << "OpenCL event_t from zero"; break; case SK_OCLZeroQueue: OS << "OpenCL queue_t from zero"; break; } OS << " [" << S->Type.getAsString() << ']'; } OS << '\n'; } void InitializationSequence::dump() const { dump(llvm::errs()); } static void DiagnoseNarrowingInInitList(Sema &S, const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, QualType PreNarrowingType, QualType EntityType, const Expr *PostInit) { const StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr; switch (ICS.getKind()) { case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: SCS = &ICS.Standard; break; case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After; break; case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: return; } // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7: Check whether this is a narrowing conversion. APValue ConstantValue; QualType ConstantType; switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, PostInit, ConstantValue, ConstantType)) { case NK_Not_Narrowing: case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: // No narrowing occurred. return; case NK_Type_Narrowing: // This was a floating-to-integer conversion, which is always considered a // narrowing conversion even if the value is a constant and can be // represented exactly as an integer. S.Diag(PostInit->getLocStart(), (S.getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) ? diag::warn_init_list_type_narrowing : diag::ext_init_list_type_narrowing) << PostInit->getSourceRange() << PreNarrowingType.getLocalUnqualifiedType() << EntityType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(); break; case NK_Constant_Narrowing: // A constant value was narrowed. S.Diag(PostInit->getLocStart(), (S.getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) ? diag::warn_init_list_constant_narrowing : diag::ext_init_list_constant_narrowing) << PostInit->getSourceRange() << ConstantValue.getAsString(S.getASTContext(), ConstantType) << EntityType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(); break; case NK_Variable_Narrowing: // A variable's value may have been narrowed. S.Diag(PostInit->getLocStart(), (S.getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) ? diag::warn_init_list_variable_narrowing : diag::ext_init_list_variable_narrowing) << PostInit->getSourceRange() << PreNarrowingType.getLocalUnqualifiedType() << EntityType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(); break; } SmallString<128> StaticCast; llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(StaticCast); OS << "static_cast<"; if (const TypedefType *TT = EntityType->getAs()) { // It's important to use the typedef's name if there is one so that the // fixit doesn't break code using types like int64_t. // // FIXME: This will break if the typedef requires qualification. But // getQualifiedNameAsString() includes non-machine-parsable components. OS << *TT->getDecl(); } else if (const BuiltinType *BT = EntityType->getAs()) OS << BT->getName(S.getLangOpts()); else { // Oops, we didn't find the actual type of the variable. Don't emit a fixit // with a broken cast. return; } OS << ">("; S.Diag(PostInit->getLocStart(), diag::note_init_list_narrowing_silence) << PostInit->getSourceRange() << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PostInit->getLocStart(), OS.str()) << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( S.getLocForEndOfToken(PostInit->getLocEnd()), ")"); } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// // Initialization helper functions //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// bool Sema::CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, ExprResult Init) { if (Init.isInvalid()) return false; Expr *InitE = Init.get(); assert(InitE && "No initialization expression"); InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(InitE->getLocStart(), SourceLocation()); InitializationSequence Seq(*this, Entity, Kind, InitE); return !Seq.Failed(); } ExprResult Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprResult Init, bool TopLevelOfInitList, bool AllowExplicit) { if (Init.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); Expr *InitE = Init.get(); assert(InitE && "No initialization expression?"); if (EqualLoc.isInvalid()) EqualLoc = InitE->getLocStart(); InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(InitE->getLocStart(), EqualLoc, AllowExplicit); InitializationSequence Seq(*this, Entity, Kind, InitE, TopLevelOfInitList); ExprResult Result = Seq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, InitE); return Result; } Index: vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/Core/index-source.m =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/Core/index-source.m (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/Core/index-source.m (revision 312958) @@ -1,184 +1,184 @@ // RUN: c-index-test core -print-source-symbols -- %s -target x86_64-apple-macosx10.7 | FileCheck %s @interface Base // CHECK: [[@LINE-1]]:12 | class/ObjC | Base | c:objc(cs)Base | _OBJC_CLASS_$_Base | Decl | rel: 0 -(void)meth; -// CHECK: [[@LINE-1]]:1 | instance-method/ObjC | meth | c:objc(cs)Base(im)meth | -[Base meth] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE-1]]:8 | instance-method/ObjC | meth | c:objc(cs)Base(im)meth | -[Base meth] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | Base | c:objc(cs)Base +(Base*)class_meth; -// CHECK: [[@LINE-1]]:1 | class-method/ObjC | class_meth | c:objc(cs)Base(cm)class_meth | +[Base class_meth] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE-1]]:9 | class-method/ObjC | class_meth | c:objc(cs)Base(cm)class_meth | +[Base class_meth] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK: [[@LINE-2]]:3 | class/ObjC | Base | c:objc(cs)Base | _OBJC_CLASS_$_Base | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont | class_meth | c:objc(cs)Base(cm)class_meth @end void foo(); // CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:6 | function/C | goo | c:@F@goo | _goo | Def | rel: 0 // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:10 | class/ObjC | Base | c:objc(cs)Base | _OBJC_CLASS_$_Base | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont | goo | c:@F@goo void goo(Base *b) { // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:3 | function/C | foo | c:@F@foo | _foo | Ref,Call,RelCall,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCall,RelCont | goo | c:@F@goo foo(); // CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:6 | instance-method/ObjC | meth | c:objc(cs)Base(im)meth | -[Base meth] | Ref,Call,Dyn,RelRec,RelCall,RelCont | rel: 2 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCall,RelCont | goo | c:@F@goo // CHECK-NEXT: RelRec | Base | c:objc(cs)Base [b meth]; // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:4 | class/ObjC | Base | c:objc(cs)Base | _OBJC_CLASS_$_Base | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont | goo | c:@F@goo [Base class_meth]; // CHECK: [[@LINE+4]]:3 | class/ObjC | Base | c:objc(cs)Base | _OBJC_CLASS_$_Base | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont | goo | c:@F@goo // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:14 | class/ObjC | Base | c:objc(cs)Base | _OBJC_CLASS_$_Base | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont | goo | c:@F@goo Base *f = (Base *) 2; } // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:11 | protocol/ObjC | Prot1 | c:objc(pl)Prot1 | | Decl | rel: 0 @protocol Prot1 @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:11 | protocol/ObjC | Prot2 | c:objc(pl)Prot2 | | Decl | rel: 0 // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:17 | protocol/ObjC | Prot1 | c:objc(pl)Prot1 | | Ref,RelBase,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelBase,RelCont | Prot2 | c:objc(pl)Prot2 @protocol Prot2 @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+7]]:12 | class/ObjC | Sub | c:objc(cs)Sub | _OBJC_CLASS_$_Sub | Decl | rel: 0 // CHECK: [[@LINE+6]]:18 | class/ObjC | Base | c:objc(cs)Base | _OBJC_CLASS_$_Base | Ref,RelBase,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelBase,RelCont | Sub | c:objc(cs)Sub // CHECK: [[@LINE+4]]:23 | protocol/ObjC | Prot2 | c:objc(pl)Prot2 | | Ref,RelBase,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelBase,RelCont | Sub | c:objc(cs)Sub // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:30 | protocol/ObjC | Prot1 | c:objc(pl)Prot1 | | Ref,RelBase,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelBase,RelCont | Sub | c:objc(cs)Sub @interface Sub : Base @end @interface NSArray : Base // CHECK-NOT: ObjectType -(ObjectType)getit; @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:6 | function/C | over_func | c:@F@over_func#I# | __Z9over_funci | Decl | rel: 0 void over_func(int x) __attribute__((overloadable)); // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:6 | function/C | over_func | c:@F@over_func#f# | __Z9over_funcf | Decl | rel: 0 void over_func(float x) __attribute__((overloadable)); // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:6 | enum/C | MyEnum | c:@E@MyEnum | | Def | rel: 0 enum MyEnum { // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:3 | enumerator/C | EnumeratorInNamed | c:@E@MyEnum@EnumeratorInNamed | | Def,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | MyEnum | c:@E@MyEnum EnumeratorInNamed }; // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:1 | enum/C | | c:@Ea@One | | Def | rel: 0 enum { // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:3 | enumerator/C | One | c:@Ea@One@One | | Def,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | | c:@Ea@One One, // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:3 | enumerator/C | Two | c:@Ea@One@Two | | Def,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | | c:@Ea@One Two, }; // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:13 | type-alias/C | jmp_buf | c:index-source.m@T@jmp_buf | | Def | rel: 0 typedef int jmp_buf[(18)]; // CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:12 | function/C | setjmp | c:@F@setjmp | _setjmp | Decl | rel: 0 // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:19 | type-alias/C | jmp_buf | c:index-source.m@T@jmp_buf | | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont | setjmp | c:@F@setjmp extern int setjmp(jmp_buf); @class I1; @interface I1 -// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:1 | instance-method/ObjC | meth | c:objc(cs)I1(im)meth | -[I1 meth] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:8 | instance-method/ObjC | meth | c:objc(cs)I1(im)meth | -[I1 meth] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 -(void)meth; @end @interface I2 @property (readwrite) id prop; // CHECK: [[@LINE+4]]:63 | instance-property(IB,IBColl)/ObjC | buttons | c:objc(cs)I2(py)buttons | | Decl,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | I2 | c:objc(cs)I2 // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:50 | class/ObjC | I1 | c:objc(cs)I1 | _OBJC_CLASS_$_I1 | Ref,RelCont,RelIBType | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont,RelIBType | buttons | c:objc(cs)I2(py)buttons @property (nonatomic, strong) IBOutletCollection(I1) NSArray *buttons; @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:17 | field/ObjC | _prop | c:objc(cs)I2@_prop | | Def,Impl,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | I2 | c:objc(cs)I2 @implementation I2 // CHECK: [[@LINE+6]]:13 | instance-property/ObjC | prop | c:objc(cs)I2(py)prop | | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont | I2 | c:objc(cs)I2 // CHECK: [[@LINE+4]]:13 | instance-method/acc-get/ObjC | prop | c:objc(cs)I2(im)prop | -[I2 prop] | Def,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | I2 | c:objc(cs)I2 // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:13 | instance-method/acc-set/ObjC | setProp: | c:objc(cs)I2(im)setProp: | -[I2 setProp:] | Def,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | I2 | c:objc(cs)I2 @synthesize prop = _prop; -// CHECK: [[@LINE+5]]:1 | instance-method(IB)/ObjC | doAction:foo: | c:objc(cs)I2(im)doAction:foo: | -[I2 doAction:foo:] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+5]]:12 | instance-method(IB)/ObjC | doAction:foo: | c:objc(cs)I2(im)doAction:foo: | -[I2 doAction:foo:] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | I2 | c:objc(cs)I2 // CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:22 | class/ObjC | I1 | c:objc(cs)I1 | _OBJC_CLASS_$_I1 | Ref,RelCont,RelIBType | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont,RelIBType | doAction:foo: | c:objc(cs)I2(im)doAction:foo: // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:39 | class/ObjC | I1 | c:objc(cs)I1 | _OBJC_CLASS_$_I1 | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 -(IBAction)doAction:(I1 *)sender foo:(I1 *)bar {} @end @interface I3 @property (readwrite) id prop; -// CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:1 | instance-method/acc-get/ObjC | prop | c:objc(cs)I3(im)prop | -[I3 prop] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild,RelAcc | rel: 2 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:6 | instance-method/acc-get/ObjC | prop | c:objc(cs)I3(im)prop | -[I3 prop] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild,RelAcc | rel: 2 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | I3 | c:objc(cs)I3 // CHECK-NEXT: RelAcc | prop | c:objc(cs)I3(py)prop -(id)prop; -// CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:1 | instance-method/acc-set/ObjC | setProp: | c:objc(cs)I3(im)setProp: | -[I3 setProp:] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild,RelAcc | rel: 2 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:8 | instance-method/acc-set/ObjC | setProp: | c:objc(cs)I3(im)setProp: | -[I3 setProp:] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild,RelAcc | rel: 2 // CHECK-NEXT: RelChild | I3 | c:objc(cs)I3 // CHECK-NEXT: RelAcc | prop | c:objc(cs)I3(py)prop -(void)setProp:(id)p; @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:17 | class/ObjC | I3 | c:objc(cs)I3 | | Def | rel: 0 @implementation I3 // CHECK: [[@LINE+4]]:13 | instance-property/ObjC | prop | c:objc(cs)I3(py)prop | | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelCont | I3 | c:objc(cs)I3 // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:13 | instance-method/acc-get/ObjC | prop | c:objc(cs)I3(im)prop | -[I3 prop] | Def,RelChild | rel: 1 // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:13 | instance-method/acc-set/ObjC | setProp: | c:objc(cs)I3(im)setProp: | -[I3 setProp:] | Def,RelChild | rel: 1 @synthesize prop = _prop; @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+5]]:12 | class/ObjC | I3 | c:objc(cs)I3 | _OBJC_CLASS_$_I3 | Ref,RelExt,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelExt,RelCont | bar | c:objc(cy)I3@bar // CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:15 | extension/ObjC | bar | c:objc(cy)I3@bar | | Decl | rel: 0 // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:21 | protocol/ObjC | Prot1 | c:objc(pl)Prot1 | | Ref,RelBase,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelBase,RelCont | bar | c:objc(cy)I3@bar @interface I3(bar) @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:17 | class/ObjC | I3 | c:objc(cs)I3 | _OBJC_CLASS_$_I3 | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:20 | extension/ObjC | I3 | c:objc(cy)I3@bar | | Def | rel: 0 @implementation I3(bar) @end // CHECK-NOT: [[@LINE+1]]:12 | extension/ObjC | @interface NonExistent() @end @interface MyGenCls : Base @end @protocol MyEnumerating @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+4]]:41 | type-alias/C | MyEnumerator | c:index-source.m@T@MyEnumerator | | Def | rel: 0 // CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:26 | protocol/ObjC | MyEnumerating | c:objc(pl)MyEnumerating | | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:9 | class/ObjC | MyGenCls | c:objc(cs)MyGenCls | _OBJC_CLASS_$_MyGenCls | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:18 | class/ObjC | Base | c:objc(cs)Base | _OBJC_CLASS_$_Base | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 typedef MyGenCls MyEnumerator; // CHECK: [[@LINE+5]]:12 | class/ObjC | PermanentEnumerator | c:objc(cs)PermanentEnumerator | _OBJC_CLASS_$_PermanentEnumerator | Decl | rel: 0 // CHECK: [[@LINE+4]]:34 | class/ObjC | MyGenCls | c:objc(cs)MyGenCls | _OBJC_CLASS_$_MyGenCls | Ref,RelBase,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelBase,RelCont | PermanentEnumerator | c:objc(cs)PermanentEnumerator // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:34 | protocol/ObjC | MyEnumerating | c:objc(pl)MyEnumerating | | Ref,RelBase,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelBase,RelCont | PermanentEnumerator | c:objc(cs)PermanentEnumerator @interface PermanentEnumerator : MyEnumerator @end Index: vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/Core/index-subkinds.m =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/Core/index-subkinds.m (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/Core/index-subkinds.m (revision 312958) @@ -1,60 +1,60 @@ // RUN: c-index-test core -print-source-symbols -- %s -target x86_64-apple-macosx10.7 | FileCheck %s // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:12 | class/ObjC | XCTestCase | c:objc(cs)XCTestCase | _OBJC_CLASS_$_XCTestCase | Decl | rel: 0 @interface XCTestCase @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:12 | class(test)/ObjC | MyTestCase | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase | _OBJC_CLASS_$_MyTestCase | Decl | rel: 0 @interface MyTestCase : XCTestCase @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:17 | class(test)/ObjC | MyTestCase | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase | | Def | rel: 0 @implementation MyTestCase -// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:1 | instance-method(test)/ObjC | testMe | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase(im)testMe | -[MyTestCase testMe] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:8 | instance-method(test)/ObjC | testMe | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase(im)testMe | -[MyTestCase testMe] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 -(void)testMe {} -// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:1 | instance-method/ObjC | testResult | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase(im)testResult | -[MyTestCase testResult] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:6 | instance-method/ObjC | testResult | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase(im)testResult | -[MyTestCase testResult] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 -(id)testResult { return 0; } -// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:1 | instance-method/ObjC | testWithInt: | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase(im)testWithInt: | -[MyTestCase testWithInt:] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:8 | instance-method/ObjC | testWithInt: | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase(im)testWithInt: | -[MyTestCase testWithInt:] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 -(void)testWithInt:(int)i {} @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:12 | class(test)/ObjC | SubTestCase | c:objc(cs)SubTestCase | _OBJC_CLASS_$_SubTestCase | Decl | rel: 0 @interface SubTestCase : MyTestCase @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:17 | class(test)/ObjC | SubTestCase | c:objc(cs)SubTestCase | | Def | rel: 0 @implementation SubTestCase -// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:1 | instance-method(test)/ObjC | testIt2 | c:objc(cs)SubTestCase(im)testIt2 | -[SubTestCase testIt2] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:8 | instance-method(test)/ObjC | testIt2 | c:objc(cs)SubTestCase(im)testIt2 | -[SubTestCase testIt2] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 -(void)testIt2 {} @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+3]]:12 | class(test)/ObjC | MyTestCase | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase | _OBJC_CLASS_$_MyTestCase | Ref,RelExt,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: RelExt,RelCont | cat | c:objc(cy)MyTestCase@cat // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:23 | extension/ObjC | cat | c:objc(cy)MyTestCase@cat | | Decl | rel: 0 @interface MyTestCase(cat) @end // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:17 | class(test)/ObjC | MyTestCase | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase | _OBJC_CLASS_$_MyTestCase | Ref,RelCont | rel: 1 // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:28 | extension/ObjC | MyTestCase | c:objc(cy)MyTestCase@cat | | Def | rel: 0 @implementation MyTestCase(cat) -// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:1 | instance-method(test)/ObjC | testInCat | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase(im)testInCat | -[MyTestCase(cat) testInCat] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:9 | instance-method(test)/ObjC | testInCat | c:objc(cs)MyTestCase(im)testInCat | -[MyTestCase(cat) testInCat] | Def,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 - (void)testInCat {} @end @class NSButton; @interface IBCls // CHECK: [[@LINE+2]]:34 | instance-method/acc-get/ObjC | prop | c:objc(cs)IBCls(im)prop | -[IBCls prop] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild,RelAcc | rel: 2 // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:34 | instance-property(IB)/ObjC | prop | c:objc(cs)IBCls(py)prop | | Decl,RelChild | rel: 1 @property (readonly) IBOutlet id prop; // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:54 | instance-property(IB,IBColl)/ObjC | propColl | c:objc(cs)IBCls(py)propColl | | Decl,RelChild | rel: 1 @property (readonly) IBOutletCollection(NSButton) id propColl; -// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:1 | instance-method(IB)/ObjC | doIt | c:objc(cs)IBCls(im)doIt | -[IBCls doIt] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 +// CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:12 | instance-method(IB)/ObjC | doIt | c:objc(cs)IBCls(im)doIt | -[IBCls doIt] | Decl,Dyn,RelChild | rel: 1 -(IBAction)doIt; @end #define GKInspectable __attribute__((annotate("gk_inspectable"))) @interface GKI // CHECK: [[@LINE+1]]:40 | instance-property(GKI)/ObjC | gkIntProp | c:objc(cs)GKI(py)gkIntProp | | Decl,RelChild | rel: 1 @property (readonly) GKInspectable int gkIntProp; @end Index: vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/index-decls.m =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/index-decls.m (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/index-decls.m (revision 312958) @@ -1,86 +1,86 @@ @interface I @property (readonly) id prop; -(id)prop; @end @interface I() @property (assign,readwrite) id prop; @end @implementation I @synthesize prop = _prop; @end // rdar://11015325 @interface I1 __attribute__((something)) @interface I2 @end @end @interface I3 @property (assign,readwrite) id auto_prop; @end @implementation I3 -(void)meth { _auto_prop = 0; } @end int test1() { extern int extvar; extvar = 2; extern int extfn(); return extfn(); } @interface I4 @property (assign, nonatomic) id prop; -(id)prop; -(void)setProp:(id)p; @end @implementation I4 @synthesize prop = _prop; -(id)prop { return 0; } -(void)setProp:(id)p { } @end // rdar://25372906 @class I5; @interface I5 -(void)meth; @property (class) int c; @end // RUN: c-index-test -index-file %s -target x86_64-apple-macosx10.7 > %t // RUN: FileCheck %s -input-file=%t // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-class | name: I | {{.*}} | loc: 1:12 -// CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-instance-method | name: prop | {{.*}} | loc: 3:2 +// CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-instance-method | name: prop | {{.*}} | loc: 3:7 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-property | name: prop | {{.*}} | loc: 2:25 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-category | name: | {{.*}} | loc: 6:12 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-instance-method | name: setProp: | {{.*}} | loc: 7:33 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-property | name: prop | {{.*}} | loc: 7:33 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-ivar | name: _prop | {{.*}} | loc: 11:20 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-instance-method | name: prop | {{.*}} | loc: 11:13 | {{.*}} | lexical-container: [I:10:17] // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-instance-method | name: setProp: | {{.*}} | loc: 11:13 | {{.*}} | lexical-container: [I:10:17] // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-ivar | name: _auto_prop | {{.*}} | loc: 20:33 // CHECK: [indexEntityReference]: kind: objc-ivar | name: _auto_prop | {{.*}} | loc: 25:3 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: function | name: test1 | {{.*}} | loc: 29:5 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: extvar | {{.*}} | loc: 30:14 // CHECK: [indexEntityReference]: kind: variable | name: extvar | {{.*}} | loc: 31:3 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: function | name: extfn | {{.*}} | loc: 32:14 // CHECK: [indexEntityReference]: kind: function | name: extfn | {{.*}} | loc: 33:10 // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-class | name: I4 | {{.*}} | loc: 36:12 // CHECK: [indexEntityReference]: kind: objc-property | name: prop | {{.*}} | cursor: ObjCSynthesizeDecl=prop:37:34 (Definition) | loc: 43:13 | :: kind: objc-class | name: I4 | {{.*}} | container: [I4:42:17] | refkind: direct // CHECK-NOT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-instance-method {{.*}} loc: 37: // CHECK-NOT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-instance-method {{.*}} loc: 43: -// CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-instance-method | name: meth | {{.*}} loc: 54:1 | {{.*}} | isRedecl: 0 | isDef: 0 | +// CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-instance-method | name: meth | {{.*}} loc: 54:8 | {{.*}} | isRedecl: 0 | isDef: 0 | // CHECK: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-property | name: c | USR: c:objc(cs)I5(cpy)c | lang: ObjC | cursor: ObjCPropertyDecl=c:55:23 [class,] | loc: 55:23 Index: vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/index-module.m =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/index-module.m (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/test/Index/index-module.m (revision 312958) @@ -1,65 +1,65 @@ #include @import DependsOnModule; int glob; // RUN: rm -rf %t.cache %t.cache.sys // RUN: c-index-test -index-file %s -fmodules-cache-path=%t.cache -fmodules -F %S/../Modules/Inputs \ // RUN: -Xclang -fdisable-module-hash | FileCheck %s // RUN: c-index-test -index-file %s -fmodules-cache-path=%t.cache.sys -fmodules -iframework %S/../Modules/Inputs \ // RUN: -Xclang -fdisable-module-hash | FileCheck %s // RUN: c-index-test -index-file %s -fmodules-cache-path=%t.cache -fmodules -gmodules -F %S/../Modules/Inputs \ // RUN: -Xclang -fdisable-module-hash | FileCheck %s // CHECK-NOT: [indexDeclaration] // CHECK: [ppIncludedFile]: {{.*}}/Modules/Inputs/DependsOnModule.framework{{[/\\]}}Headers{{[/\\]}}DependsOnModule.h | name: "DependsOnModule/DependsOnModule.h" | hash loc: 2:1 | isImport: 0 | isAngled: 1 | isModule: 1 // CHECK-NEXT: [importedASTFile]: [[PCM:.*[/\\]DependsOnModule\.pcm]] | loc: 2:1 | name: "DependsOnModule" | isImplicit: 1 // CHECK-NOT: [indexDeclaration] // CHECK: [importedASTFile]: [[PCM]] | loc: 3:1 | name: "DependsOnModule" | isImplicit: 0 // CHECK-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: glob | {{.*}} | loc: 4:5 // CHECK-NOT: [indexDeclaration] // RUN: c-index-test -index-tu %t.cache/DependsOnModule.pcm | FileCheck %s -check-prefix=CHECK-DMOD // RUN: c-index-test -index-tu %t.cache.sys/DependsOnModule.pcm | FileCheck %s -check-prefix=CHECK-DMOD-AST // CHECK-DMOD: [startedTranslationUnit] // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[DMOD_MODULE_H:.*/Modules/Inputs/DependsOnModule\.framework[/\\]Headers[/\\]DependsOnModule\.h]] | {{.*}} | hash loc: | {{.*}} | module: DependsOnModule // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: {{.*}}/Modules/Inputs/Module.framework{{[/\\]}}Headers{{[/\\]}}Module.h | name: "Module/Module.h" | hash loc: {{.*}}/Modules/Inputs/DependsOnModule.framework{{[/\\]}}Headers{{[/\\]}}DependsOnModule.h:1:1 | isImport: 0 | isAngled: 1 | isModule: 1 | module: Module // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[DMOD_OTHER_H:.*/Modules/Inputs/DependsOnModule\.framework[/\\]Headers[/\\]other\.h]] | {{.*}} | hash loc: | {{.*}} | module: DependsOnModule // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[DMOD_NOT_CXX_H:.*/Modules/Inputs/DependsOnModule\.framework[/\\]Headers[/\\]not_cxx\.h]] | {{.*}} | hash loc: | {{.*}} | module: DependsOnModule.NotCXX // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[DMOD_SUB_H:.*/Modules/Inputs/DependsOnModule\.framework[/\\]Frameworks[/\\]SubFramework\.framework[/\\]Headers[/\\]SubFramework\.h]] | {{.*}} | hash loc: | {{.*}} | module: DependsOnModule.SubFramework // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[DMOD_SUB_OTHER_H:.*/Modules/Inputs/DependsOnModule.framework[/\\]Frameworks/SubFramework\.framework/Headers/Other\.h]] | name: "SubFramework/Other.h" | hash loc: [[DMOD_SUB_H]]:1:1 | isImport: 0 | isAngled: 0 | isModule: 0 | module: DependsOnModule.SubFramework.Other // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[DMOD_PRIVATE_H:.*/Modules/Inputs/DependsOnModule.framework[/\\]PrivateHeaders[/\\]DependsOnModulePrivate.h]] | {{.*}} | hash loc: | {{.*}} | module: DependsOnModule.Private.DependsOnModule // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [importedASTFile]: {{.*}}.cache{{(.sys)?[/\\]}}Module.pcm | loc: [[DMOD_MODULE_H]]:1:1 | name: "Module" | isImplicit: 1 // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: depends_on_module_other | {{.*}} | loc: [[DMOD_OTHER_H]]:1:5 // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: template | {{.*}} | loc: [[DMOD_NOT_CXX_H]]:1:12 // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: sub_framework | {{.*}} | loc: [[DMOD_SUB_H]]:2:8 // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: sub_framework_other | {{.*}} | loc: [[DMOD_SUB_OTHER_H]]:1:9 // CHECK-DMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: depends_on_module_private | {{.*}} | loc: [[DMOD_PRIVATE_H]]:1:5 // CHECK-DMOD-NOT: [indexDeclaration] // CHECK-DMOD-AST: [importedASTFile]: {{.*}}.cache.sys{{[/\\]}}Module.pcm | loc: {{.*}}DependsOnModule.h:1:1 | name: "Module" | isImplicit: 1 // RUN: c-index-test -index-tu %t.cache/Module.pcm | FileCheck %s -check-prefix=CHECK-TMOD // CHECK-TMOD: [startedTranslationUnit] // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[TMOD_MODULE_H:.*/Modules/Inputs/Module\.framework[/\\]Headers[/\\]Module\.h]] | {{.*}} | hash loc: // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[TMODHDR:.*/Modules/Inputs/Module.framework[/\\]Headers.]]Sub.h | name: "Module/Sub.h" | hash loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:23:1 | isImport: 0 | isAngled: 1 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[TMODHDR]]Sub2.h | name: "Module/Sub2.h" | hash loc: [[TMODHDR]]Sub.h:1:1 | isImport: 0 | isAngled: 1 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[TMODHDR]]Buried{{[/\\]}}Treasure.h | name: "Module/Buried/Treasure.h" | hash loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:24:1 | isImport: 0 | isAngled: 1 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [ppIncludedFile]: [[TMOD_SUB_H:.*[/\\]Modules[/\\]Inputs[/\\]Module\.framework[/\\]Frameworks[/\\]SubFramework\.framework[/\\]Headers[/\\]SubFramework\.h]] | {{.*}} | hash loc: // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: function | name: getModuleVersion | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:9:13 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-class | name: Module | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:15:12 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: : kind: interface // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-class-method | name: version | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:16:1 -// CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-class-method | name: alloc | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:17:1 +// CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: objc-class-method | name: alloc | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:17:2 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: typedef | name: FILE | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:30:3 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: struct | name: __sFILE | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:28:16 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: field | name: _offset | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:29:7 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: myFile | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:32:14 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexEntityReference]: kind: typedef | name: FILE | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_MODULE_H]]:32:8 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: Module_Sub | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMODHDR]]Sub.h:2:6 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: Module_Sub2 | USR: c:@Module_Sub2 | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMODHDR]]Sub2.h:1:6 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: Buried_Treasure | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMODHDR]]Buried{{[/\\]}}Treasure.h:1:11 // CHECK-TMOD-NEXT: [indexDeclaration]: kind: variable | name: module_subframework | {{.*}} | loc: [[TMOD_SUB_H]]:4:7 // CHECK-TMOD-NOT: [indexDeclaration] Index: vendor/clang/dist/test/OpenMP/openmp_seh.c =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/test/OpenMP/openmp_seh.c (nonexistent) +++ vendor/clang/dist/test/OpenMP/openmp_seh.c (revision 312958) @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +// RUN: %clang_cc1 -verify -triple x86_64-pc-windows-msvc19.0.0 -fopenmp -fms-compatibility -x c++ -emit-llvm %s -o - | FileCheck %s +// expected-no-diagnostics +// REQUIRES: x86-registered-target +extern "C" { +void __cpuid(int[4], int); +} + +// CHECK-LABEL: @main +int main(void) { + __try { + int info[4]; + __cpuid(info, 1); + } __except (1) { + } + + return 0; +} + Property changes on: vendor/clang/dist/test/OpenMP/openmp_seh.c ___________________________________________________________________ Added: svn:eol-style ## -0,0 +1 ## +native \ No newline at end of property Added: svn:keywords ## -0,0 +1 ## +FreeBSD=%H \ No newline at end of property Added: svn:mime-type ## -0,0 +1 ## +text/plain \ No newline at end of property Index: vendor/clang/dist/test/SemaCXX/constant-expression.cpp =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/test/SemaCXX/constant-expression.cpp (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/test/SemaCXX/constant-expression.cpp (revision 312958) @@ -1,145 +1,156 @@ // RUN: %clang_cc1 -fsyntax-only -verify -std=c++98 -pedantic %s // C++ [expr.const]p1: // In several places, C++ requires expressions that evaluate to an integral // or enumeration constant: as array bounds, as case expressions, as // bit-field lengths, as enumerator initializers, as static member // initializers, and as integral or enumeration non-type template arguments. // An integral constant-expression can involve only literals, enumerators, // const variables or static data members of integral or enumeration types // initialized with constant expressions, and sizeof expressions. Floating // literals can appear only if they are cast to integral or enumeration types. enum Enum { eval = 1 }; const int cval = 2; const Enum ceval = eval; struct Struct { static const int sval = 3; static const Enum seval = eval; }; template struct C { enum E { v1 = 1, v2 = eval, v3 = cval, v4 = ceval, v5 = Struct::sval, v6 = Struct::seval, v7 = itval, v8 = etval, v9 = (int)1.5, v10 = sizeof(Struct), v11 = true? 1 + cval * Struct::sval ^ itval / (int)1.5 - sizeof(Struct) : 0 }; unsigned b1 : 1, b2 : eval, b3 : cval, b4 : ceval, b5 : Struct::sval, b6 : Struct::seval, b7 : itval, b8 : etval, b9 : (int)1.5, b10 : sizeof(Struct), b11 : true? 1 + cval * Struct::sval ^ itval / (int)1.5 - sizeof(Struct) : 0 ; static const int i1 = 1, i2 = eval, i3 = cval, i4 = ceval, i5 = Struct::sval, i6 = Struct::seval, i7 = itval, i8 = etval, i9 = (int)1.5, i10 = sizeof(Struct), i11 = true? 1 + cval * Struct::sval ^ itval / (int)1.5 - sizeof(Struct) : 0 ; void f(int cond) { switch(cond) { case 0 + 1: case 100 + eval: case 200 + cval: case 300 + ceval: case 400 + Struct::sval: case 500 + Struct::seval: case 600 + itval: case 700 + etval: case 800 + (int)1.5: case 900 + sizeof(Struct): case 1000 + (true? 1 + cval * Struct::sval ^ itval / (int)1.5 - sizeof(Struct) : 0): ; } } typedef C T0; }; template struct C<1, eval>; template struct C; template struct C; enum { a = sizeof(int) == 8, b = a? 8 : 4 }; void diags(int n) { switch (n) { case (1/0, 1): // expected-error {{not an integral constant expression}} expected-note {{division by zero}} case (int)(1/0, 2.0): // expected-error {{not an integral constant expression}} expected-note {{division by zero}} case __imag(1/0): // expected-error {{not an integral constant expression}} expected-note {{division by zero}} case (int)__imag((double)(1/0)): // expected-error {{not an integral constant expression}} expected-note {{division by zero}} ; } } namespace IntOrEnum { const int k = 0; const int &p = k; template struct S {}; S

s; // expected-error {{not an integral constant expression}} } extern const int recurse1; // recurse2 cannot be used in a constant expression because it is not // initialized by a constant expression. The same expression appearing later in // the TU would be a constant expression, but here it is not. const int recurse2 = recurse1; const int recurse1 = 1; int array1[recurse1]; // ok int array2[recurse2]; // expected-warning {{variable length array}} expected-warning {{integer constant expression}} namespace FloatConvert { typedef int a[(int)42.3]; typedef int a[(int)42.997]; typedef int b[(long long)4e20]; // expected-warning {{variable length}} expected-error {{variable length}} expected-warning {{'long long' is a C++11 extension}} } // PR12626 namespace test3 { struct X; // expected-note {{forward declaration of 'test3::X'}} struct Y { bool b; X x; }; // expected-error {{field has incomplete type 'test3::X'}} int f() { return Y().b; } } // PR18283 namespace test4 { template struct A {}; int const i = { 42 }; // i can be used as non-type template-parameter as "const int x = { 42 };" is // equivalent to "const int x = 42;" as per C++03 8.5/p13. typedef A Ai; // ok } // rdar://16064952 namespace rdar16064952 { template < typename T > void fn1() { T b; unsigned w = ({int a = b.val[sizeof(0)]; 0; }); // expected-warning {{use of GNU statement expression extension}} } } char PR17381_ice = 1000000 * 1000000; // expected-warning {{overflow}} expected-warning {{changes value}} + +namespace PR31701 { + struct C { + template static int n; // expected-warning {{extension}} + }; + template class D; + template + template void D::set() { // expected-error {{from class 'D' without definition}} + const C c = C::n; + } +} Index: vendor/clang/dist/test/SemaCXX/new-delete-cxx0x.cpp =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/test/SemaCXX/new-delete-cxx0x.cpp (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/test/SemaCXX/new-delete-cxx0x.cpp (revision 312958) @@ -1,63 +1,65 @@ -// RUN: %clang_cc1 -fsyntax-only -verify %s -std=c++11 -triple=i686-pc-linux-gnu +// RUN: %clang_cc1 -fsyntax-only -verify %s -std=c++11 -triple=i686-pc-linux-gnu -pedantic void ugly_news(int *ip) { (void)new int[-1]; // expected-error {{array size is negative}} (void)new int[2000000000]; // expected-error {{array is too large}} } void pr22845a() { constexpr int i = -1; int *p = new int[i]; // expected-error {{array size is negative}} } void pr22845b() { constexpr int i = 1; int *p = new int[i]{1, 2}; // expected-error {{excess elements in array initializer}} } struct S { S(int); S(); ~S(); }; struct T { // expected-note 1+{{not viable}} T(int); // expected-note 1+{{not viable}} }; void fn(int n) { (void) new int[2] {1, 2}; (void) new S[2] {1, 2}; (void) new S[3] {1, 2}; + (void) new S[n] {}; // C++11 [expr.new]p19: // If the new-expression creates an object or an array of objects of class // type, access and ambiguity control are done for the allocation function, // the deallocation function (12.5), and the constructor (12.1). // // Note that this happens even if the array bound is constant and the // initializer initializes every array element. // // It's not clear that this is the intended interpretation, however -- we // obviously don't want to check for a default constructor for 'new S(0)'. // Instead, we only check for a default constructor in the case of an array // new with a non-constant bound or insufficient initializers. (void) new T[2] {1, 2}; // ok (void) new T[3] {1, 2}; // expected-error {{no matching constructor}} expected-note {{in implicit initialization of array element 2}} (void) new T[n] {1, 2}; // expected-error {{no matching constructor}} expected-note {{in implicit initialization of trailing array elements in runtime-sized array new}} + (void) new T[n] {}; // expected-error {{no matching constructor}} expected-note {{in implicit initialization of trailing array elements in runtime-sized array new}} } struct U { T t; // expected-note 3{{in implicit initialization of field 't'}} S s; }; void g(int n) { // Aggregate initialization, brace-elision, and array new combine to create // this monstrosity. (void) new U[2] {1, 2}; // expected-error {{no matching constructor}} expected-note {{in implicit initialization of array element 1}} (void) new U[2] {1, 2, 3}; // ok (void) new U[2] {1, 2, 3, 4}; // ok (void) new U[2] {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}; // expected-error {{excess elements in array initializer}} (void) new U[n] {1, 2}; // expected-error {{no matching constructor}} expected-note {{in implicit initialization of trailing array elements}} (void) new U[n] {1, 2, 3}; // expected-error {{no matching constructor}} expected-note {{in implicit initialization of trailing array elements}} } Index: vendor/clang/dist/tools/libclang/CXIndexDataConsumer.cpp =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/tools/libclang/CXIndexDataConsumer.cpp (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/tools/libclang/CXIndexDataConsumer.cpp (revision 312958) @@ -1,1318 +1,1319 @@ //===- CXIndexDataConsumer.cpp - Index data consumer for libclang----------===// // // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure // // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// #include "CXIndexDataConsumer.h" #include "CIndexDiagnostic.h" #include "CXTranslationUnit.h" #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclVisitor.h" #include "clang/Frontend/ASTUnit.h" using namespace clang; using namespace clang::index; using namespace cxindex; using namespace cxcursor; namespace { class IndexingDeclVisitor : public ConstDeclVisitor { CXIndexDataConsumer &DataConsumer; SourceLocation DeclLoc; const DeclContext *LexicalDC; public: IndexingDeclVisitor(CXIndexDataConsumer &dataConsumer, SourceLocation Loc, const DeclContext *lexicalDC) : DataConsumer(dataConsumer), DeclLoc(Loc), LexicalDC(lexicalDC) { } bool VisitFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleFunction(D); return true; } bool VisitVarDecl(const VarDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleVar(D); return true; } bool VisitFieldDecl(const FieldDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleField(D); return true; } bool VisitMSPropertyDecl(const MSPropertyDecl *D) { return true; } bool VisitEnumConstantDecl(const EnumConstantDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleEnumerator(D); return true; } bool VisitTypedefNameDecl(const TypedefNameDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleTypedefName(D); return true; } bool VisitTagDecl(const TagDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleTagDecl(D); return true; } bool VisitObjCInterfaceDecl(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleObjCInterface(D); return true; } bool VisitObjCProtocolDecl(const ObjCProtocolDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleObjCProtocol(D); return true; } bool VisitObjCImplementationDecl(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleObjCImplementation(D); return true; } bool VisitObjCCategoryDecl(const ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleObjCCategory(D); return true; } bool VisitObjCCategoryImplDecl(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleObjCCategoryImpl(D); return true; } bool VisitObjCMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *D) { if (isa(LexicalDC) && !D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) DataConsumer.handleSynthesizedObjCMethod(D, DeclLoc, LexicalDC); else - DataConsumer.handleObjCMethod(D); + DataConsumer.handleObjCMethod(D, DeclLoc); return true; } bool VisitObjCPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleObjCProperty(D); return true; } bool VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleSynthesizedObjCProperty(D); return true; } bool VisitNamespaceDecl(const NamespaceDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleNamespace(D); return true; } bool VisitUsingDecl(const UsingDecl *D) { return true; } bool VisitUsingDirectiveDecl(const UsingDirectiveDecl *D) { return true; } bool VisitClassTemplateDecl(const ClassTemplateDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleClassTemplate(D); return true; } bool VisitClassTemplateSpecializationDecl(const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleTagDecl(D); return true; } bool VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(const FunctionTemplateDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleFunctionTemplate(D); return true; } bool VisitTypeAliasTemplateDecl(const TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D) { DataConsumer.handleTypeAliasTemplate(D); return true; } bool VisitImportDecl(const ImportDecl *D) { DataConsumer.importedModule(D); return true; } }; } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleDeclOccurence(const Decl *D, SymbolRoleSet Roles, ArrayRef Relations, FileID FID, unsigned Offset, ASTNodeInfo ASTNode) { SourceLocation Loc = getASTContext().getSourceManager() .getLocForStartOfFile(FID).getLocWithOffset(Offset); if (Roles & (unsigned)SymbolRole::Reference) { const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast(D); if (!ND) return true; if (auto *ObjCID = dyn_cast_or_null(ASTNode.OrigD)) { if (!ObjCID->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && ObjCID->getLocation() == Loc) { // The libclang API treats this as ObjCClassRef declaration. IndexingDeclVisitor(*this, Loc, nullptr).Visit(ObjCID); return true; } } if (auto *ObjCPD = dyn_cast_or_null(ASTNode.OrigD)) { if (!ObjCPD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && ObjCPD->getLocation() == Loc) { // The libclang API treats this as ObjCProtocolRef declaration. IndexingDeclVisitor(*this, Loc, nullptr).Visit(ObjCPD); return true; } } CXIdxEntityRefKind Kind = CXIdxEntityRef_Direct; if (Roles & (unsigned)SymbolRole::Implicit) { Kind = CXIdxEntityRef_Implicit; } CXCursor Cursor; if (ASTNode.OrigE) { Cursor = cxcursor::MakeCXCursor(ASTNode.OrigE, cast(ASTNode.ContainerDC), getCXTU()); } else { if (ASTNode.OrigD) { if (auto *OrigND = dyn_cast(ASTNode.OrigD)) Cursor = getRefCursor(OrigND, Loc); else Cursor = MakeCXCursor(ASTNode.OrigD, CXTU); } else { Cursor = getRefCursor(ND, Loc); } } handleReference(ND, Loc, Cursor, dyn_cast_or_null(ASTNode.Parent), ASTNode.ContainerDC, ASTNode.OrigE, Kind); } else { const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ASTNode.ContainerDC; if (!LexicalDC) { for (const auto &SymRel : Relations) { if (SymRel.Roles & (unsigned)SymbolRole::RelationChildOf) LexicalDC = dyn_cast(SymRel.RelatedSymbol); } } IndexingDeclVisitor(*this, Loc, LexicalDC).Visit(ASTNode.OrigD); } return !shouldAbort(); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleModuleOccurence(const ImportDecl *ImportD, SymbolRoleSet Roles, FileID FID, unsigned Offset) { IndexingDeclVisitor(*this, SourceLocation(), nullptr).Visit(ImportD); return !shouldAbort(); } void CXIndexDataConsumer::finish() { indexDiagnostics(); } CXIndexDataConsumer::ObjCProtocolListInfo::ObjCProtocolListInfo( const ObjCProtocolList &ProtList, CXIndexDataConsumer &IdxCtx, ScratchAlloc &SA) { ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_loc_iterator LI = ProtList.loc_begin(); for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator I = ProtList.begin(), E = ProtList.end(); I != E; ++I, ++LI) { SourceLocation Loc = *LI; ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = *I; ProtEntities.push_back(EntityInfo()); IdxCtx.getEntityInfo(PD, ProtEntities.back(), SA); CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo ProtInfo = { nullptr, MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PD, Loc, IdxCtx.CXTU), IdxCtx.getIndexLoc(Loc) }; ProtInfos.push_back(ProtInfo); if (IdxCtx.shouldSuppressRefs()) IdxCtx.markEntityOccurrenceInFile(PD, Loc); } for (unsigned i = 0, e = ProtInfos.size(); i != e; ++i) ProtInfos[i].protocol = &ProtEntities[i]; for (unsigned i = 0, e = ProtInfos.size(); i != e; ++i) Prots.push_back(&ProtInfos[i]); } IBOutletCollectionInfo::IBOutletCollectionInfo( const IBOutletCollectionInfo &other) : AttrInfo(CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection, other.cursor, other.loc, other.A) { IBCollInfo.attrInfo = this; IBCollInfo.classCursor = other.IBCollInfo.classCursor; IBCollInfo.classLoc = other.IBCollInfo.classLoc; if (other.IBCollInfo.objcClass) { ClassInfo = other.ClassInfo; IBCollInfo.objcClass = &ClassInfo; } else IBCollInfo.objcClass = nullptr; } AttrListInfo::AttrListInfo(const Decl *D, CXIndexDataConsumer &IdxCtx) : SA(IdxCtx), ref_cnt(0) { if (!D->hasAttrs()) return; for (const auto *A : D->attrs()) { CXCursor C = MakeCXCursor(A, D, IdxCtx.CXTU); CXIdxLoc Loc = IdxCtx.getIndexLoc(A->getLocation()); switch (C.kind) { default: Attrs.push_back(AttrInfo(CXIdxAttr_Unexposed, C, Loc, A)); break; case CXCursor_IBActionAttr: Attrs.push_back(AttrInfo(CXIdxAttr_IBAction, C, Loc, A)); break; case CXCursor_IBOutletAttr: Attrs.push_back(AttrInfo(CXIdxAttr_IBOutlet, C, Loc, A)); break; case CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr: IBCollAttrs.push_back(IBOutletCollectionInfo(C, Loc, A)); break; } } for (unsigned i = 0, e = IBCollAttrs.size(); i != e; ++i) { IBOutletCollectionInfo &IBInfo = IBCollAttrs[i]; CXAttrs.push_back(&IBInfo); const IBOutletCollectionAttr * IBAttr = cast(IBInfo.A); SourceLocation InterfaceLocStart = IBAttr->getInterfaceLoc()->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(); IBInfo.IBCollInfo.attrInfo = &IBInfo; IBInfo.IBCollInfo.classLoc = IdxCtx.getIndexLoc(InterfaceLocStart); IBInfo.IBCollInfo.objcClass = nullptr; IBInfo.IBCollInfo.classCursor = clang_getNullCursor(); QualType Ty = IBAttr->getInterface(); if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjectTy = Ty->getAs()) { if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *InterD = ObjectTy->getInterface()) { IdxCtx.getEntityInfo(InterD, IBInfo.ClassInfo, SA); IBInfo.IBCollInfo.objcClass = &IBInfo.ClassInfo; IBInfo.IBCollInfo.classCursor = MakeCursorObjCClassRef(InterD, InterfaceLocStart, IdxCtx.CXTU); } } } for (unsigned i = 0, e = Attrs.size(); i != e; ++i) CXAttrs.push_back(&Attrs[i]); } IntrusiveRefCntPtr AttrListInfo::create(const Decl *D, CXIndexDataConsumer &IdxCtx) { ScratchAlloc SA(IdxCtx); AttrListInfo *attrs = SA.allocate(); return new (attrs) AttrListInfo(D, IdxCtx); } CXIndexDataConsumer::CXXBasesListInfo::CXXBasesListInfo(const CXXRecordDecl *D, CXIndexDataConsumer &IdxCtx, ScratchAlloc &SA) { for (const auto &Base : D->bases()) { BaseEntities.push_back(EntityInfo()); const NamedDecl *BaseD = nullptr; QualType T = Base.getType(); SourceLocation Loc = getBaseLoc(Base); if (const TypedefType *TDT = T->getAs()) { BaseD = TDT->getDecl(); } else if (const TemplateSpecializationType * TST = T->getAs()) { BaseD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); } else if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs()) { BaseD = RT->getDecl(); } if (BaseD) IdxCtx.getEntityInfo(BaseD, BaseEntities.back(), SA); CXIdxBaseClassInfo BaseInfo = { nullptr, MakeCursorCXXBaseSpecifier(&Base, IdxCtx.CXTU), IdxCtx.getIndexLoc(Loc) }; BaseInfos.push_back(BaseInfo); } for (unsigned i = 0, e = BaseInfos.size(); i != e; ++i) { if (BaseEntities[i].name && BaseEntities[i].USR) BaseInfos[i].base = &BaseEntities[i]; } for (unsigned i = 0, e = BaseInfos.size(); i != e; ++i) CXBases.push_back(&BaseInfos[i]); } SourceLocation CXIndexDataConsumer::CXXBasesListInfo::getBaseLoc( const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) const { SourceLocation Loc = Base.getSourceRange().getBegin(); TypeLoc TL; if (Base.getTypeSourceInfo()) TL = Base.getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); if (TL.isNull()) return Loc; if (QualifiedTypeLoc QL = TL.getAs()) TL = QL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); if (ElaboratedTypeLoc EL = TL.getAs()) return EL.getNamedTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); if (DependentNameTypeLoc DL = TL.getAs()) return DL.getNameLoc(); if (DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs()) return DTL.getTemplateNameLoc(); return Loc; } const char *ScratchAlloc::toCStr(StringRef Str) { if (Str.empty()) return ""; if (Str.data()[Str.size()] == '\0') return Str.data(); return copyCStr(Str); } const char *ScratchAlloc::copyCStr(StringRef Str) { char *buf = IdxCtx.StrScratch.Allocate(Str.size() + 1); std::uninitialized_copy(Str.begin(), Str.end(), buf); buf[Str.size()] = '\0'; return buf; } void CXIndexDataConsumer::setASTContext(ASTContext &ctx) { Ctx = &ctx; cxtu::getASTUnit(CXTU)->setASTContext(&ctx); } void CXIndexDataConsumer::setPreprocessor(std::shared_ptr PP) { cxtu::getASTUnit(CXTU)->setPreprocessor(std::move(PP)); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::isFunctionLocalDecl(const Decl *D) { assert(D); if (!D->getParentFunctionOrMethod()) return false; if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast(D)) { switch (ND->getFormalLinkage()) { case NoLinkage: case VisibleNoLinkage: case InternalLinkage: return true; case UniqueExternalLinkage: llvm_unreachable("Not a sema linkage"); case ExternalLinkage: return false; } } return true; } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::shouldAbort() { if (!CB.abortQuery) return false; return CB.abortQuery(ClientData, nullptr); } void CXIndexDataConsumer::enteredMainFile(const FileEntry *File) { if (File && CB.enteredMainFile) { CXIdxClientFile idxFile = CB.enteredMainFile(ClientData, static_cast(const_cast(File)), nullptr); FileMap[File] = idxFile; } } void CXIndexDataConsumer::ppIncludedFile(SourceLocation hashLoc, StringRef filename, const FileEntry *File, bool isImport, bool isAngled, bool isModuleImport) { if (!CB.ppIncludedFile) return; ScratchAlloc SA(*this); CXIdxIncludedFileInfo Info = { getIndexLoc(hashLoc), SA.toCStr(filename), static_cast( const_cast(File)), isImport, isAngled, isModuleImport }; CXIdxClientFile idxFile = CB.ppIncludedFile(ClientData, &Info); FileMap[File] = idxFile; } void CXIndexDataConsumer::importedModule(const ImportDecl *ImportD) { if (!CB.importedASTFile) return; Module *Mod = ImportD->getImportedModule(); if (!Mod) return; // If the imported module is part of the top-level module that we're // indexing, it doesn't correspond to an imported AST file. // FIXME: This assumes that AST files and top-level modules directly // correspond, which is unlikely to remain true forever. if (Module *SrcMod = ImportD->getImportedOwningModule()) if (SrcMod->getTopLevelModule() == Mod->getTopLevelModule()) return; CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo Info = { static_cast( const_cast(Mod->getASTFile())), Mod, getIndexLoc(ImportD->getLocation()), ImportD->isImplicit() }; CXIdxClientASTFile astFile = CB.importedASTFile(ClientData, &Info); (void)astFile; } void CXIndexDataConsumer::importedPCH(const FileEntry *File) { if (!CB.importedASTFile) return; CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo Info = { static_cast( const_cast(File)), /*module=*/nullptr, getIndexLoc(SourceLocation()), /*isImplicit=*/false }; CXIdxClientASTFile astFile = CB.importedASTFile(ClientData, &Info); (void)astFile; } void CXIndexDataConsumer::startedTranslationUnit() { CXIdxClientContainer idxCont = nullptr; if (CB.startedTranslationUnit) idxCont = CB.startedTranslationUnit(ClientData, nullptr); addContainerInMap(Ctx->getTranslationUnitDecl(), idxCont); } void CXIndexDataConsumer::indexDiagnostics() { if (!hasDiagnosticCallback()) return; CXDiagnosticSetImpl *DiagSet = cxdiag::lazyCreateDiags(getCXTU()); handleDiagnosticSet(DiagSet); } void CXIndexDataConsumer::handleDiagnosticSet(CXDiagnostic CXDiagSet) { if (!CB.diagnostic) return; CB.diagnostic(ClientData, CXDiagSet, nullptr); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleDecl(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, CXCursor Cursor, DeclInfo &DInfo, const DeclContext *LexicalDC, const DeclContext *SemaDC) { if (!CB.indexDeclaration || !D) return false; if (D->isImplicit() && shouldIgnoreIfImplicit(D)) return false; ScratchAlloc SA(*this); getEntityInfo(D, DInfo.EntInfo, SA); if ((!shouldIndexFunctionLocalSymbols() && !DInfo.EntInfo.USR) || Loc.isInvalid()) return false; if (!LexicalDC) LexicalDC = D->getLexicalDeclContext(); if (shouldSuppressRefs()) markEntityOccurrenceInFile(D, Loc); DInfo.entityInfo = &DInfo.EntInfo; DInfo.cursor = Cursor; DInfo.loc = getIndexLoc(Loc); DInfo.isImplicit = D->isImplicit(); DInfo.attributes = DInfo.EntInfo.attributes; DInfo.numAttributes = DInfo.EntInfo.numAttributes; if (!SemaDC) SemaDC = D->getDeclContext(); getContainerInfo(SemaDC, DInfo.SemanticContainer); DInfo.semanticContainer = &DInfo.SemanticContainer; if (LexicalDC == SemaDC) { DInfo.lexicalContainer = &DInfo.SemanticContainer; } else if (isTemplateImplicitInstantiation(D)) { // Implicit instantiations have the lexical context of where they were // instantiated first. We choose instead the semantic context because: // 1) at the time that we see the instantiation we have not seen the // function where it occurred yet. // 2) the lexical context of the first instantiation is not useful // information anyway. DInfo.lexicalContainer = &DInfo.SemanticContainer; } else { getContainerInfo(LexicalDC, DInfo.LexicalContainer); DInfo.lexicalContainer = &DInfo.LexicalContainer; } if (DInfo.isContainer) { getContainerInfo(getEntityContainer(D), DInfo.DeclAsContainer); DInfo.declAsContainer = &DInfo.DeclAsContainer; } CB.indexDeclaration(ClientData, &DInfo); return true; } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleObjCContainer(const ObjCContainerDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, CXCursor Cursor, ObjCContainerDeclInfo &ContDInfo) { ContDInfo.ObjCContDeclInfo.declInfo = &ContDInfo; return handleDecl(D, Loc, Cursor, ContDInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleFunction(const FunctionDecl *D) { bool isDef = D->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); bool isContainer = isDef; bool isSkipped = false; if (D->hasSkippedBody()) { isSkipped = true; isDef = true; isContainer = false; } DeclInfo DInfo(!D->isFirstDecl(), isDef, isContainer); if (isSkipped) DInfo.flags |= CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped; return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleVar(const VarDecl *D) { DeclInfo DInfo(!D->isFirstDecl(), D->isThisDeclarationADefinition(), /*isContainer=*/false); return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleField(const FieldDecl *D) { DeclInfo DInfo(/*isRedeclaration=*/false, /*isDefinition=*/true, /*isContainer=*/false); return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleMSProperty(const MSPropertyDecl *D) { DeclInfo DInfo(/*isRedeclaration=*/false, /*isDefinition=*/true, /*isContainer=*/false); return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleEnumerator(const EnumConstantDecl *D) { DeclInfo DInfo(/*isRedeclaration=*/false, /*isDefinition=*/true, /*isContainer=*/false); return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleTagDecl(const TagDecl *D) { if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast(D)) return handleCXXRecordDecl(CXXRD, D); DeclInfo DInfo(!D->isFirstDecl(), D->isThisDeclarationADefinition(), D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleTypedefName(const TypedefNameDecl *D) { DeclInfo DInfo(!D->isFirstDecl(), /*isDefinition=*/true, /*isContainer=*/false); return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleObjCInterface(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { // For @class forward declarations, suppress them the same way as references. if (!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { if (shouldSuppressRefs() && markEntityOccurrenceInFile(D, D->getLocation())) return false; // already occurred. // FIXME: This seems like the wrong definition for redeclaration. bool isRedeclaration = D->hasDefinition() || D->getPreviousDecl(); ObjCContainerDeclInfo ContDInfo(/*isForwardRef=*/true, isRedeclaration, /*isImplementation=*/false); return handleObjCContainer(D, D->getLocation(), MakeCursorObjCClassRef(D, D->getLocation(), CXTU), ContDInfo); } ScratchAlloc SA(*this); CXIdxBaseClassInfo BaseClass; EntityInfo BaseEntity; BaseClass.cursor = clang_getNullCursor(); if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperD = D->getSuperClass()) { getEntityInfo(SuperD, BaseEntity, SA); SourceLocation SuperLoc = D->getSuperClassLoc(); BaseClass.base = &BaseEntity; BaseClass.cursor = MakeCursorObjCSuperClassRef(SuperD, SuperLoc, CXTU); BaseClass.loc = getIndexLoc(SuperLoc); if (shouldSuppressRefs()) markEntityOccurrenceInFile(SuperD, SuperLoc); } ObjCProtocolList EmptyProtoList; ObjCProtocolListInfo ProtInfo(D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ? D->getReferencedProtocols() : EmptyProtoList, *this, SA); ObjCInterfaceDeclInfo InterInfo(D); InterInfo.ObjCProtoListInfo = ProtInfo.getListInfo(); InterInfo.ObjCInterDeclInfo.containerInfo = &InterInfo.ObjCContDeclInfo; InterInfo.ObjCInterDeclInfo.superInfo = D->getSuperClass() ? &BaseClass : nullptr; InterInfo.ObjCInterDeclInfo.protocols = &InterInfo.ObjCProtoListInfo; return handleObjCContainer(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), InterInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleObjCImplementation( const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) { ObjCContainerDeclInfo ContDInfo(/*isForwardRef=*/false, /*isRedeclaration=*/true, /*isImplementation=*/true); return handleObjCContainer(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), ContDInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleObjCProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *D) { if (!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { if (shouldSuppressRefs() && markEntityOccurrenceInFile(D, D->getLocation())) return false; // already occurred. // FIXME: This seems like the wrong definition for redeclaration. bool isRedeclaration = D->hasDefinition() || D->getPreviousDecl(); ObjCContainerDeclInfo ContDInfo(/*isForwardRef=*/true, isRedeclaration, /*isImplementation=*/false); return handleObjCContainer(D, D->getLocation(), MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(D, D->getLocation(), CXTU), ContDInfo); } ScratchAlloc SA(*this); ObjCProtocolList EmptyProtoList; ObjCProtocolListInfo ProtListInfo(D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ? D->getReferencedProtocols() : EmptyProtoList, *this, SA); ObjCProtocolDeclInfo ProtInfo(D); ProtInfo.ObjCProtoRefListInfo = ProtListInfo.getListInfo(); return handleObjCContainer(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), ProtInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleObjCCategory(const ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { ScratchAlloc SA(*this); ObjCCategoryDeclInfo CatDInfo(/*isImplementation=*/false); EntityInfo ClassEntity; const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD = D->getClassInterface(); SourceLocation ClassLoc = D->getLocation(); SourceLocation CategoryLoc = D->IsClassExtension() ? ClassLoc : D->getCategoryNameLoc(); getEntityInfo(IFaceD, ClassEntity, SA); if (shouldSuppressRefs()) markEntityOccurrenceInFile(IFaceD, ClassLoc); ObjCProtocolListInfo ProtInfo(D->getReferencedProtocols(), *this, SA); CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.containerInfo = &CatDInfo.ObjCContDeclInfo; if (IFaceD) { CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.objcClass = &ClassEntity; CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.classCursor = MakeCursorObjCClassRef(IFaceD, ClassLoc, CXTU); } else { CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.objcClass = nullptr; CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.classCursor = clang_getNullCursor(); } CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.classLoc = getIndexLoc(ClassLoc); CatDInfo.ObjCProtoListInfo = ProtInfo.getListInfo(); CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.protocols = &CatDInfo.ObjCProtoListInfo; return handleObjCContainer(D, CategoryLoc, getCursor(D), CatDInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleObjCCategoryImpl(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D) { ScratchAlloc SA(*this); const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = D->getCategoryDecl(); ObjCCategoryDeclInfo CatDInfo(/*isImplementation=*/true); EntityInfo ClassEntity; const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD = CatD->getClassInterface(); SourceLocation ClassLoc = D->getLocation(); SourceLocation CategoryLoc = D->getCategoryNameLoc(); getEntityInfo(IFaceD, ClassEntity, SA); if (shouldSuppressRefs()) markEntityOccurrenceInFile(IFaceD, ClassLoc); CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.containerInfo = &CatDInfo.ObjCContDeclInfo; if (IFaceD) { CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.objcClass = &ClassEntity; CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.classCursor = MakeCursorObjCClassRef(IFaceD, ClassLoc, CXTU); } else { CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.objcClass = nullptr; CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.classCursor = clang_getNullCursor(); } CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.classLoc = getIndexLoc(ClassLoc); CatDInfo.ObjCCatDeclInfo.protocols = nullptr; return handleObjCContainer(D, CategoryLoc, getCursor(D), CatDInfo); } -bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *D) { +bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *D, + SourceLocation Loc) { bool isDef = D->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); bool isContainer = isDef; bool isSkipped = false; if (D->hasSkippedBody()) { isSkipped = true; isDef = true; isContainer = false; } DeclInfo DInfo(!D->isCanonicalDecl(), isDef, isContainer); if (isSkipped) DInfo.flags |= CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped; - return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); + return handleDecl(D, Loc, getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleSynthesizedObjCProperty( const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *D) { ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = D->getPropertyDecl(); auto *DC = D->getDeclContext(); return handleReference(PD, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), dyn_cast(DC), DC); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleSynthesizedObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, const DeclContext *LexicalDC) { DeclInfo DInfo(/*isRedeclaration=*/true, /*isDefinition=*/true, /*isContainer=*/false); return handleDecl(D, Loc, getCursor(D), DInfo, LexicalDC, D->getDeclContext()); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleObjCProperty(const ObjCPropertyDecl *D) { ScratchAlloc SA(*this); ObjCPropertyDeclInfo DInfo; EntityInfo GetterEntity; EntityInfo SetterEntity; DInfo.ObjCPropDeclInfo.declInfo = &DInfo; if (ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = D->getGetterMethodDecl()) { getEntityInfo(Getter, GetterEntity, SA); DInfo.ObjCPropDeclInfo.getter = &GetterEntity; } else { DInfo.ObjCPropDeclInfo.getter = nullptr; } if (ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = D->getSetterMethodDecl()) { getEntityInfo(Setter, SetterEntity, SA); DInfo.ObjCPropDeclInfo.setter = &SetterEntity; } else { DInfo.ObjCPropDeclInfo.setter = nullptr; } return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleNamespace(const NamespaceDecl *D) { DeclInfo DInfo(/*isRedeclaration=*/!D->isOriginalNamespace(), /*isDefinition=*/true, /*isContainer=*/true); return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleClassTemplate(const ClassTemplateDecl *D) { return handleCXXRecordDecl(D->getTemplatedDecl(), D); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleFunctionTemplate(const FunctionTemplateDecl *D) { DeclInfo DInfo(/*isRedeclaration=*/!D->isCanonicalDecl(), /*isDefinition=*/D->isThisDeclarationADefinition(), /*isContainer=*/D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleTypeAliasTemplate(const TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D) { DeclInfo DInfo(/*isRedeclaration=*/!D->isCanonicalDecl(), /*isDefinition=*/true, /*isContainer=*/false); return handleDecl(D, D->getLocation(), getCursor(D), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleReference(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *Parent, const DeclContext *DC, const Expr *E, CXIdxEntityRefKind Kind) { if (!D) return false; CXCursor Cursor = E ? MakeCXCursor(E, cast(DC), CXTU) : getRefCursor(D, Loc); return handleReference(D, Loc, Cursor, Parent, DC, E, Kind); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleReference(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, CXCursor Cursor, const NamedDecl *Parent, const DeclContext *DC, const Expr *E, CXIdxEntityRefKind Kind) { if (!CB.indexEntityReference) return false; if (!D) return false; if (Loc.isInvalid()) return false; if (!shouldIndexFunctionLocalSymbols() && isFunctionLocalDecl(D)) return false; if (isNotFromSourceFile(D->getLocation())) return false; if (D->isImplicit() && shouldIgnoreIfImplicit(D)) return false; if (shouldSuppressRefs()) { if (markEntityOccurrenceInFile(D, Loc)) return false; // already occurred. } ScratchAlloc SA(*this); EntityInfo RefEntity, ParentEntity; getEntityInfo(D, RefEntity, SA); if (!RefEntity.USR) return false; getEntityInfo(Parent, ParentEntity, SA); ContainerInfo Container; getContainerInfo(DC, Container); CXIdxEntityRefInfo Info = { Kind, Cursor, getIndexLoc(Loc), &RefEntity, Parent ? &ParentEntity : nullptr, &Container }; CB.indexEntityReference(ClientData, &Info); return true; } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::isNotFromSourceFile(SourceLocation Loc) const { if (Loc.isInvalid()) return true; SourceManager &SM = Ctx->getSourceManager(); SourceLocation FileLoc = SM.getFileLoc(Loc); FileID FID = SM.getFileID(FileLoc); return SM.getFileEntryForID(FID) == nullptr; } void CXIndexDataConsumer::addContainerInMap(const DeclContext *DC, CXIdxClientContainer container) { if (!DC) return; ContainerMapTy::iterator I = ContainerMap.find(DC); if (I == ContainerMap.end()) { if (container) ContainerMap[DC] = container; return; } // Allow changing the container of a previously seen DeclContext so we // can handle invalid user code, like a function re-definition. if (container) I->second = container; else ContainerMap.erase(I); } CXIdxClientEntity CXIndexDataConsumer::getClientEntity(const Decl *D) const { if (!D) return nullptr; EntityMapTy::const_iterator I = EntityMap.find(D); if (I == EntityMap.end()) return nullptr; return I->second; } void CXIndexDataConsumer::setClientEntity(const Decl *D, CXIdxClientEntity client) { if (!D) return; EntityMap[D] = client; } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::handleCXXRecordDecl(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, const NamedDecl *OrigD) { if (RD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { ScratchAlloc SA(*this); CXXClassDeclInfo CXXDInfo(/*isRedeclaration=*/!OrigD->isCanonicalDecl(), /*isDefinition=*/RD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); CXXBasesListInfo BaseList(RD, *this, SA); CXXDInfo.CXXClassInfo.declInfo = &CXXDInfo; CXXDInfo.CXXClassInfo.bases = BaseList.getBases(); CXXDInfo.CXXClassInfo.numBases = BaseList.getNumBases(); if (shouldSuppressRefs()) { // Go through bases and mark them as referenced. for (unsigned i = 0, e = BaseList.getNumBases(); i != e; ++i) { const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *baseInfo = BaseList.getBases()[i]; if (baseInfo->base) { const NamedDecl *BaseD = BaseList.BaseEntities[i].Dcl; SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation::getFromRawEncoding(baseInfo->loc.int_data); markEntityOccurrenceInFile(BaseD, Loc); } } } return handleDecl(OrigD, OrigD->getLocation(), getCursor(OrigD), CXXDInfo); } DeclInfo DInfo(/*isRedeclaration=*/!OrigD->isCanonicalDecl(), /*isDefinition=*/RD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(), /*isContainer=*/RD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); return handleDecl(OrigD, OrigD->getLocation(), getCursor(OrigD), DInfo); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::markEntityOccurrenceInFile(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { if (!D || Loc.isInvalid()) return true; SourceManager &SM = Ctx->getSourceManager(); D = getEntityDecl(D); std::pair LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(SM.getFileLoc(Loc)); FileID FID = LocInfo.first; if (FID.isInvalid()) return true; const FileEntry *FE = SM.getFileEntryForID(FID); if (!FE) return true; RefFileOccurrence RefOccur(FE, D); std::pair::iterator, bool> res = RefFileOccurrences.insert(RefOccur); return !res.second; // already in map } const NamedDecl *CXIndexDataConsumer::getEntityDecl(const NamedDecl *D) const { assert(D); D = cast(D->getCanonicalDecl()); if (const ObjCImplementationDecl * ImplD = dyn_cast(D)) { return getEntityDecl(ImplD->getClassInterface()); } else if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl * CatImplD = dyn_cast(D)) { return getEntityDecl(CatImplD->getCategoryDecl()); } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TemplD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) return getEntityDecl(TemplD); } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast(D)) { if (ClassTemplateDecl *TemplD = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) return getEntityDecl(TemplD); } return D; } const DeclContext * CXIndexDataConsumer::getEntityContainer(const Decl *D) const { const DeclContext *DC = dyn_cast(D); if (DC) return DC; if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTempl = dyn_cast(D)) { DC = ClassTempl->getTemplatedDecl(); } else if (const FunctionTemplateDecl * FuncTempl = dyn_cast(D)) { DC = FuncTempl->getTemplatedDecl(); } return DC; } CXIdxClientContainer CXIndexDataConsumer::getClientContainerForDC(const DeclContext *DC) const { if (!DC) return nullptr; ContainerMapTy::const_iterator I = ContainerMap.find(DC); if (I == ContainerMap.end()) return nullptr; return I->second; } CXIdxClientFile CXIndexDataConsumer::getIndexFile(const FileEntry *File) { if (!File) return nullptr; FileMapTy::iterator FI = FileMap.find(File); if (FI != FileMap.end()) return FI->second; return nullptr; } CXIdxLoc CXIndexDataConsumer::getIndexLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const { CXIdxLoc idxLoc = { {nullptr, nullptr}, 0 }; if (Loc.isInvalid()) return idxLoc; idxLoc.ptr_data[0] = const_cast(this); idxLoc.int_data = Loc.getRawEncoding(); return idxLoc; } void CXIndexDataConsumer::translateLoc(SourceLocation Loc, CXIdxClientFile *indexFile, CXFile *file, unsigned *line, unsigned *column, unsigned *offset) { if (Loc.isInvalid()) return; SourceManager &SM = Ctx->getSourceManager(); Loc = SM.getFileLoc(Loc); std::pair LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc); FileID FID = LocInfo.first; unsigned FileOffset = LocInfo.second; if (FID.isInvalid()) return; const FileEntry *FE = SM.getFileEntryForID(FID); if (indexFile) *indexFile = getIndexFile(FE); if (file) *file = const_cast(FE); if (line) *line = SM.getLineNumber(FID, FileOffset); if (column) *column = SM.getColumnNumber(FID, FileOffset); if (offset) *offset = FileOffset; } static CXIdxEntityKind getEntityKindFromSymbolKind(SymbolKind K, SymbolLanguage L); static CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind getEntityKindFromSymbolProperties(SymbolPropertySet K); static CXIdxEntityLanguage getEntityLangFromSymbolLang(SymbolLanguage L); void CXIndexDataConsumer::getEntityInfo(const NamedDecl *D, EntityInfo &EntityInfo, ScratchAlloc &SA) { if (!D) return; D = getEntityDecl(D); EntityInfo.cursor = getCursor(D); EntityInfo.Dcl = D; EntityInfo.IndexCtx = this; SymbolInfo SymInfo = getSymbolInfo(D); EntityInfo.kind = getEntityKindFromSymbolKind(SymInfo.Kind, SymInfo.Lang); EntityInfo.templateKind = getEntityKindFromSymbolProperties(SymInfo.Properties); EntityInfo.lang = getEntityLangFromSymbolLang(SymInfo.Lang); if (D->hasAttrs()) { EntityInfo.AttrList = AttrListInfo::create(D, *this); EntityInfo.attributes = EntityInfo.AttrList->getAttrs(); EntityInfo.numAttributes = EntityInfo.AttrList->getNumAttrs(); } if (EntityInfo.kind == CXIdxEntity_Unexposed) return; if (IdentifierInfo *II = D->getIdentifier()) { EntityInfo.name = SA.toCStr(II->getName()); } else if (isa(D) || isa(D) || isa(D)) { EntityInfo.name = nullptr; // anonymous tag/field/namespace. } else { SmallString<256> StrBuf; { llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(StrBuf); D->printName(OS); } EntityInfo.name = SA.copyCStr(StrBuf.str()); } { SmallString<512> StrBuf; bool Ignore = getDeclCursorUSR(D, StrBuf); if (Ignore) { EntityInfo.USR = nullptr; } else { EntityInfo.USR = SA.copyCStr(StrBuf.str()); } } } void CXIndexDataConsumer::getContainerInfo(const DeclContext *DC, ContainerInfo &ContInfo) { ContInfo.cursor = getCursor(cast(DC)); ContInfo.DC = DC; ContInfo.IndexCtx = this; } CXCursor CXIndexDataConsumer::getRefCursor(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { if (const TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast(D)) return MakeCursorTypeRef(TD, Loc, CXTU); if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast(D)) return MakeCursorObjCClassRef(ID, Loc, CXTU); if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast(D)) return MakeCursorObjCProtocolRef(PD, Loc, CXTU); if (const TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast(D)) return MakeCursorTemplateRef(Template, Loc, CXTU); if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast(D)) return MakeCursorNamespaceRef(Namespace, Loc, CXTU); if (const NamespaceAliasDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast(D)) return MakeCursorNamespaceRef(Namespace, Loc, CXTU); if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast(D)) return MakeCursorMemberRef(Field, Loc, CXTU); if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast(D)) return MakeCursorVariableRef(Var, Loc, CXTU); return clang_getNullCursor(); } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::shouldIgnoreIfImplicit(const Decl *D) { if (isa(D)) return false; if (isa(D)) return false; if (isa(D)) return false; if (isa(D)) return false; if (isa(D)) return false; return true; } bool CXIndexDataConsumer::isTemplateImplicitInstantiation(const Decl *D) { if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl * SD = dyn_cast(D)) { return SD->getSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation; } if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast(D)) { return FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation; } return false; } static CXIdxEntityKind getEntityKindFromSymbolKind(SymbolKind K, SymbolLanguage Lang) { switch (K) { case SymbolKind::Unknown: case SymbolKind::Module: case SymbolKind::Macro: case SymbolKind::ClassProperty: return CXIdxEntity_Unexposed; case SymbolKind::Enum: return CXIdxEntity_Enum; case SymbolKind::Struct: return CXIdxEntity_Struct; case SymbolKind::Union: return CXIdxEntity_Union; case SymbolKind::TypeAlias: if (Lang == SymbolLanguage::CXX) return CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias; return CXIdxEntity_Typedef; case SymbolKind::Function: return CXIdxEntity_Function; case SymbolKind::Variable: return CXIdxEntity_Variable; case SymbolKind::Field: if (Lang == SymbolLanguage::ObjC) return CXIdxEntity_ObjCIvar; return CXIdxEntity_Field; case SymbolKind::EnumConstant: return CXIdxEntity_EnumConstant; case SymbolKind::Class: if (Lang == SymbolLanguage::ObjC) return CXIdxEntity_ObjCClass; return CXIdxEntity_CXXClass; case SymbolKind::Protocol: if (Lang == SymbolLanguage::ObjC) return CXIdxEntity_ObjCProtocol; return CXIdxEntity_CXXInterface; case SymbolKind::Extension: return CXIdxEntity_ObjCCategory; case SymbolKind::InstanceMethod: if (Lang == SymbolLanguage::ObjC) return CXIdxEntity_ObjCInstanceMethod; return CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod; case SymbolKind::ClassMethod: return CXIdxEntity_ObjCClassMethod; case SymbolKind::StaticMethod: return CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod; case SymbolKind::InstanceProperty: return CXIdxEntity_ObjCProperty; case SymbolKind::StaticProperty: return CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticVariable; case SymbolKind::Namespace: return CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespace; case SymbolKind::NamespaceAlias: return CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespaceAlias; case SymbolKind::Constructor: return CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor; case SymbolKind::Destructor: return CXIdxEntity_CXXDestructor; case SymbolKind::ConversionFunction: return CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction; } llvm_unreachable("invalid symbol kind"); } static CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind getEntityKindFromSymbolProperties(SymbolPropertySet K) { if (K & (unsigned)SymbolProperty::TemplatePartialSpecialization) return CXIdxEntity_TemplatePartialSpecialization; if (K & (unsigned)SymbolProperty::TemplateSpecialization) return CXIdxEntity_TemplateSpecialization; if (K & (unsigned)SymbolProperty::Generic) return CXIdxEntity_Template; return CXIdxEntity_NonTemplate; } static CXIdxEntityLanguage getEntityLangFromSymbolLang(SymbolLanguage L) { switch (L) { case SymbolLanguage::C: return CXIdxEntityLang_C; case SymbolLanguage::ObjC: return CXIdxEntityLang_ObjC; case SymbolLanguage::CXX: return CXIdxEntityLang_CXX; } llvm_unreachable("invalid symbol language"); } Index: vendor/clang/dist/tools/libclang/CXIndexDataConsumer.h =================================================================== --- vendor/clang/dist/tools/libclang/CXIndexDataConsumer.h (revision 312957) +++ vendor/clang/dist/tools/libclang/CXIndexDataConsumer.h (revision 312958) @@ -1,532 +1,532 @@ //===- CXIndexDataConsumer.h - Index data consumer for libclang--*- C++ -*-===// // // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure // // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. // //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLS_LIBCLANG_CXINDEXDATACONSUMER_H #define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLS_LIBCLANG_CXINDEXDATACONSUMER_H #include "CXCursor.h" #include "Index_Internal.h" #include "clang/Index/IndexDataConsumer.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclGroup.h" #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" namespace clang { class FileEntry; class MSPropertyDecl; class ObjCPropertyDecl; class ClassTemplateDecl; class FunctionTemplateDecl; class TypeAliasTemplateDecl; class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; namespace cxindex { class CXIndexDataConsumer; class AttrListInfo; class ScratchAlloc { CXIndexDataConsumer &IdxCtx; public: explicit ScratchAlloc(CXIndexDataConsumer &indexCtx); ScratchAlloc(const ScratchAlloc &SA); ~ScratchAlloc(); const char *toCStr(StringRef Str); const char *copyCStr(StringRef Str); template T *allocate(); }; struct EntityInfo : public CXIdxEntityInfo { const NamedDecl *Dcl; CXIndexDataConsumer *IndexCtx; IntrusiveRefCntPtr AttrList; EntityInfo() { name = USR = nullptr; attributes = nullptr; numAttributes = 0; } }; struct ContainerInfo : public CXIdxContainerInfo { const DeclContext *DC; CXIndexDataConsumer *IndexCtx; }; struct DeclInfo : public CXIdxDeclInfo { enum DInfoKind { Info_Decl, Info_ObjCContainer, Info_ObjCInterface, Info_ObjCProtocol, Info_ObjCCategory, Info_ObjCProperty, Info_CXXClass }; DInfoKind Kind; EntityInfo EntInfo; ContainerInfo SemanticContainer; ContainerInfo LexicalContainer; ContainerInfo DeclAsContainer; DeclInfo(bool isRedeclaration, bool isDefinition, bool isContainer) : Kind(Info_Decl) { this->isRedeclaration = isRedeclaration; this->isDefinition = isDefinition; this->isContainer = isContainer; attributes = nullptr; numAttributes = 0; declAsContainer = semanticContainer = lexicalContainer = nullptr; flags = 0; } DeclInfo(DInfoKind K, bool isRedeclaration, bool isDefinition, bool isContainer) : Kind(K) { this->isRedeclaration = isRedeclaration; this->isDefinition = isDefinition; this->isContainer = isContainer; attributes = nullptr; numAttributes = 0; declAsContainer = semanticContainer = lexicalContainer = nullptr; flags = 0; } }; struct ObjCContainerDeclInfo : public DeclInfo { CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo ObjCContDeclInfo; ObjCContainerDeclInfo(bool isForwardRef, bool isRedeclaration, bool isImplementation) : DeclInfo(Info_ObjCContainer, isRedeclaration, /*isDefinition=*/!isForwardRef, /*isContainer=*/!isForwardRef) { init(isForwardRef, isImplementation); } ObjCContainerDeclInfo(DInfoKind K, bool isForwardRef, bool isRedeclaration, bool isImplementation) : DeclInfo(K, isRedeclaration, /*isDefinition=*/!isForwardRef, /*isContainer=*/!isForwardRef) { init(isForwardRef, isImplementation); } static bool classof(const DeclInfo *D) { return Info_ObjCContainer <= D->Kind && D->Kind <= Info_ObjCCategory; } private: void init(bool isForwardRef, bool isImplementation) { if (isForwardRef) ObjCContDeclInfo.kind = CXIdxObjCContainer_ForwardRef; else if (isImplementation) ObjCContDeclInfo.kind = CXIdxObjCContainer_Implementation; else ObjCContDeclInfo.kind = CXIdxObjCContainer_Interface; } }; struct ObjCInterfaceDeclInfo : public ObjCContainerDeclInfo { CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo ObjCInterDeclInfo; CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo ObjCProtoListInfo; ObjCInterfaceDeclInfo(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) : ObjCContainerDeclInfo(Info_ObjCInterface, /*isForwardRef=*/false, /*isRedeclaration=*/D->getPreviousDecl() != nullptr, /*isImplementation=*/false) { } static bool classof(const DeclInfo *D) { return D->Kind == Info_ObjCInterface; } }; struct ObjCProtocolDeclInfo : public ObjCContainerDeclInfo { CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo ObjCProtoRefListInfo; ObjCProtocolDeclInfo(const ObjCProtocolDecl *D) : ObjCContainerDeclInfo(Info_ObjCProtocol, /*isForwardRef=*/false, /*isRedeclaration=*/D->getPreviousDecl(), /*isImplementation=*/false) { } static bool classof(const DeclInfo *D) { return D->Kind == Info_ObjCProtocol; } }; struct ObjCCategoryDeclInfo : public ObjCContainerDeclInfo { CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo ObjCCatDeclInfo; CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo ObjCProtoListInfo; explicit ObjCCategoryDeclInfo(bool isImplementation) : ObjCContainerDeclInfo(Info_ObjCCategory, /*isForwardRef=*/false, /*isRedeclaration=*/isImplementation, /*isImplementation=*/isImplementation) { } static bool classof(const DeclInfo *D) { return D->Kind == Info_ObjCCategory; } }; struct ObjCPropertyDeclInfo : public DeclInfo { CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo ObjCPropDeclInfo; ObjCPropertyDeclInfo() : DeclInfo(Info_ObjCProperty, /*isRedeclaration=*/false, /*isDefinition=*/false, /*isContainer=*/false) { } static bool classof(const DeclInfo *D) { return D->Kind == Info_ObjCProperty; } }; struct CXXClassDeclInfo : public DeclInfo { CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo CXXClassInfo; CXXClassDeclInfo(bool isRedeclaration, bool isDefinition) : DeclInfo(Info_CXXClass, isRedeclaration, isDefinition, isDefinition) { } static bool classof(const DeclInfo *D) { return D->Kind == Info_CXXClass; } }; struct AttrInfo : public CXIdxAttrInfo { const Attr *A; AttrInfo(CXIdxAttrKind Kind, CXCursor C, CXIdxLoc Loc, const Attr *A) { kind = Kind; cursor = C; loc = Loc; this->A = A; } }; struct IBOutletCollectionInfo : public AttrInfo { EntityInfo ClassInfo; CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo IBCollInfo; IBOutletCollectionInfo(CXCursor C, CXIdxLoc Loc, const Attr *A) : AttrInfo(CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection, C, Loc, A) { assert(C.kind == CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr); IBCollInfo.objcClass = nullptr; } IBOutletCollectionInfo(const IBOutletCollectionInfo &other); static bool classof(const AttrInfo *A) { return A->kind == CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection; } }; class AttrListInfo { ScratchAlloc SA; SmallVector Attrs; SmallVector IBCollAttrs; SmallVector CXAttrs; unsigned ref_cnt; AttrListInfo(const AttrListInfo &) = delete; void operator=(const AttrListInfo &) = delete; public: AttrListInfo(const Decl *D, CXIndexDataConsumer &IdxCtx); static IntrusiveRefCntPtr create(const Decl *D, CXIndexDataConsumer &IdxCtx); const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *getAttrs() const { if (CXAttrs.empty()) return nullptr; return CXAttrs.data(); } unsigned getNumAttrs() const { return (unsigned)CXAttrs.size(); } /// \brief Retain/Release only useful when we allocate a AttrListInfo from the /// BumpPtrAllocator, and not from the stack; so that we keep a pointer // in the EntityInfo void Retain() { ++ref_cnt; } void Release() { assert (ref_cnt > 0 && "Reference count is already zero."); if (--ref_cnt == 0) { // Memory is allocated from a BumpPtrAllocator, no need to delete it. this->~AttrListInfo(); } } }; class CXIndexDataConsumer : public index::IndexDataConsumer { ASTContext *Ctx; CXClientData ClientData; IndexerCallbacks &CB; unsigned IndexOptions; CXTranslationUnit CXTU; typedef llvm::DenseMap FileMapTy; typedef llvm::DenseMap ContainerMapTy; typedef llvm::DenseMap EntityMapTy; FileMapTy FileMap; ContainerMapTy ContainerMap; EntityMapTy EntityMap; typedef std::pair RefFileOccurrence; llvm::DenseSet RefFileOccurrences; llvm::BumpPtrAllocator StrScratch; unsigned StrAdapterCount; friend class ScratchAlloc; struct ObjCProtocolListInfo { SmallVector ProtInfos; SmallVector ProtEntities; SmallVector Prots; CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo getListInfo() const { CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo Info = { Prots.data(), (unsigned)Prots.size() }; return Info; } ObjCProtocolListInfo(const ObjCProtocolList &ProtList, CXIndexDataConsumer &IdxCtx, ScratchAlloc &SA); }; struct CXXBasesListInfo { SmallVector BaseInfos; SmallVector BaseEntities; SmallVector CXBases; const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *const *getBases() const { return CXBases.data(); } unsigned getNumBases() const { return (unsigned)CXBases.size(); } CXXBasesListInfo(const CXXRecordDecl *D, CXIndexDataConsumer &IdxCtx, ScratchAlloc &SA); private: SourceLocation getBaseLoc(const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) const; }; friend class AttrListInfo; public: CXIndexDataConsumer(CXClientData clientData, IndexerCallbacks &indexCallbacks, unsigned indexOptions, CXTranslationUnit cxTU) : Ctx(nullptr), ClientData(clientData), CB(indexCallbacks), IndexOptions(indexOptions), CXTU(cxTU), StrScratch(), StrAdapterCount(0) { } ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return *Ctx; } CXTranslationUnit getCXTU() const { return CXTU; } void setASTContext(ASTContext &ctx); void setPreprocessor(std::shared_ptr PP); bool shouldSuppressRefs() const { return IndexOptions & CXIndexOpt_SuppressRedundantRefs; } bool shouldIndexFunctionLocalSymbols() const { return IndexOptions & CXIndexOpt_IndexFunctionLocalSymbols; } bool shouldIndexImplicitTemplateInsts() const { return IndexOptions & CXIndexOpt_IndexImplicitTemplateInstantiations; } static bool isFunctionLocalDecl(const Decl *D); bool shouldAbort(); bool hasDiagnosticCallback() const { return CB.diagnostic; } void enteredMainFile(const FileEntry *File); void ppIncludedFile(SourceLocation hashLoc, StringRef filename, const FileEntry *File, bool isImport, bool isAngled, bool isModuleImport); void importedModule(const ImportDecl *ImportD); void importedPCH(const FileEntry *File); void startedTranslationUnit(); void indexDecl(const Decl *D); void indexTagDecl(const TagDecl *D); void indexTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const NamedDecl *Parent, const DeclContext *DC = nullptr); void indexTypeLoc(TypeLoc TL, const NamedDecl *Parent, const DeclContext *DC = nullptr); void indexNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, const NamedDecl *Parent, const DeclContext *DC = nullptr); void indexDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC); void indexBody(const Stmt *S, const NamedDecl *Parent, const DeclContext *DC = nullptr); void indexDiagnostics(); void handleDiagnosticSet(CXDiagnosticSet CXDiagSet); bool handleFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD); bool handleVar(const VarDecl *D); bool handleField(const FieldDecl *D); bool handleMSProperty(const MSPropertyDecl *D); bool handleEnumerator(const EnumConstantDecl *D); bool handleTagDecl(const TagDecl *D); bool handleTypedefName(const TypedefNameDecl *D); bool handleObjCInterface(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D); bool handleObjCImplementation(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); bool handleObjCProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *D); bool handleObjCCategory(const ObjCCategoryDecl *D); bool handleObjCCategoryImpl(const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *D); - bool handleObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *D); + bool handleObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc); bool handleSynthesizedObjCProperty(const ObjCPropertyImplDecl *D); bool handleSynthesizedObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, const DeclContext *LexicalDC); bool handleObjCProperty(const ObjCPropertyDecl *D); bool handleNamespace(const NamespaceDecl *D); bool handleClassTemplate(const ClassTemplateDecl *D); bool handleFunctionTemplate(const FunctionTemplateDecl *D); bool handleTypeAliasTemplate(const TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D); bool handleReference(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, CXCursor Cursor, const NamedDecl *Parent, const DeclContext *DC, const Expr *E = nullptr, CXIdxEntityRefKind Kind = CXIdxEntityRef_Direct); bool handleReference(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *Parent, const DeclContext *DC, const Expr *E = nullptr, CXIdxEntityRefKind Kind = CXIdxEntityRef_Direct); bool isNotFromSourceFile(SourceLocation Loc) const; void indexTopLevelDecl(const Decl *D); void indexDeclGroupRef(DeclGroupRef DG); void translateLoc(SourceLocation Loc, CXIdxClientFile *indexFile, CXFile *file, unsigned *line, unsigned *column, unsigned *offset); CXIdxClientContainer getClientContainerForDC(const DeclContext *DC) const; void addContainerInMap(const DeclContext *DC, CXIdxClientContainer container); CXIdxClientEntity getClientEntity(const Decl *D) const; void setClientEntity(const Decl *D, CXIdxClientEntity client); static bool isTemplateImplicitInstantiation(const Decl *D); private: bool handleDeclOccurence(const Decl *D, index::SymbolRoleSet Roles, ArrayRef Relations, FileID FID, unsigned Offset, ASTNodeInfo ASTNode) override; bool handleModuleOccurence(const ImportDecl *ImportD, index::SymbolRoleSet Roles, FileID FID, unsigned Offset) override; void finish() override; bool handleDecl(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, CXCursor Cursor, DeclInfo &DInfo, const DeclContext *LexicalDC = nullptr, const DeclContext *SemaDC = nullptr); bool handleObjCContainer(const ObjCContainerDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, CXCursor Cursor, ObjCContainerDeclInfo &ContDInfo); bool handleCXXRecordDecl(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, const NamedDecl *OrigD); bool markEntityOccurrenceInFile(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc); const NamedDecl *getEntityDecl(const NamedDecl *D) const; const DeclContext *getEntityContainer(const Decl *D) const; CXIdxClientFile getIndexFile(const FileEntry *File); CXIdxLoc getIndexLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const; void getEntityInfo(const NamedDecl *D, EntityInfo &EntityInfo, ScratchAlloc &SA); void getContainerInfo(const DeclContext *DC, ContainerInfo &ContInfo); CXCursor getCursor(const Decl *D) { return cxcursor::MakeCXCursor(D, CXTU); } CXCursor getRefCursor(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc); static bool shouldIgnoreIfImplicit(const Decl *D); }; inline ScratchAlloc::ScratchAlloc(CXIndexDataConsumer &idxCtx) : IdxCtx(idxCtx) { ++IdxCtx.StrAdapterCount; } inline ScratchAlloc::ScratchAlloc(const ScratchAlloc &SA) : IdxCtx(SA.IdxCtx) { ++IdxCtx.StrAdapterCount; } inline ScratchAlloc::~ScratchAlloc() { --IdxCtx.StrAdapterCount; if (IdxCtx.StrAdapterCount == 0) IdxCtx.StrScratch.Reset(); } template inline T *ScratchAlloc::allocate() { return IdxCtx.StrScratch.Allocate(); } }} // end clang::cxindex #endif